Import and Export (Strategic Commodities) Regulations
(Cap. 60, sections 6B and 31)
[24 December 1965]
(Format changes—E.R. 1 of 2012)
| Editorial Note: | |
| These regulations were formerly cited as the Importation and Exportation (Strategic Commodities) Regulations. |
These regulations may be cited as the Import and Export (Strategic Commodities) Regulations.
A person shall not import or export an article specified in Schedule 1 except under and in accordance with an import or export licence issued by the Director.
Paragraph (1) does not apply to—
an article in transit except an article specified in Schedule 2;
an article of air transhipment cargo, except an article specified in Schedule 2, which is imported or exported by a person to whom an exemption has been granted under regulation 2A with respect to the transhipment of that article. (29 of 2000 s. 2)
A person shall not import or export an article specified in Schedule 3, or any technological document containing information relating to an article specified in Schedule 3, except under and in accordance with an import or export licence issued by the Director—
if he knows that the article or document is intended or likely to be used in an activity specified in Schedule 4; or
if there are reasonable grounds for him to believe that the article or document may be used in such an activity.
If the Director is satisfied that a person is engaged in the business of dealing in air transhipment cargo he may exempt in writing, with respect to the transhipment of any article specified in that exemption that is air transhipment cargo, that person from the licensing requirements under section 6A(2) of the Ordinance and regulation 2(1).
The Director may, whether at the time of making the exemption or subsequently, impose such conditions as he thinks fit in relation to an exemption made under paragraph (1), and any person exempted under that paragraph shall comply with any condition imposed under this paragraph.
If a person contravenes or fails to comply with any condition imposed under this regulation—
he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $500,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years;
the Director may by notice in writing revoke or suspend any exemption granted to that person or may amend any condition.
(Repealed L.N. 299 of 1993)
(Repealed L.N. 299 of 1993)
Notes:
Terms in “quotations” are defined terms. Refer to ‘Definitions of Terms’ annexed to these Lists.
In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list applies to chemicals of the same structural formula (including hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying whether a particular chemical or mixture is controlled, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of less than 20 mm, other arms and automatic weapons with a calibre of 12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches) or less and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
N.B.:
Weapons using non-centre fire cased ammunition and that are not of the fully automatic firing type are specified in ML101. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
ML1 does not apply to the following:
Firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and that are incapable of discharging a projectile;
Firearms specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m;
Weapons using non-centre fire cased ammunition and that are not of the fully automatic firing type; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Deactivated firearms’
Technical Note:
A ‘deactivated firearm’ is a firearm that has been made incapable of firing any projectile by processes defined by the national authority of a “Participating State”. These processes irreversibly modify the essential elements of the firearm. According to national laws and regulations, deactivation of the firearm may be attested by a certificate delivered by a competent authority and may be marked on the firearm by a stamp on an essential part. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Rifles, combination guns, handguns, machine guns, sub-machine guns and volley guns;
N.B.:
Rifles and combination guns, manufactured from 1899 to 1937, are specified in ML101. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
ML1(a) does not apply to the following:
Rifles and combination guns, manufactured earlier than 1938;
Reproductions of rifles and combination guns, the originals of which were manufactured earlier than 1890;
Handguns, machine guns and volley guns, manufactured earlier than 1890, and their reproductions;
Rifles or handguns, specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or CO2; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Handguns specially designed for any of the following:
Slaughtering of domestic animals;
Tranquilising of animals. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Smooth-bore weapons, as follows:
N.B.:
Smooth-bore weapons manufactured from 1899 to 1937 or those used for hunting or sporting purposes are specified in ML101. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use;
Other smooth-bore weapons, as follows:
Fully automatic type weapons;
Semi-automatic or pump-action type weapons;
Notes:
ML1(b) does not apply to the following:
Smooth-bore weapons manufactured earlier than 1938;
Reproductions of smooth-bore weapons, the originals of which were manufactured earlier than 1890;
Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes that meet both of the following descriptions:
not specially designed for military use;
not of the fully automatic firing type;
Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following purposes:
Slaughtering of domestic animals; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Tranquilizing of animals; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Seismic testing;
Firing of industrial projectiles;
Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs).
N.B.:
For disruptors, see ML4 and 1A006.
ML1(b)(2) does not apply to weapons specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or CO2. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Weapons using caseless ammunition;
Accessories designed for arms specified in ML1(a), ML1(b) or ML1(c), as follows:
Detachable cartridge magazines;
Sound suppressors or moderators;
‘Gun-mountings’;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of ML1(d)(3), a ‘gun mounting’ is a fixture designed to mount a gun onto a ground vehicle, “aircraft”, vessel or structure. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Flash suppressors;
Optical weapon-sights with electronic image processing;
Optical weapon-sights specially designed for military use; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of 20 mm or more, other weapons or armament with a calibre greater than 12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches), projectors specially designed or modified for military use, and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, anti-tank weapons, projectile launchers, military flame throwers, rifles, recoilless rifles and smooth-bore weapons; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
Rifles, combination guns and smooth-bore weapons manufactured from 1899 to 1937 and smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes are specified in ML101. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:
ML2(a) includes injectors, metering devices, storage tanks and other specially designed components for use with liquid propelling charges for any of the equipment specified in ML2(a).
ML2(a) does not apply to the following:
Rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, manufactured earlier than 1938; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Reproductions of rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, the originals of which were manufactured earlier than 1890; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Guns, howitzers, cannons and mortars, manufactured earlier than 1890; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes that meet both of the following descriptions:
not specially designed for military use;
not of the fully automatic firing type; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following purposes:
Slaughtering of domestic animals; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Tranquilizing of animals; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Seismic testing;
Firing of industrial projectiles;
Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
N.B.:
For disruptors, see ML4 and 1A006. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Hand-held projectile launchers specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Projectors, specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
Smoke canister projectors;
Gas canister projectors;
Pyrotechnic projectors;
Note:
ML2(b) does not apply to signal pistols. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Accessories specially designed for the weapons specified in ML2(a), as follows:
Weapon sights and weapon sight mounts, specially designed for military use;
Signature reduction devices;
Mountings;
Detachable cartridge magazines; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ammunition and fuze setting devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Ammunition for the weapons controlled by ML1, ML2 or ML12;
Fuze setting devices specially designed for ammunition controlled by ML3(a); (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Notes:
Specially designed components specified in ML3 include: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge links, rotating bands and munitions metal parts;
Safing and arming devices, fuzes, sensors and initiation devices; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Power supplies with high one-time operational output;
Combustible cases for charges;
Submunitions including bomblets, minelets and terminally guided projectiles.
ML3(a) does not apply to any of the following:
Ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star);
Dummy ammunition with a pierced powder chamber;
Other blank and dummy ammunition, not incorporating components designed for live ammunition;
Components specially designed for blank or dummy ammunition, specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Note. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
ML3(a) does not control cartridges specially designed for any of the following purposes: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Signalling;
Bird scaring; or
Lighting of gas flares at oil wells. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Bombs, torpedoes, rockets, missiles, other explosive devices and charges and related equipment and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see ML11. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
For Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS), see ML4(c). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Bombs, torpedoes, grenades, smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles, depth charges, demolition-charges, demolition-devices and demolition-kits, “pyrotechnic” devices, cartridges, submunitions and simulators (i.e. equipment simulating the characteristics of any of these items) specially designed for military use; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note:
ML4(a) includes: (1)Smoke grenades, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and explosive devices; (2)Missile or rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nosetips. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
For grenade or canister ammunition for weapons or projectors specified in ML1 or ML2 and submunitions specially designed for ammunition, see ML3. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Equipment having all of the following characteristics:
Specially designed for military use;
Specially designed for ‘activities’ relating to any of the following:
Items specified by ML4(a);
Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
Technical Note:
For the purpose of ML4(b)(2), ‘activities’ applies to handling, launching, laying, controlling, discharging, detonating, activating, powering with one-time operational output, decoying, jamming, sweeping, detecting, disrupting or disposing. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Notes:
ML4(b) includes:
Mobile gas liquefying equipment; and (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Buoyant electric conducting cable suitable for sweeping magnetic mines.
ML4(b) does not include hand-held devices limited by design solely to the detection of metal objects and incapable of distinguishing between mines and other metal objects. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS);
Note:
ML4(c) does not include AMPS that:
Contain any of the following missile warning sensors:
Passive sensors having peak response between 100 nm and 400 nm;
Active pulsed Doppler missile warning sensors;
Contain countermeasures dispensing systems;
Contain flares, which exhibit both a visible signature and an infrared signature, for decoying surface-to-air missiles; and
are installed on “civil aircraft” and having all of the following characteristics:
The AMPS is only operable in the specific “civil aircraft” in which the specific AMPS is installed and for which any of the following has been issued:
A civil Type Certificate issued by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
An equivalent document recognized by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO);
The AMPS employs protection to prevent unauthorized access to “software”;
The AMPS incorporates an active mechanism that forces the system not to function when it is removed from the “civil aircraft” in which it was installed. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems, test and alignment and countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Weapon sights, bombing computers, gun laying equipment and weapon control systems;
Other fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems, as follows:
Target acquisition, designation, range-finding, surveillance or tracking systems;
Detection, recognition or identification equipment;
Data fusion or sensor integration equipment; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Countermeasure equipment for items specified by ML5(a) and ML5(b);
Note:
For the purposes of ML5(c), countermeasure equipment includes detection equipment. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Field test or alignment equipment, specially designed for items specified by ML5(a), ML5(b) or ML5(c); (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Ground vehicles and components, as follows:
N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see ML11. (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Ground vehicles and components therefor, specially designed or modified for military use;
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Other ground vehicles and components, as follows:
Vehicles that meet all of the following descriptions:
The vehicles are manufactured or fitted with materials or components to provide ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985), or “equivalent standards”;
The transmission of the vehicles provide drive to both front and rear wheels simultaneously, including those for vehicles having additional wheels for load bearing purposes (whether driven or not);
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of the vehicles is greater than 4 500 kg;
The vehicles are designed or modified for off-road use;
Components having all of the following:
Specially designed for vehicles specified in ML6(b)(1);
Providing ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985), or “equivalent standards”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also ML13(a). (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Notes:
ML6(a) includes: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Tanks, other military armed vehicles, and military vehicles that are fitted with mountings for arms or equipment for mine laying or the launching of munitions specified by ML4; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Armoured vehicles;
Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;
Recovery vehicles, and vehicles for towing or transporting ammunition or weapon systems and associated load handling equipment. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Modification of a ground vehicle for military use specified by ML6(a) entails a structural, electrical or mechanical change involving one or more components that are specially designed for military use. Such components include: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Pneumatic tyre casings of a kind specially designed to be bullet-proof; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Armoured protection of vital parts, (e.g. fuel tanks or vehicle cabs); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Black-out lighting. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
ML6 does not apply to civil vehicles designed or modified for transporting money or valuables. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
ML6 does not apply to vehicles that meet all of the following:
Were manufactured before 1946;
Do not have items specified in the Munitions List and manufactured after 1945, except for reproductions of original components or accessories for the vehicle; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Do not incorporate weapons specified in ML1, ML2 or ML4 unless they are inoperable and incapable of discharging a projectile. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Chemical agents, “biological agents”, “riot control agents”, radioactive materials, related equipment, components and materials, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Biological agents” or radioactive materials selected or modified to increase their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Chemical warfare (CW) agents including:
CW nerve agents:
O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-phosphonofluoridates, such as:
Sarin (GB): O-Isopropyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 107-44-8); and
Soman (GD): O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 96-64-0);
O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) N,N-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)
phosphoramidocyanidates, such as:
Tabun (GA):O-Ethyl N,N-dimethylphosphoramidocyanidate (CAS 77-81-6);
O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) S-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
VX: O-Ethyl S-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate (CAS 50782-69-9);
P-alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) N-(1-(dialkyl (equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) amino)) alkylidene (H or equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) phosphonamidic fluorides and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts, such as:
N-(1-(di-n-decylamino)-n-decylidene)-P-decylphosphonamidic fluoride (CAS 2387495-99-8);
Methyl-(1-(diethylamino) ethylidene) phosphonamidofluoridate (CAS 2387496-12-8); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
O-alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) N-(1-(dialkyl (equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) amino)) alkylidene (H or equal to or less than C10, incl. cycloalkyl) phosphoramidofluoridates and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts, such as:
O-n-Decyl N-(1-(di-n-decylamino)-n-decylidene) phosphoramidofluoridate (CAS 2387496-00-4);
Methyl-(1-(diethylamino) ethylidene) phosphoramidofluoridate (CAS 2387496-04-8);
Ethyl-(1-(diethylamino) ethylidene) phosphoramidofluoridate (CAS 2387496-06-0); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Methyl-(bis (diethylamino) methylene) phosphonamidofluoridate (CAS 2387496-14-0); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Carbamates (quaternaries and bisquaternaries of dimethylcarbamoyloxypyridines):
Quaternaries of dimethylcarbamoyloxypyridines: 1-[N,N-dialkyl (equal to or less than C10)-N-(n-(hydroxyl, cyano, acetoxy) alkyl (equal to or less than C10)) ammonio]-n-[N-(3-dimethylcarbamoxy-α-picolinyl)-N,N-dialkyl (equal to or less than C10) ammonio] decane dibromide (n=1-8), such as:
1-[N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxy) ethylammonio]-10-[N-(3-dimethylcarbamoxy-α-picolinyl)-N,N-dimethylammonio] decane dibromide (CAS 77104-62-2);
Bisquaternaries of dimethylcarbamoyloxypyridines: 1,n-Bis[N-(3-dimethylcarbamoxy-α-picolyl)-N,N-dialkyl (equal to or less than C10) ammonio]-alkane-(2,(n-1)-dione) dibromide (n=2-12), such as:
1,10-Bis[N-(3-dimethylcarbamoxy-α-picolyl)-N-ethyl-N-methylammonio] decane-2,9-dione dibromide (CAS 77104-00-8); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
CW vesicant agents:
Sulphur mustards, such as:
2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide (CAS 2625-76-5);
Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulphide (CAS 505-60-2);
Bis (2-chloroethylthio) methane (CAS 63869-13-6);
1,2-bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane (CAS 3563-36-8);
1,3-bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-propane (CAS 63905-10-2);
1,4-bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-butane (CAS 142868-93-7);
1,5-bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-pentane (CAS 142868-94-8);
Bis (2-chloroethylthiomethyl) ether (CAS 63918-90-1);
Bis (2-chloroethylthioethyl) ether (CAS 63918-89-8);
Lewisites, such as:
2-chlorovinyldichloroarsine (CAS 541-25-3);
Tris (2-chlorovinyl) arsine (CAS 40334-70-1);
Bis (2-chlorovinyl) chloroarsine (CAS 40334-69-8);
Nitrogen mustards, such as:
HN1: bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine (CAS 538-07-8);
HN2: bis (2-chloroethyl) methylamine (CAS 51-75-2);
HN3: tris (2-chloroethyl) amine (CAS 555-77-1);
CW incapacitating agents, such as:
3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate (BZ) (CAS 6581-06-2);
CW defoliants, such as:
Butyl 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxyacetate (LNF);
2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 93-76-5) mixed with 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 94-75-7) (Agent Orange) (CAS 39277-47-9); (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 161 of 2011)
CW binary precursors and key precursors, as follows:
Alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) Phosphonyl Difluorides, such as:
DF: Methyl Phosphonyldifluoride (CAS 676-99-3);
O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) O-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
QL: O-Ethyl O-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonite (CAS 57856-11-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 1445-76-7);
Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 7040-57-5);
“Riot control agents”, active constituent chemicals and combinations thereof including:
α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
[(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile (o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride (ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS 532-27-4);
Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
10-Chloro-5, 10-dihydrophenarsazine (Phenarsazine chloride) (Adamsite) (DM) (CAS 578-94-9);
N-Nonanoylmorpholine (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
Notes:
ML7(d) does not control “riot control agents” individually packaged for personal self defence purposes.
ML7(d) does not control active constituent chemicals, and combinations thereof identified and packaged for food production or medical purposes. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Equipment specially designed or modified for military use and designed or modified for the dissemination of any of the following, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Materials or agents controlled by ML7(a), ML7(b) or ML7(d); or
CW agents made up of precursors controlled by ML7(c); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Protective and decontamination equipment specially designed or modified for military use, components and chemical mixtures, as follows: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Equipment designed or modified for defence against materials specified in ML7(a), ML7(b) or ML7(d), and specially designed components for the equipment; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Equipment designed or modified for the decontamination of objects contaminated with materials specified in ML7(a) or ML7(b), and specially designed components therefor;
Chemical mixtures specially developed/formulated for the decontamination of objects contaminated with materials specified in ML7(a) or ML7(b); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Note:
ML7(f)(1) includes:
Air conditioning units specially designed or modified for nuclear, biological or chemical filtration;
Protective clothing.
N.B.:
For civil gas masks, protective and decontamination equipment, see also 1A004 of the Dual-use Goods List.
Equipment specially designed or modified for military use and designed or modified for the detection or identification of materials specified in ML7(a), ML7(b) or ML7(d), and specially designed components therefor; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Note:
ML7(g) does not control personal radiation monitoring dosimeters. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 1A004 of the Dual-use Goods List.
“Biopolymers” specially designed or processed for the detection or identification of CW agents controlled by ML7(b), and the cultures of specific cells used to produce them;
“Biocatalysts” for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, and biological systems therefor, as follows:
“Biocatalysts” specially designed for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents specified by ML7(b), and resulting from directed laboratory selection or genetic manipulation of biological systems; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Biological systems containing the genetic information specific to the production of “biocatalysts” specified by ML7(i)(1), as follows:
“Expression vectors”;
Viruses;
Cultures of cells; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 95 of 2006)
Notes:
ML7(b) and ML7(d) do not control: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Cyanogen chloride (CAS 506-77-4);
Hydrocyanic acid (CAS 74-90-8);
Chlorine (CAS 7782-50-5);
Carbonyl chloride (phosgene) (CAS 75-44-5);
Diphosgene (trichloromethyl-chloroformate) (CAS 503-38-8);
(Repealed L.N. 95 of 2006)
Xylyl bromide, ortho: (CAS 89-92-9), meta: (CAS 620-13-3), para: (CAS 104-81-4);
Benzyl bromide (CAS 100-39-0);
Benzyl iodide (CAS 620-05-3);
Bromo acetone (CAS 598-31-2);
Cyanogen bromide (CAS 506-68-3);
Bromo methylethylketone (CAS 816-40-0);
Chloro acetone (CAS 78-95-5);
Ethyl iodoacetate (CAS 623-48-3);
Iodo acetone (CAS 3019-04-3);
Chloropicrin (CAS 76-06-2).
The cultures of cells and biological systems specified in ML7(h) and ML7(i)(2) are exclusive and these sub-items do not control cells or biological systems for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Energetic materials”, and related substances, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 1C011 of the Dual-use Goods List. For charges and devices, see ML4 and 1A008 of the Dual-use Goods List.
Note:
Any substance listed in the ML8 sub-items is subject to this list, even when utilized in an application other than that indicated (e.g. TAGN is predominantly used as an explosive but can also be used either as a fuel or an oxidizer.) (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of ML8, excluding ML8(c)(11) or ML8(c)(12), ‘mixture’ refers to a composition of two or more substances with at least one substance being listed in the ML8 sub-items.
For the purposes of ML8, particle size is the mean particle diameter on a weight or volume basis. International or equivalent national standards are to be used in sampling and determining particle size. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Explosives”, as follows, and mixtures thereof:
ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7-amino-4, 6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 97096-78-1);
BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 117412-28-9);
CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or 5, 7-diamino-4, 6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 117907-74-1);
CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4); chlathrates of CL-20 (see also ML8(g)(3) for its “precursors”); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 70247-32-4);
DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX-7) (CAS 145250-81-3); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
DIPAM (3,3’-diamino-2,2’,4,4’,6,6’-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide) (CAS 17215-44-0); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
Furazans, as follows:
DAAOF (DAAF, DAAFox, or diaminoazoxyfurazan);
DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
HMX and derivatives (see also ML8(g)(5) for its “precursors”), as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
HMX
(Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine, 1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS 2691-41-0);
difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0]-octanone-3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto-bicyclic HMX) (CAS 130256-72-3);
HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
Imidazoles, as follows:
BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino) imidazo [4,5-d]imidazole);
DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);
NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
PYX (2,6-Bis (picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
RDX and derivatives, as follows:
RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4, hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine, 1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone) (CAS 115029-35-1);
TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6) (see also ML8(g)(7) for its “precursors”);
TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis (difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-diazocine);
Tetrazoles, as follows:
NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6) (see also ML8(g)(6) for its “precursors”);
TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4) (see also ML8(g)(2) for its “precursors”);
TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino [4,5-d] pyridazine) (CAS 229176-04-9);
Triazines, as follows:
DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine) (CAS 130400-13-4);
Triazoles, as follows:
5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole dinitramide) (CAS 1614-08-0);
ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole) amine); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
DBT (3,3’-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243-36-1); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Explosives not listed elsewhere in ML8(a) that meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Detonation velocity exceeding 8 700 m/s, at maximum density;
Detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10- diazaisowurtzitane); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Tetrazines as follows:
BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70°C) and 373 K (100°C) and with detonation velocity exceeding 6 800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18 GPa (180 kbar); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
FTDO (5,6-(3’,4’-furazano)-1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
EDNA (Ethylenedinitramine) (CAS 505-71-5); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
TKX-50 (Dihydroxylammonium 5,5’-bistetrazole-1,1’-diolate); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
ML8(a) includes ‘explosive co-crystals’. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
An ‘explosive co-crystal’ is a solid material consisting of an ordered 3-dimensional arrangement of 2 or more explosive molecules, where at least one is specified in ML8(a). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Propellants”, as follows:
Any solid “propellant” with a theoretical specific impulse (under standard conditions) of more than:
240 seconds for non-metallized, non-halogenized “propellant”;
250 seconds for non-metallized, halogenized “propellant”; or
260 seconds for metallized “propellant”;.(L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Propellants” having a force constant of more than 1 200 kJ/kg;
“Propellants” that can sustain a steady-state linear burning rate of more than 38 mm/s under standard conditions (as measured in the form of an inhibited single strand) of 6.89 MPa (68.9 bar) pressure and 294 K (21°C);
Elastomer modified cast double base (EMCDB) “propellants” with extensibility at maximum stress of more than 5% at 233 K (-40°C);
Any “propellant” containing substances specified in ML8(a); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Propellants”, not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, specially designed for military use; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Pyrotechnics”, fuels and related substances, as follows, and ‘mixtures’ thereof: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Aircraft” fuels specially formulated for military purposes;
Notes: 1.ML8(c)(1) does not apply to the following “aircraft” fuels: JP-4, JP-5 and JP-8. 2.“Aircraft” fuels specified in ML8(c)(1) are finished products, not their constituents. (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Alane (aluminum hydride) (CAS 7784-21-6);
Boranes, as follows, and their derivatives:
Carboranes;
Borane homologues, as follows:
Decaborane (14) (CAS 17702-41-9);
Pentaborane (9) (CAS 19624-22-7);
Pentaborane (11) (CAS 18433-84-6); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Hydrazine and derivatives, as follows (see also ML8(d)(8) and ML8(d)(9) for oxidizing hydrazine derivatives):
Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) in concentrations of 70% or more;
Monomethyl hydrazine (CAS 60-34-4);
Symmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 540-73-8);
Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 57-14-7);
Note:
ML8(c)(4)(a) does not apply to hydrazine ‘mixtures’ specially formulated for corrosion control. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Metal fuels, fuel ‘mixtures’ or “pyrotechnic” ‘mixtures’, in particle form whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99% or more of any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Metals, as follows, and ‘mixtures’ of the metals: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Beryllium (CAS 7440-41-7) in particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
Iron powder (CAS 7439-89-6) with particle size of 3 μm or less produced by reduction of iron oxide with hydrogen;
‘Mixtures’ containing any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Zirconium (CAS 7440-67-7), magnesium (CAS 7439-95-4) or alloys of these in particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
Boron (CAS 7440-42-8) or boron carbide (CAS 12069-32-8) fuels of 85% purity or higher and particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
Notes: 1.ML8(c)(5) applies to explosives and fuels, whether or not the metals or alloys are encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium, or beryllium. 2.ML8(c)(5)(b) only applies to metal fuels in particle form when they are mixed with other substances to form a mixture formulated for military purposes such as liquid “propellant” slurries, solid “propellants”, or “pyrotechnic” ‘mixtures’. (L.N. 85 of 2023) 3.ML8(c)(5)(b)(2) does not apply to boron and boron carbide enriched with boron-10 (20% or more of total boron-10 content). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Military materials containing thickeners for hydrocarbon fuels specially formulated for use in flame throwers or incendiary munitions, such as metal stearates (e.g. octal (CAS 637-12-7)) or palmitates; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Perchlorates, chlorates and chromates composited with powdered metal or other high energy fuel components;
Spherical or spheroidal aluminum powder (CAS 7429-90-5) with a particle size of 60 μm or less and manufactured from material with an aluminum content of 99% or more;
Titanium subhydride (TiHn) of stoichiometry equivalent to n=0.65-1.68;
Liquid high energy density fuels not specified in ML8(c)(1), as follows:
Mixed fuels, that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels (e.g. boron slurry), having a mass-based energy density of 40 MJ/kg or greater;
Other high energy density fuels and fuel “additives” (e.g. cubane, ionic solutions, JP-7, JP-10), having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 GJ/m3 or greater, measured at 293 K (20°C) and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure;
Note:
ML8(c)(10)(b) does not apply to fossil refined fuels or biofuels, or fuels for engines certified for use in civil aviation. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Pyrotechnic” and pyrophoric materials as follows:
“Pyrotechnic” or pyrophoric materials specifically formulated to enhance or control the production of radiated energy in any part of the IR spectrum;
Mixtures of magnesium, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and a vinylidene difluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (e.g. MTV); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Fuel mixtures, “pyrotechnic” mixtures or “energetic materials”, that are not specified elsewhere in ML8, meeting all of the following descriptions:
Containing greater than 0.5% of particles of any of the following:
Aluminium;
Beryllium;
Boron;
Zirconium;
Magnesium;
Titanium;
Particles specified in ML8(c)(12)(a) are with a size less than 200 nm in any direction;
Particles specified in ML8(c)(12)(a) are with a metal content of 60% or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
ML8(c)(12) includes thermites. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Oxidizers, as follows, and ‘mixtures’ thereof: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
ADN (ammonium dinitramide or SR 12) (CAS 140456-78-6);
AP (ammonium perchlorate) (CAS 7790-98-9);
Compounds composed of fluorine and any of the following:
Other halogens;
Oxygen; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Nitrogen;
Notes:
ML8(d)(3) does not apply to chlorine trifluoride (CAS 7790-91-2). (L.N. 161 of 2011)
ML8(d)(3) does not apply to nitrogen trifluoride (CAS 7783-54-2) in its gaseous state. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
ML8(d)(3) does not apply to iodine pentafluoride (CAS 7783-66-6). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
DNAD (1,3-dinitro-1,3-diazetidine) (CAS 78246-06-7);
HAN (hydroxylammonium nitrate) (CAS 13465-08-2);
HAP (hydroxylammonium perchlorate) (CAS 15588-62-2);
HNF (hydrazinium nitroformate) (CAS 20773-28-8);
Hydrazine perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
Liquid oxidizers comprised of or containing inhibited red fuming nitric acid (IRFNA) (CAS 8007-58-7);
Note:
ML8(d)(10) does not apply to non-inhibited fuming nitric acid. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Binders, plasticizers, monomers, polymers, as follows:
AMMO (azidomethylmethyloxetane and its polymers) (CAS 90683-29-7) (see also ML8(g)(1) for its “precursors”);
BAMO (3,3-bis(azidomethyl)oxetane and its polymers) (CAS 17607-20-4) (see also ML8(g)(1) for its “precursors”);
BDNPA (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) acetal) (CAS 5108-69-0);
BDNPF (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) formal) (CAS 5917-61-3);
BTTN (butanetrioltrinitrate) (CAS 6659-60-5) (see also ML8(g)(8) for its “precursors”);
Energetic monomers, plasticizers or polymers, specially formulated for military use and containing any of the following:
Nitro groups;
Azido groups;
Nitrate groups;
Nitraza groups;
Difluoroamino groups; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
FAMAO (3-difluoroaminomethyl-3-azidomethyl oxetane) and its polymers;
FEFO (bis-(2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl) formal) (CAS 17003-79-1);
FPF-1 (poly-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluoropentane-1,5-diol formal) (CAS 376-90-9);
FPF-3 (poly-2,4,4,5,5,6,6-heptafluoro-2-tri-fluoromethyl-3-oxaheptane-1,7-diol formal);
GAP (glycidylazide polymer) (CAS 143178-24-9) and its derivatives;
HTPB (hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene) with a hydroxyl functionality equal to or greater than 2.2 and less than or equal to 2.4, a hydroxyl value of less than 0.77 meq/g, and a viscosity at 30°C of less than 47 poise (CAS 69102-90-5);
Alcohol functionalized poly (epichlorohydrin) with a molecular weight less than 10 000, as follows:
Poly (epichlorohydrindiol);
Poly (epichlorohydrintriol); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
NENAs (nitratoethylnitramine compounds) (CAS 17096-47-8, 85068-73-1, 82486-83-7, 82486-82-6 and 85954-06-9);
PGN (poly-GLYN, polyglycidylnitrate) or poly (nitratomethyl oxirane) (CAS 27814-48-8);
Poly-NIMMO (poly nitratomethylmethyloxetane, poly-NMMO or poly(3-Nitratomethyl-3- methyloxetane)) (CAS 84051-81-0); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Polynitroorthocarbonates;
TVOPA (1,2,3-tris [1,2-bis (difluoroamino) ethoxy] propane or tris vinoxy propane adduct) (CAS 53159-39-0);
4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso- DAMTR); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
PNO (Poly(3-nitrato oxetane)); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
TMETN (Trimethylolethane trinitrate) (CAS 3032-55-1); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Additives”, as follows:
Basic copper salicylate (CAS 62320-94-9);
BHEGA (bis-(2-hydroxyethyl) glycolamide) (CAS 17409-41-5);
BNO (butadienenitrileoxide); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Ferrocene derivatives, as follows:
Butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
Catocene (2,2-bis-ethylferrocenyl propane) (CAS 37206-42-1);
Ferrocene carboxylic acids and ferrocene carboxylic acid esters; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
n-butyl-ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Other adducted polymer ferrocene derivatives not specified elsewhere in ML8(f)(4);
Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Propyl ferrocene; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dicyclopentyl ferrocene; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dicyclohexyl ferrocene; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dipropyl ferrocene; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2)/1,1’-diacetyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-94-5); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Lead beta-resorcylate (CAS 20936-32-7) or copper beta-resorcylate (CAS 70983-44-7); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Lead citrate (CAS 14450-60-3);
Lead-copper chelates of beta-resorcylate or salicylates (CAS 68411-07-4);
Lead maleate (CAS 19136-34-6);
Lead salicylate (CAS 15748-73-9);
Lead stannate (CAS 12036-31-6);
MAPO (tris-1-(2-methyl) aziridinyl phosphine oxide) (CAS 57-39-6); BOBBA 8 (bis (2-methyl aziridinyl) 2-(2-hydroxypropanoxy) propylamino phosphine oxide); and other MAPO derivatives;
Methyl BAPO (bis (2-methyl aziridinyl) methylamino phosphine oxide) (CAS 85068-72-0);
N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2);
3-Nitraza-1,5-pentane diisocyanate (CAS 7406-61-9);
Organo-metallic coupling agents, as follows:
Neopentyl[diallyl]oxy,
tri [dioctyl] phosphato-titanate (CAS 103850-22-2); also known as titanium IV, 2,2 [bis 2-propenolato-methyl, butanolato, tris (dioctyl) phosphato] (CAS 110438-25-0); or LICA 12 (CAS 103850-22-2);
Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1) methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris [dioctyl] pyrophosphate or KR3538;
Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1)methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris (dioctyl) phosphate;
Polycyanodifluoroaminoethyleneoxide;
Bonding agents as follows:
1,1R,1S-trimesoyl-tris(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-868, BITA) (CAS 7722-73-8); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric or trimethyladipic backbone also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note: ML8(f)(17)(b) includes: (L.N. 42 of 2017) 1.1,1H-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridine) (HX-752) (CAS 7652-64-4); (L.N. 85 of 2023) 2.2,4,6-tris(2-ethyl-1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine (HX-874) (CAS 18924-91-9); and 3.1,1’-trimethyladipoylbis(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-877) (CAS 71463-62-2). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Propyleneimine (2-methylaziridine) (CAS 75-55-8);
Superfine iron oxide (Fe2O3) (CAS 1317-60-8) with a specific surface area more than 250 m2/g and an average particle size of 3.0 nm or less;
TEPAN (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrile) (CAS 68412-45-3); cyanoethylated polyamines and their salts; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
TEPANOL
(tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrileglycidol) (CAS 68412-46-4); cyanoethylated polyamines adducted with glycidol and their salts; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
TPB (triphenyl bismuth) (CAS 603-33-8);
TEPB (Tris (ethoxyphenyl) bismuth) (CAS 90591-48- 3); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Precursors”, as follows:
N.B.:
In ML8(g) the references are to specified “energetic materials” manufactured from these substances.
BCMO (3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane) (CAS 78-71-7) (see also ML8(e)(1) and ML8(e)(2));
Dinitroazetidine-t-butyl salt (CAS 125735-38-8) (see also ML8(a)(28));
Hexaazaisowurtzitane derivates including HBIW (hexabenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 124782-15-6) (see also ML8(a)(4)) and TAIW
(tetraacetyldibenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 182763-60-6) (see also ML8(a)(4)); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
TAT (1,3,5,7-tetraacetyl-1,3,5,7-tetraaza cyclo-octane) (CAS 41378-98-7) (see also ML8(a)(13)); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin (CAS 5409-42-7) (see also ML8(a)(27));
1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (CAS 108-70-3) (see also ML8(a)(23));
1,2,4-trihydroxybutane (1,2,4-butanetriol) (CAS 3068-00-6) (see also ML8(e)(5));
DADN (1,5-diacetyl-3,7-dinitro-1,3,5,7-tetraaza-cyclooctane) (see also ML8(a)(13)); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Reactive material’ powders and shapes, as follows:
Powders of any of the following materials, with a particle size less than 250 μm in any direction and not specified elsewhere in ML8:
Aluminium;
Niobium;
Boron;
Zirconium;
Magnesium;
Titanium;
Tantalum;
Tungsten;
Molybdenum;
Hafnium;
Shapes, not specified in ML3, ML4, ML12 or ML16, fabricated from powders specified in ML8(h)(1);
Technical Notes:
‘Reactive materials’ are designed to produce an exothermic reaction only at high shear rates and for use as liners or casings in warheads.
‘Reactive material’ powders are produced by, for example, a high energy ball milling process.
‘Reactive material’ shapes are produced by, for example, selective laser sintering. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes:
ML8 does not apply to the following substances unless they are compounded or mixed with the “energetic materials” specified in ML8(a) or powdered metals specified in ML8(c): (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Ammonium picrate (CAS 131-74-8);
Black powder;
Hexanitrodiphenylamine (CAS 131-73-7);
Difluoroamine (CAS 10405-27-3);
Nitrostarch (CAS 9056-38-6);
Potassium nitrate (CAS 7757-79-1);
Tetranitronaphthalene;
Trinitroanisol;
Trinitronaphthalene;
Trinitroxylene;
N-pyrrolidinone; 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (CAS 872-50-4);
Dioctylmaleate (CAS 142-16-5);
Ethylhexylacrylate (CAS 103-11-7);
Triethylaluminium (TEA) (CAS 97-93-8), trimethylaluminium (TMA) (CAS 75-24-1), and other pyrophoric metal alkyls and aryls of lithium, sodium, magnesium, zinc or boron;
Nitrocelluose (CAS 9004-70-0);
Nitroglycerin (or glyceroltrinitrate, trinitroglycerine) (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
Ethylenediaminedinitrate (EDDN) (CAS 20829-66-7);
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
Lead azide (CAS 13424-46-9), normal lead styphnate (CAS 15245-44-0) and basic lead styphnate (CAS 12403-82-6), and primary explosives or priming compositions containing azides or azide complexes;
Triethyleneglycoldinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol (styphnic acid) (CAS 82-71-3);
Diethyldiphenylurea (CAS 85-98-3); dimethyldiphenylurea (CAS 611-92-7); methylethyldiphenylurea [Centralites]; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N,N-diphenylurea (unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 603-54-3);
Methyl-N,N-diphenylurea (methyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 13114-72-2);
Ethyl-N,N-diphenylurea (ethyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 64544-71-4);
2-Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA) (CAS 119-75-5);
4-Nitrodiphenylamine (4-NDPA) (CAS 836-30-6);
2,2-dinitropropanol (CAS 918-52-5);
Nitroguanidine (CAS 556-88-7) (see also 1C011(d) of the Dual-use Goods List). (L.N. 161 of 2011)
ML8 does not apply to ammonium perchlorate (ML8(d)(2)), NTO (ML8(a)(18)) or catocene (ML8(f)(4)(b)) that meets all of the following descriptions:
Specially shaped and formulated for civil-use gas generation devices;
Compounded or mixed, with non-active thermoset binders or plasticizers and having a mass of less than 250 g;
Having a maximum of 80% ammonium perchlorate (ML8(d)(2)) in mass of active material;
Having less than or equal to 4 g of NTO (ML8(a)(18));
Having less than or equal to 1 g of catocene (ML8(f)(4)(b)). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Vessels of war (surface or underwater), special naval equipment, accessories, components and other surface vessels, as follows: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see ML11. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Vessels and components, as follows:
Vessels (surface or underwater) specially designed or modified for military use, regardless of current state of repair or operating condition, and whether or not they contain weapon delivery systems or armour, and hulls or parts of hulls for those vessels, and components for those vessels specially designed for military use;
Note:
ML9(a)(1) includes vehicles specially designed or modified for the delivery of divers. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Surface vessels, other than those specified in ML9(a)(1), having any of the following fixed or integrated into the vessel:
Automatic weapons specified in ML1, or weapons specified in ML2, ML4, ML12 or ML19, or ‘mountings’ or hard points for weapons having a calibre of 12.7 mm or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
The term ‘mountings’ means weapon mounts or structural strengthening for the purpose of installing weapons.
Fire control systems specified in ML5;
Having all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) protection’;
‘Pre-wet or wash down system’ designed for decontamination purposes;
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of ML9(a)(2)(c)(2), ‘pre-wet or wash down system’ is a seawater spray system capable of simultaneously wetting the exterior superstructure and decks of a vessel. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Active weapon countermeasure systems specified in ML4(b), ML5(c) or ML11(a) and having any of the following:
‘Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) protection’;
Hull and superstructure, specially designed to reduce the radar cross section;
Thermal signature reduction devices (e.g. an exhaust gas cooling system), excluding those specially designed to increase overall power plant efficiency or to reduce the environmental impact;
A degaussing system designed to reduce the magnetic signature of the whole vessel;
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of ML9(a)(2)(c)(1) and ML9(a)(2)(d)(1), ‘CBRN protection’ is a self-contained interior space containing features such as over-pressurization, isolation of ventilation systems, limited ventilation openings with CBRN filters and limited personnel access points incorporating air-locks. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Engines and propulsion systems, as follows, specially designed for military use and components for the system specially designed for military use: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Diesel engines specially designed for submarines; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Electric motors specially designed for submarines, having all of the following characteristics:
Power output of more than 0.75 MW (1 000 hp.);
Quick reversing;
Liquid cooled;
Totally enclosed;
Diesel engines having all of the following:
Power output of 37.3 kW (50 hp) or more;
‘Non-magnetic’ content in excess of 75% of total mass;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of ML9(b)(3), ‘non-magnetic’ means the relative permeability is less than 2. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Air Independent Propulsion’ (AIP) systems specially designed for submarines;
Note:
ML9(b)(4) does not apply to nuclear power. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
‘Air Independent Propulsion’ (‘AIP’) allows a submerged submarine to operate its propulsion system, without access to atmospheric oxygen, for a longer time than the batteries would have otherwise allowed. (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
See ML9(h) for nuclear power propulsion equipment. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Underwater detection devices specially designed for military use and controls of those devices, and components for the devices specially designed for military use; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Anti-submarine nets and anti-torpedo nets, specially designed for military use; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Deleted; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Hull penetrators and connectors specially designed for military use that enable interaction with equipment external to a vessel, and components for the system specially designed for military use; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
1.ML9(f) includes connectors for vessels which are of the single-conductor, multi-conductor, coaxial or waveguide type, and hull penetrators for vessels, both of which are capable of remaining impervious to leakage from without and of retaining required characteristics at marine depths exceeding 100 m; and fibre-optic connectors and optical hull penetrators specially designed for “laser” beam transmission regardless of depth. (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025) 2.ML9(f) does not include ordinary propulsive shaft and hydrodynamic control-rod hull penetrators. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Silent bearings having any of the following characteristics, and components for the silent bearings and equipment containing those bearings, specially designed for military use:
Gas or magnetic suspension;
Active signature controls;
Vibration suppression controls; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, specially designed for vessels specified in ML9(a) and components for the nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of ML9(h), ‘modified’ means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use.
Note:
ML9(h) includes “nuclear reactors”. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Aircraft”, “lighter-than-air vehicles”, “Unmanned aerial vehicles” (“UAVs”), aero-engines and “aircraft” equipment, related equipment, and components, as follows, specially designed or modified for military use:
N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see ML11.
Manned “aircraft” and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, and specially designed components for the manned “aircraft” and “lighter-than-air vehicles”;
Deleted;
Unmanned aircraft and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components for the unmanned aircraft and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, and related equipment: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“UAVs”, Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles (RPVs), autonomous programmable vehicles and unmanned “lighter-than-air vehicles”;
Launchers, recovery equipment and ground support equipment;
Equipment designed for command or control;
Propulsion aero-engines and specially designed components for the propulsion aero-engines;
Airborne refuelling equipment specially designed or modified for any of the following, and specially designed components for the equipment:
“Aircraft” specified by ML10(a);
Unmanned “aircraft” specified by ML10(c); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ground equipment specially designed for “aircraft” specified in ML10(a) or aero-engines specified in ML10(d);
Notes: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
1.ML10(f) includes pressure refuelling equipment and equipment designed to facilitate operations in confined areas, including equipment located on board a ship. (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025) 2.ML10(f) does not apply to:1.Towbars;2.Protective mats and covers;3.Ladders, steps and platforms;4.Chocks, lashings and tie-down equipment. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices for emergency escape, not specified in ML10(a), designed for “aircraft” specified in ML10(a);
Note:
ML10(g) does not apply to aircrew helmets that do not incorporate, or have mountings or fittings for, equipment specified in the Munitions List. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
For helmets see also ML13(c). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Parachutes, paragliders and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components for the parachutes, paragliders and related equipment:
Parachutes not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List;
Paragliders;
Equipment specially designed for high altitude parachutists (e.g. suits, special helmets, breathing systems, navigation equipment); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for parachuted loads;
Notes:
ML10(a) does not apply to “aircraft” (or variants of those “aircraft”) and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, specially designed for military use and that meet all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Not combat “aircraft”;
Not configured for military use and not fitted with equipment or attachments specially designed or modified for military use; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Certified for civil use by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States”. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
ML10(d) does not apply to:
Aero-engines designed or modified for military use that have been certified by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States” for use in “civil aircraft”, or specially designed components for the aero-engines; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Reciprocating engines or specially designed components for the reciprocating engines, except those specially designed for “UAVs”.
For the purposes of ML10(a) and ML10(d), specially designed components and related equipment for non-military “aircraft” or aero-engines modified for military use apply only to those military components and to military related equipment required for the modification to military use. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
For the purposes of ML10(a), military use includes: combat, military reconnaissance, assault, military training, logistics support, and transporting and airdropping troops or military equipment.
ML10(a) does not apply to “aircraft” or “lighter-than-air vehicles” that meet all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Were first manufactured before 1946;
Do not incorporate any item specified in the Munitions List, unless the item is required to meet the safety or airworthiness standards of the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Do not incorporate any weapon specified in the Munitions List, unless inoperable and incapable of being returned to operation. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
ML10(d) does not apply to propulsion aero-engines that were first manufactured before 1946. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Electronic equipment, “spacecraft” and components, not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially designed components for the equipment;
Note:
ML11(a) includes:
Electronic countermeasure and electronic counter-countermeasure equipment (i.e. equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into radar or radio communication receivers or otherwise hinder the reception, operation or effectiveness of adversary electronic receivers including their countermeasure equipment), including jamming and counter-jamming equipment; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Frequency agile tubes;
Electronic systems or equipment designed either for surveillance and monitoring of the electromagnetic spectrum for military intelligence or security purposes, or for counteracting such surveillance and monitoring; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Underwater countermeasures (including acoustic and magnetic jamming and decoy) equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into sonar receivers; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Data processing security equipment, data security equipment and transmission and signalling line security equipment, using cryptographic functionality; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Identification, authentification and keyloader equipment and key management, manufacturing and distribution equipment;
Guidance and navigation equipment; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Digital troposcatter-radio communications transmission equipment; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 226 of 2009)
Digital demodulators specially designed for signals intelligence; and (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Automated Command and Control Systems”. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
N.B.:
For “software” associated with military “Software” Defined Radio (SDR), see ML21. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Jamming equipment designed or modified to hinder the reception, operation or effectiveness of positioning, navigation or timing services provided by “satellite navigation systems”, and specially designed components for the jamming equipment; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Spacecraft” specially designed or modified for military use, and “spacecraft” components specially designed for military use; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
High velocity kinetic energy weapon systems and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Kinetic energy weapon systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
Specially designed test and evaluation facilities and test models, including diagnostic instrumentation and targets, for dynamic testing of kinetic energy projectiles and systems;
N.B.:
For weapon systems using sub-calibre ammunition or employing solely chemical propulsion, and ammunition therefor, see ML1, ML2, ML3 and ML4.
Notes:
ML12 includes the following when specially designed for kinetic energy weapon systems:
Launch propulsion systems capable of accelerating masses larger than 0.1 g to velocities in excess of 1.6 km/s, in single or rapid fire modes;
Prime power generation, electric armour, energy storage (e.g. high energy storage capacitors), thermal management, conditioning, switching or fuel-handling equipment; and electrical interfaces between power supply, gun and other turret electric drive functions; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
See also 3A001(e)(2) of the Dual-use Goods List for high energy storage capacitors. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Target acquisition, tracking, fire control or damage assessment systems;
Homing seeker, guidance or divert propulsion (lateral acceleration) systems for projectiles.
ML12 controls weapon systems using any of the following methods of propulsion:
Electromagnetic;
Electrothermal;
Plasma;
Light gas; or
Chemical (when used in combination with any of the above).
(Repealed L.N. 95 of 2006)
Armoured or protective equipment, and constructions, components and accessories for the equipment, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Metallic or non-metallic armoured plate having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Manufactured to comply with a military standard or specification; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Suitable for military use;
N.B.:
For body armour plate, see ML13(d)(2). (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials or combinations thereof specially designed to provide ballistic protection for military systems, and specially designed components therefor; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Helmets and specially designed components and accessories for the helmets, as follows:
Helmets manufactured to military standards or specifications, or comparable national standards;
Shells, liners, or comfort pads, specially designed for helmets specified in ML13(c)(1);
Add-on ballistic protection elements, specially designed for helmets specified in ML13(c)(1);
N.B.:
For other military helmet components or accessories, see ML10(h)(3). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Body armour or protective garments, and components for the body armour or protective garments, as follows:
Soft body armour or protective garments, manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, and specially designed components for the body armour or protective garments;
Note:
For the purposes of ML13(d)(1), military standards or specifications include, at a minimum, specifications for fragmentation protection.
Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or greater than level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) or “equivalent standards”; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:
ML13(b) includes materials specially designed to form explosive reactive armour or to construct military shelters.
ML13(c) does not apply to helmets that meet all of the following descriptions:
First manufactured before 1970;
Neither designed or modified to accept nor equipped with items specified in the Munitions List. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
ML13(c) and (d) does not include helmets, body armour or protective garments, when accompanying their user for the user’s own personal protection. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
For helmets specially designed for bomb disposal personnel, those helmets are included in ML13(c) only if they are specially designed for military use. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
ML13(d)(1) does not apply to protective eyewear.
N.B.
For “laser” protective eyewear, see ML17(o). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
See also 1A005 of the Dual-use Goods List.
For “fibrous or filamentary materials” used in the manufacture of body armour and helmets, see 1C010 of the Dual-use Goods List. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
‘Specialized equipment for military training’ or for simulating military scenarios, simulators specially designed for training in the use of any firearm or weapon controlled by ML1 or ML2, and specially designed components and accessories therefor; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Notes:
ML14 includes image generating and interactive environment systems for simulators when specially designed or modified for military use.
ML14 does not apply to equipment specially designed for training in the use of hunting or sporting weapons. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 6 of 2025)
‘Specialized equipment for military training’ includes military types of attack trainers, operational flight trainers, radar target trainers, radar target generators, gunnery training devices, anti-submarine warfare trainers, flight simulators (including human-rated centrifuges for pilot/astronaut training), radar trainers, instrument flight trainers, navigation trainers, missile launch trainers, target equipment, drone “aircraft”, armament trainers, pilotless “aircraft” trainers, mobile training units and training equipment for ground military operations. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Imaging or countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
Recorders and image processing equipment;
Cameras, photographic equipment and film processing equipment;
Image intensifier equipment;
Infrared or thermal imaging equipment;
Imaging radar sensor equipment;
Countermeasure or counter-countermeasure equipment for the equipment controlled by ML15(a) to ML15(e);
Note:
ML15(f) includes equipment designed to degrade the operation or effectiveness of military imaging systems or to minimize such degrading effects.
Note: ML15 does not control “first generation image intensifier tubes” or equipment specially designed to incorporate “first generation image intensifier tubes”. (L.N. 89 of 2021) N.B.:For weapon sights incorporating “first generation image intensifier tubes”, see ML1, ML2 and ML5(a). (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 6A002(a), 6A002(b) and 6A003(b) of the Dual-use Goods List. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Forgings, castings and other unfinished products, specially designed for items specified by ML1, ML2, ML3, ML4, ML6, ML9, ML10, ML12 or ML19;
Note:
ML16 applies to unfinished products when they are identifiable by material composition, geometry or function.
Miscellaneous equipment, materials and “libraries”, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Diving and underwater swimming apparatus, specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
Self-contained diving rebreathers, closed or semi-closed circuit;
Underwater swimming apparatus specially designed for use with the diving apparatus specified in ML17(a)(1);
N.B.:
See also 8A002(q) of the Dual-use Goods List. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Construction equipment specially designed for military use;
Fittings, coatings and treatments for signature suppression, specially designed for military use;
Field engineer equipment specially designed for use in a combat zone;
“Robots”, “robot” controllers and “robot” “end-effectors”, having any of the following characteristics:
Specially designed for military use;
Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic fragments (e.g. incorporating self-sealing lines) and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher than 839 K (566°C); or (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Specially designed or rated for operating in an ‘Electromagnetic Pulse’ (‘EMP’) environment; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of ML17(e)(3), ‘EMP’ does not refer to unintentional interference caused by electromagnetic radiation from nearby equipment (e.g. machinery, appliances or electronics) or lightning. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Libraries” specially designed or modified for military use with systems, equipment or components, specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, specially designed for military use, and components for the equipment specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use;
Note:
ML17(g) includes “nuclear reactors”. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment and material, coated or treated for signature suppression, specially designed for military use, other than those controlled elsewhere in the Munitions List;
Simulators specially designed for military “nuclear reactors”;
Mobile repair shops specially designed or ‘modified’ to service military equipment; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Field generators specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 85 of 2023)
ISO intermodal containers or demountable vehicle bodies (i.e. swap bodies), specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ferries, other than those controlled elsewhere in the Munitions List, bridges and pontoons, specially designed for military use; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Test models specially designed for the “development” of items controlled by ML4, ML6, ML9 or ML10; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Laser” protection equipment (e.g. eye and sensor protection) specially designed for military use; and (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 161 of 2011; E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Fuel cells”, other than those specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Note: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)For the purpose of ML17, ‘modified’ means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Production’ equipment and environmental test facilities, and components for the equipment and facilities, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment specially designed or modified for the ‘production’ of items specified in the Munitions List, and specially designed components for ‘production’ equipment; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Environmental test facilities specially designed for the certification, qualification, or testing of items specified in the Munitions List, and specially designed equipment for environmental test facilities, not specified elsewhere; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of ML18, the term ‘production’ includes design, examination, manufacture, testing and checking. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 65 of 2004)
Notes:
ML18(a) and ML18(b) include the following equipment:
Continuous nitrators;
Centrifugal testing apparatus or equipment having any of the following characteristics:
Driven by a motor or motors having a total rated horsepower of more than 298 kW (400 hp);
Capable of carrying a payload of 113 kg or more; or
Capable of exerting a centrifugal acceleration of 8 g or more on a payload of 91 kg or more;
Dehydration presses;
Screw extruders specially designed or modified for military “explosive” extrusion; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded “propellants”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in diameter and having over 227 kg product capacity;
Continuous mixers for solid “propellants”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Fluid energy mills for grinding or milling the ingredients of military “explosives”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment to achieve both sphericity and uniform particle size in metal powder listed in ML8(c)(8); (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Convection current converters for the conversion of materials listed in ML8(c)(3). (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 65 of 2004)
Directed energy weapon (DEW) systems, related or countermeasure equipment and test models, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Laser” systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
High power radio-frequency (RF) systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
Equipment specially designed for the detection or identification of, or defence against, systems controlled by ML19(a), ML19(b) or ML19(c);
Physical test models for the systems, equipment and components, specified in ML19; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Laser” systems specially designed to cause permanent blindness to unenhanced vision, i.e. to the naked eye or to the eye with corrective eyesight devices; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Notes:
DEW systems specified by ML19 include systems whose capability is derived from the controlled application of: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Lasers” of sufficient power to effect destruction similar to the manner of conventional ammunition; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Particle accelerators which project a charged or neutral particle beam with destructive power;
High pulsed power or high average power radio frequency beam transmitters which produce fields sufficiently intense to disable electronic circuitry at a distant target.
ML19 includes the following when specially designed for DEW systems: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Prime power generation, energy storage, switching, power conditioning or fuel-handling equipment;
Target acquisition or tracking systems;
Systems capable of assessing target damage, destruction or mission-abort;
Beam-handling, propagation or pointing equipment;
Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target operations;
Adaptive optics and phase conjugators;
Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams;
“Space-qualified” accelerator components; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Negative ion beam funnelling equipment;
Equipment for controlling and slewing a high energy ion beam;
“Space-qualified” foils for neutralising negative hydrogen isotope beams. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Cryogenic and “superconductive” equipment, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications, capable of operating while in motion and of producing or maintaining temperatures below 103K (-170°C);
Note:
ML20(a) includes mobile systems incorporating or employing accessories or components manufactured from non-metallic or non-electrical conductive materials, such as plastics or epoxy-impregnated materials.
“Superconductive” electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers) specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications, capable of operating while in motion;
Note:
ML20(b) does not control direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metal armatures which rotate in a magnetic field produced by superconducting windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting components in the generator. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software”, as follows:
“Software” specially designed or modified for any of the following:
“Development”, “production”, operation or maintenance of equipment specified in the Munitions List;
“Development” or “production” of materials specified in the Munitions List;
“Development”, “production”, operation or maintenance of “software” specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specific “software”, other than that specified in ML21(a), as follows:
“Software” specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling, simulating or evaluating military weapon systems;
“Software” specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling or simulating military operational scenarios;
“Software” for determining the effects of conventional, nuclear, chemical or biological weapons; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” specially designed for military use and specially designed for Command, Communications, Control and Intelligence (C3I) or Command, Communications, Control, Computer and Intelligence (C4I) applications; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the conduct of military offensive cyber operations;
Notes:
1.ML21(b)(5) includes “software” designed to destroy, damage, degrade or disrupt systems, equipment or “software”, specified in the Munitions List, and cyber reconnaissance and cyber command and control “software” for the conduct of military offensive cyber operations. 2.ML21(b)(5) does not apply to “vulnerability disclosure” or to “cyber incident response”, if it is limited to non-military defensive cybersecurity readiness or response. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software”, not specified in ML21(a) or (b), specially designed or modified to enable equipment not specified in the Munitions List to perform the military functions of equipment specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
N.B.:
See systems, equipment or components specified in the Munitions List for general purpose “digital computers” with the “software” specified in ML21(c) installed. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” as follows:
“Technology”, other than that specified in ML22(b), that is “required” for the “development”, “production”, installation, operation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” as follows:
“Technology” “required” for the design of, the assembly of components into, and the operation, maintenance and repair of complete production installations for items controlled in the Munitions List, even if the components of such production installations are not controlled;
“Technology” “required” for the “development” and “production” of small arms even if used to produce reproductions of antique small arms;
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” “required” exclusively for the incorporation of “biocatalysts”, controlled by ML7(i)(1), into military carrier substances or military material;
Notes:
“Technology” “required” for the “development”, “production”, installation, operation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified in the Munitions List remains under control even when applicable to any item that is not specified in the Munitions List.
ML22 does not apply to: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” that is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of those items which are not controlled or whose export has been authorized;
“Technology” that is “in the public domain”, “basic scientific research” or the minimum necessary information for patent applications;
“Technology” for magnetic induction for continuous propulsion of civil transport devices. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Firearms, ammunition, their ‘parts’ and ‘essential components’ as follows:
Firearms, other than those specified in ML1 or ML2;
Notes: ML101(a) includes: (1)Weapons using non-centre fire cased ammunition and that are not of the fully automatic firing type; (2)Rifles, combination guns and smooth-bore weapons manufactured from 1899 to 1937; (3)Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes that meet both of the following descriptions:(a)not specially designed for military use;(b)not of the fully automatic firing type.
‘Parts’ (including sound suppressors or moderators) or ‘essential components’ for firearms specified in ML101(a);
Ammunition for firearms specified in ML101(a);
Note:
ML101 does not apply to the following:
Firearms manufactured earlier than 1899;
‘Parts’ (including sound suppressors or moderators) or ‘essential components’ for firearms manufactured earlier than 1899;
‘Deactivated firearms’;
Firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and that are incapable of discharging a projectile;
Firearms specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m;
Weapons specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or CO2;
Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following purposes:
Slaughtering of domestic animals;
Tranquilizing of animals;
Seismic testing;
Firing of industrial projectiles;
Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
Signal pistols.
Technical Notes:
‘Parts’ means any element or replacement element specifically designed for a firearm and essential to its operation, including a barrel, frame or receiver, slide or cylinder, bolt or breech block, and any device designed or adapted to diminish the sound caused by firing a firearm.
‘Essential components’ means the breechclosing mechanism, the chamber and the barrel of a firearm which, being separate objects, are included in the category of the firearms on which they are or are intended to be mounted.
A ‘deactivated firearm’ is a firearm that has been made incapable of firing any projectile by processes defined by the national authority of a “Participating State”. These processes irreversibly modify the essential elements of the firearm. According to national laws and regulations, deactivation of the firearm may be attested by a certificate delivered by a competent authority and may be marked on the firearm by a stamp on an essential part.
NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY NOTE (NTN)
(To be read in conjunction with section E of Category 0)
The “technology” directly associated with any goods controlled in Category 0 is controlled according to the provisions of Category 0. (L.N. 183 of 1999)
“Technology” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of goods under control remains under control even when applicable to non-controlled goods.
The approval of goods for export also authorizes the export to the same end-user of the minimum “technology” required for the installation, operation, maintenance, and repair of the goods.
Controls on “technology” transfer do not apply to information “in the public domain” or to “basic scientific research”.
GENERAL TECHNOLOGY NOTE (GTN)
(To be read in conjunction with section E of Categories 1 to 9)
The export of “technology” which is “required” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of goods controlled in Categories 1 to 9, is controlled according to the provisions of Categories 1 to 9.
“Technology” “required” for the “development”, “production” or “use” of goods under control remains under control even when applicable to non-controlled goods.
Controls do not apply to that “technology” which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) and repair of those goods which are not controlled or whose export has been authorized.
Note: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
This does not release such “technology” controlled by 1E002(e), 1E002(f), 8E002(a) and 8E002(b). (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Controls on “technology” transfer do not apply to information “in the public domain”, to “basic scientific research” or to the minimum necessary information for patent applications.
NUCLEAR SOFTWARE NOTE (NSN)
(This note overrides any control within section D of Category 0)
Section D of Category 0 does not control “software” which is the minimum necessary “object code” for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of those items whose export has been authorized.
The approval of goods for export also authorizes the export to the same end-user of the minimum necessary “object code” for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of the goods.
Note:
The Nuclear Software Note does not release “software” specified in Category 5—Part 2 (“Information Security”).
GENERAL SOFTWARE NOTE (GSN) (This note overrides any control within section D of Categories 1 to 9)
Categories 1 to 9 do not control “software” that meets any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021) “Software” that is generally available to the public by being: (L.N. 42 of 2017)(a)Sold from stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:(1)Over-the-counter transactions;(2)Mail order transactions; (L.N. 65 of 2004)(3)Electronic transactions; or (L.N. 65 of 2004)(4)Telephone call transactions; and (L.N. 65 of 2004)(b)Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; (L.N. 42 of 2017)Note: (L.N. 89 of 2021)Entry (1) of the General Software Note does not release “software” specified in Category 5—Part 2 (“Information Security”). (L.N. 42 of 2017) “Software” that is “in the public domain”; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 42 of 2017) The “object code” that is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of items whose export has been authorized.Note: (L.N. 89 of 2021)Entry (3) of the General Software Note does not release “software” specified in Category 5—Part 2 (“Information Security”). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
GENERAL “INFORMATION SECURITY” NOTE (GISN)
“Information security” items or functions should be considered against the provisions in Category 5—Part 2, even if they are components, “software” or functions of other items.
S , E C
“Nuclear reactors” and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, as follows:
“Nuclear reactors”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Metal vessels, or major shop-fabricated parts therefor, specially designed or prepared to contain the core of a “nuclear reactor”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Manipulative equipment specially designed or prepared for inserting or removing fuel in a “nuclear reactor”;
Control rods specially designed or prepared for the control of the fission process in a “nuclear reactor”, support or suspension structures therefor, rod drive mechanisms and rod guide tubes;
Pressure tubes specially designed or prepared to contain both fuel elements and the primary coolant in a “nuclear reactor”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Zirconium metal tubes or zirconium alloy tubes (or assemblies of tubes) specially designed or prepared for use as fuel cladding in a “nuclear reactor”, and in quantities exceeding 10 kg;
N.B.:
For zirconium pressure tubes, see 0A001(e) and for calandria tubes, see 0A001(h). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Coolant pumps or circulators specially designed or prepared for circulating the primary coolant of “nuclear reactors”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Nuclear reactor internals’ specially designed or prepared for use in a “nuclear reactor”, including support columns for the core, fuel channels, calandria tubes, thermal shields, baffles, core grid plates, and diffuser plates; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
In 0A001(h), ‘nuclear reactor internals’ means any major structure within a reactor vessel which has one or more functions such as supporting the core, maintaining fuel alignment, directing primary coolant flow, providing radiation shields for the reactor vessel, and guiding in-core instrumentation. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Heat exchangers as follows:
Steam generators specially designed or prepared for the primary, or intermediate, coolant circuit of a “nuclear reactor”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Other heat exchangers specially designed or prepared for use in the primary coolant circuit of a “nuclear reactor”;
Note:
0A001(i) does not control heat exchangers for the supporting systems of the reactor (e.g. the emergency cooling system or the decay heat cooling system). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Neutron detectors specially designed or prepared for determining neutron flux levels within the core of a “nuclear reactor”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘External thermal shields’ specially designed or prepared for use in a “nuclear reactor” for the reduction of heat loss and also for the protection of containment vessel;
Technical Note:
In 0A001(k), ‘external thermal shields’ means major structures placed over the reactor vessel that reduce heat loss from the reactor and reduce temperature within the containment vessel. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
T , I P E
Plant for the separation of isotopes of “natural uranium”, “depleted uranium” or “special fissile materials”, and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Plant specially designed for separating isotopes of “natural uranium”, “depleted uranium”, or “special fissile materials”, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gas centrifuge separation plant;
Gaseous diffusion separation plant;
Aerodynamic separation plant;
Chemical exchange separation plant;
Ion-exchange separation plant;
Atomic vapour “laser” isotope separation plant;
Molecular “laser” isotope separation plant;
Plasma separation plant;
Electro magnetic separation plant;
Gas centrifuges and assemblies and components, specially designed or prepared for gas centrifuge separation process, as follows:
Technical Note: In 0B001(b), ‘high strength-to-density ratio material’ means any of the following items: (a)Maraging steel capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 1.95 GPa or more; (b)Aluminium alloys capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 0.46 GPa or more; (c)“Fibrous or filamentary materials” with a “specific modulus” of more than 3.18 × 106 m and a “specific tensile strength” greater than 7.62 × 104 m. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gas centrifuges;
Complete rotor assemblies;
Rotor tube cylinders with a wall thickness of 12 mm or less, a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm, made from ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’;
Rings or bellows with a wall thickness of 3 mm or less and a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm and designed to give local support to a rotor tube or to join a number together, made from ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’;
Baffles of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter for mounting inside a rotor tube, made from ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’;
Top or bottom caps of between 75 mm and 650 mm diameter to fit the ends of a rotor tube, made from ‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’;
Magnetic suspension bearings as follows:
Bearing assemblies consisting of an annular magnet suspended within a housing made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6” containing a damping medium and having the magnet coupling with a pole piece or second magnet fitted to the top cap of the rotor;
Active magnetic bearings specially designed or prepared for use with gas centrifuges; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specially prepared bearings comprising a pivot-cup assembly mounted on a damper;
Molecular pumps comprised of cylinders having internally machined or extruded helical grooves and internally machined bores;
Ring-shaped motor stators for multiphase AC hysteresis (or reluctance) motors for synchronous operation within a vacuum at a frequency of 600 Hz or more and a power of 40 Volt-Amps or more;
Centrifuge housing or centrifuge recipients to contain the rotor tube assembly of a gas centrifuge, consisting of a rigid cylinder of wall thickness up to 30 mm with precision machined ends that are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of cylinder to within 0.05 degrees or less;
Scoops consisting of specially designed or prepared tubes for the extraction of UF6 gas from within the rotor tube by a Pitot tube action and capable of being fixed to the central gas extraction system; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Frequency changers (converters or inverters) specially designed or prepared to supply motor stators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
A multiphase frequency output of 600 Hz or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
High stability (with frequency control better than 0.2%); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Shut-off and control valves as follows:
Shut-off valves specially designed or prepared to act on the feed, product or tails from UF6 gaseous streams of an individual gas centrifuge;
Bellows-sealed valves, shut-off or control, made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, with an inside diameter of 10 mm to 160 mm, specially designed or prepared for use in main or auxiliary systems of gas centrifuge enrichment plants; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for gaseous diffusion separation process, as follows:
Gaseous diffusion barriers made of porous metallic, polymer or ceramic “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6” with a pore size of 10 to 100 nm, a thickness of 5 mm or less, and, for tubular forms, a diameter of 25 mm or less;
Gaseous diffuser housings made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”;
Compressors or gas blowers with a suction volume capacity of 1 m3/min or more of UF6 that discharge pressure up to 500 kPa, have a pressure ratio of 10:1 or less, and are made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”;
Rotary shaft seals for compressors or blowers controlled by 0B001(c)(3) and designed for a buffer gas in-leakage rate of less than 1 000 cm3/min;
Heat exchangers made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, and designed for a leakage pressure rate of less than 10 Pa per hour under a pressure differential of 100 kPa;
Bellows-sealed valves, manual or automated, shut-off or control, made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for aerodynamic separation process, as follows:
Separation nozzles consisting of slit-shaped, curved channels having a radius of curvature less than 1 mm, resistant to corrosion by UF6, and having a knife-edge contained within the nozzle which separates the gas flowing through the nozzle into two streams;
Cylindrical or conical tubes (vortex tubes), made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, with one or more tangential inlets; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Compressors or gas blowers made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, and rotary shaft seals therefor;
Heat exchangers made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”;
Separation element housings, made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6” to contain vortex tubes or separation nozzles;
Bellows-sealed valves, manual or automated, shut-off or control, made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, with a diameter of 40 mm or more; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Process systems for separating UF6 from carrier gas (hydrogen or helium) to 1 ppm UF6 content or less, including:
Cryogenic heat exchangers and cryoseparators capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120°C) or less;
Cryogenic refrigeration units capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120°C) or less;
Separation nozzle or vortex tube units for the separation of UF6 from carrier gas;
UF6 cold traps capable of freezing out UF6;
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for chemical exchange separation process, as follows:
Fast-exchange liquid-liquid pulse columns with stage residence time of 30 seconds or less and resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid (e.g. made of or protected by suitable plastic materials such as fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers or glass);
Fast-exchange liquid-liquid centrifugal contactors with stage residence time of 30 seconds or less and resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid (e.g. made of or protected by suitable plastic materials such as fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers or glass);
Electrochemical reduction cells resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions, for reduction of uranium from one valence state to another;
Electrochemical reduction cells feed equipment to take U+4 from the organic stream and, for those parts in contact with the process stream, made of or protected by suitable material (e.g. glass, fluorocarbon polymers, polyphenyl sulphate, polyether sulfone and resin-impregnated graphite); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Feed preparation systems for producing high purity uranium chloride solution consisting of dissolution, solvent extraction and/or ion exchange equipment for purification and electrolytic cells for reducing the uranium U+6 or U+4 to U+3;
Uranium oxidation systems for oxidation of U+3 to U+4;
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for ion-exchange separation process, as follows:
Fast reacting ion-exchange resins, pellicular or porous macro-reticulated resins in which the active chemical exchange groups are limited to a coating on the surface of an inactive porous support structure, and other composite structures in any suitable form, including particles or fibres, with diameters of 0.2 mm or less, resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid and designed to have an exchange rate half-time of less than 10 seconds and capable of operating at temperatures in the range of 373 K (100°C) to 473 K (200°C);
Ion exchange columns (cylindrical) with a diameter greater than 1 000 mm, made of or protected by materials resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid (e.g. titanium or fluorocarbon plastics) and capable of operating at temperatures in the range of 373 K (100°C) to 473 K (200°C) and pressures above 0.7 MPa;
Ion exchange reflux systems (chemical or electrochemical oxidation or reduction systems) for regeneration of the chemical reducing or oxidizing agents used in ion exchange enrichment cascades;
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for laser-based separation processes using atomic vapour laser isotope separation, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Uranium metal vaporization systems designed to achieve a delivered power of 1 kW or more on the target for use in laser enrichment;
Liquid or vapour uranium metal handling systems specially designed or prepared for handling molten uranium, molten uranium alloys or uranium metal vapour for use in laser enrichment, and specially designed components for such systems;
N.B.:
See also 2A225.
Product and tails collector assemblies for collecting uranium metal in liquid or solid form, made of or protected by materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium metal vapour or liquid, such as yttria-coated graphite or tantalum;
Separator module housings (cylindrical or rectangular vessels) for containing the uranium metal vapour source, the electron beam gun and the product and tails collectors;
“Lasers” or “laser” systems specially designed or prepared for the separation of uranium isotopes with a spectrum frequency stabilization for operation over extended periods of time;
N.B.:
See also 6A005 and 6A205. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for laser-based separation processes using molecular laser isotope separation, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Supersonic expansion nozzles for cooling mixtures of UF6 and carrier gas to 150 K (-123°C) or less and made from “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”;
Product or tails collector components or devices, specially designed or prepared for collecting uranium material or uranium tails material following illumination with laser light, made of “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Compressors made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”, and rotary shaft seals therefor;
Equipment for fluorinating UF5 (solid) to UF6 (gas);
Process systems for separating UF6 from carrier gas (e.g. nitrogen, argon or other gases) including: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Cryogenic heat exchangers and cryoseparators capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120°C) or less;
Cryogenic refrigeration units capable of temperatures of 153 K (-120°C) or less;
UF6 cold traps capable of freezing out UF6;
“Lasers” or “laser” systems specially designed or prepared for the separation of uranium isotopes with a spectrum frequency stabilization for operation over extended periods of time;
N.B.:
See also 6A005 and 6A205.
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for plasma separation process, as follows:
Microwave power sources and antennae for producing or accelerating ions, with an output frequency greater than 30 GHz and mean power output greater than 50 kW;
Radio frequency ion excitation coils for frequencies of more than 100 kHz and capable of handling more than 40 kW mean power;
Uranium plasma-generation systems;
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Product and tails collector assemblies for uranium metal in solid form, made of or protected by materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium vapour such as yttria-coated graphite or tantalum;
Separator module housings (cylindrical) for containing the uranium plasma source, radio-frequency drive coil and the product and tails collectors and made of a suitable non-magnetic material (e.g. stainless steel);
Equipment and components, specially designed or prepared for electromagnetic separation process, as follows:
Ion sources, single or multiple, consisting of a vapour source, ionizer, and beam accelerator made of suitable non-magnetic materials (e.g. graphite, stainless steel, or copper) and capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater;
Ion collector plates for collection of enriched or depleted uranium ion beams, consisting of two or more slits and pockets and made of suitable non-magnetic materials (e.g. graphite or stainless steel);
Vacuum housings for uranium electromagnetic separators made of non-magnetic materials (e.g. stainless steel) and designed to operate at pressures of 0.1 Pa or lower;
Magnet pole pieces with a diameter greater than 2 m;
High voltage power supplies for ion sources, having all of the following characteristics:
Capable of continuous operation;
Output voltage of 20 000 V or greater;
Output current of 1 A or greater; and
Voltage regulation of better than 0.01% over a period of 8 hours;
N.B.:
See also 3A227.
Magnet power supplies (high power, direct current) having all of the following characteristics:
Capable of continuous operation with a current output of 500 A or greater at a voltage of 100 V or greater; and
Current or voltage regulation better than 0.01% over a period of 8 hours;
N.B.:
See also 3A226.
Specially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and components, as follows, for isotope separation plant controlled by 0B001, made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”:
Feed autoclaves, ovens or systems used for passing UF6 to the enrichment process;
Desublimers or cold traps, used to remove UF6 from the enrichment process for subsequent transfer upon heating;
Product and tails stations for transferring UF6 into containers;
Liquefaction or solidification stations used to remove UF6 from the enrichment process by compressing, cooling and converting UF6 to a liquid or solid form;
Piping systems and header systems specially designed or prepared for handling UF6 within gaseous diffusion, centrifuge or aerodynamic cascades; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Vacuum systems and pumps as follows:
Vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers or vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 5 m3/min or more;
Vacuum pumps specially designed for use in UF6 bearing atmospheres made of, or protected by, “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6”; or
Vacuum systems consisting of vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers and vacuum pumps, and designed for service in UF6 bearing atmospheres; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
UF6 mass spectrometers/ion sources capable of taking on-line samples from UF6 gas streams and meeting all of the following descriptions:
Capable of measuring ions of 320 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 1 part in 320; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Ion sources constructed of or protected by nickel, nickel-copper alloys with a nickel content of 60% or more by weight, or nickel-chrome alloys;
Electron bombardment ionization sources;
Having a collector system suitable for isotopic analysis; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Plant for the conversion of uranium and equipment specially designed or prepared therefor, as follows:
Systems for the conversion of uranium ore concentrates to UO3;
Systems for the conversion of UO3 to UF6;
Systems for the conversion of UO3 to UO2;
Systems for the conversion of UO2 to UF4;
Systems for the conversion of UF4 to UF6;
Systems for the conversion of UF4 to uranium metal;
Systems for the conversion of UF6 to UO2;
Systems for the conversion of UF6 to UF4;
Systems for the conversion of UO2 to UC14; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Plant for the production or concentration of heavy water, deuterium and deuterium compounds and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, as follows:
Plant for the production of heavy water, deuterium or deuterium compounds, as follows:
Water-hydrogen sulphide exchange plants;
Ammonia-hydrogen exchange plants;
Equipment and components, as follows:
Water-hydrogen sulphide exchange towers with diameters of 1.5 m or more, capable of operating at pressures equal to or greater than 2 MPa; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Single stage, low head (i.e. 0.2 MPa) centrifugal blowers or compressors for hydrogen sulphide gas circulation (i.e. gas containing more than 70% by weight hydrogen sulphide, H2S) with a throughput capacity greater than or equal to 56 m3/second when operating at pressures greater than or equal to 1.8 MPa suction and having seals designed for wet H2S service; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ammonia-hydrogen exchange towers greater than or equal to 35 m in height with diameters of 1.5 m to 2.5 m capable of operating at pressures greater than 15 MPa;
Tower internals, including stage contactors, and stage pumps, including those which are submersible, for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process;
Ammonia crackers with operating pressures greater than or equal to 3 MPa for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process;
Infrared absorption analysers capable of on-line hydrogen/deuterium ratio analysis where deuterium concentrations are equal to or greater than 90% by weight; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Catalytic burners for the conversion of enriched deuterium gas into heavy water utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process;
Complete heavy water upgrade systems, or columns therefor, for the upgrade of heavy water to reactor-grade deuterium concentration;
Ammonia synthesis converters or synthesis units specially designed or prepared for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen exchange process; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Plant specially designed for the fabrication of “nuclear reactor” fuel elements and specially designed or prepared equipment therefor;
Technical Note:
Specially designed or prepared equipment for the fabrication of “nuclear reactor” fuel elements includes equipment which: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Normally comes into direct contact with or directly processes or controls the production flow of nuclear materials;
Seals the nuclear materials within the cladding;
Checks the integrity of the cladding or the seal; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Checks the finish treatment of the sealed fuel; or (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Is used for assembling reactor elements. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Plant for the reprocessing of irradiated “nuclear reactor” fuel elements, and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor;
Note:
0B006 includes:
Plant for the reprocessing of irradiated “nuclear reactor” fuel elements including equipment and components which normally come into direct contact with and directly control the irradiated fuel and the major nuclear material and fission product processing streams;
Fuel element decladding equipment and chopping or shredding machines, i.e. remotely operated equipment to cut, chop or shear irradiated “nuclear reactor” fuel assemblies, bundles or rods; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Dissolver vessels or dissolvers employing mechanical devices specially designed or prepared for the dissolution of irradiated “nuclear reactor” fuel, which are capable of withstanding hot, highly corrosive liquids, and which can be remotely loaded, operated and maintained; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Solvent extractors, such as packed or pulsed columns, mixer settlers or centrifugal contactors, resistant to the corrosive effects of nitric acid and specially designed or prepared for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated “natural uranium”, “depleted uranium” or “special fissile materials”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Holding or storage vessels specially designed to be critically safe and resistant to the corrosive effects of nitric acid;
Technical Note: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Holding or storage vessels may have the following features:
Walls or internal structures with a boron equivalent (calculated for all constituent elements as defined in the Note to 0C004) of at least two percent;
A maximum diameter of 175 mm for cylindrical vessels; or
A maximum width of 75 mm for either a slab or annular vessel.
Neutron measurement systems specially designed or prepared for integration and use with automated process control systems in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated “natural uranium”, “depleted uranium” or “special fissile materials”. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Plant for the conversion of plutonium and equipment specially designed or prepared therefor, as follows:
Systems for the conversion of plutonium nitrate to oxide;
Systems for plutonium metal production; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
M
“Natural uranium” or “depleted uranium” or thorium in the form of metal, alloy, chemical compound or concentrate and any other material containing one or more of the foregoing;
Note:
0C001 does not control the following:
Four grammes or less of “natural uranium” or “depleted uranium” when contained in a sensing component in instruments;
“Depleted uranium” specially fabricated for the following civil non-nuclear applications:
Shielding;
Packaging;
Ballasts having a mass not greater than 100 kg;
Counter-weights having a mass not greater than 100 kg;
Alloys containing less than 5% thorium;
Ceramic products containing thorium, which have been manufactured for non-nuclear use.
“Special fissile materials”;
Note:
0C002 does not control four “effective grammes” or less when contained in a sensing component in instruments.
Deuterium, heavy water (deuterium oxide) and other compounds of deuterium, and mixtures and solutions containing deuterium, in which the isotopic ratio of deuterium to hydrogen exceeds 1:5 000;
Graphite having a purity level better than 5 parts per million ‘boron equivalent’ and with a density greater than 1.5 g/cm3 for use in a “nuclear reactor”, and in quantities exceeding 1 kg; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
See also 1C107.
Notes:
For the purpose of export control, the competent authorities of the “Participating State” in which the exporter is established will determine whether or not the exports of graphite meeting the above specifications are for “nuclear reactor” use. 0C004 does not control graphite having a purity level better than 5 ppm (parts per million) boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 g/cm3 not for use in a “nuclear reactor”. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
In 0C004, ‘boron equivalent’ (BE) is defined as the sum of BEZ for impurities (excluding BEcarbon since carbon is not considered an impurity) including boron, where:
BEZ(ppm) = CF × concentration of element Z in ppm;
| where CF is the conversion factor = | σZAB | |
| σBAZ |
Specially prepared compounds or powders for the manufacture of gaseous diffusion barriers, resistant to corrosion by UF6 (e.g. nickel or alloys containing 60% or more by weight of nickel, aluminium oxide and fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers), having a purity of 99.9% by weight or more and a particle size less than 10 μm measured by American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B330 standard and a high degree of particle size uniformity;
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of goods controlled by this Category;
T
“Technology” according to the Nuclear Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of goods controlled by this Category;
S , E C
Components made from fluorinated compounds, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Seals, gaskets, sealants or fuel bladders specially designed for “aircraft” or aerospace use made from more than 50% by weight of any of the materials specified by 1C009(b) or 1C009(c);
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Composite” structures or laminates, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See also 1A202, 9A010 and 9A110.
Made from any of the following:
An organic “matrix” and “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010(c) or 1C010(d);
Prepregs or preforms specified in 1C010(e); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Made from a metal or carbon “matrix”, and any of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” having:
A “specific modulus” exceeding 10.15 × 106 m; and
A “specific tensile strength” exceeding 17.7 × 104 m;
Materials specified in 1C010(c); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Notes:
1A002 does not apply to “composite” structures or laminates, made from epoxy resin impregnated carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
An area not exceeding 1 m2;
A length not exceeding 2.5 m;
A width exceeding 15 mm. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
1A002 does not apply to semi-finished items, specially designed for purely civilian applications as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Sporting goods;
Automotive industry;
Machine tool industry; and
Medical applications. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
1A002(b)(1) does not apply to semi-finished items that contain a maximum of two dimensions of interwoven filaments and are specially designed for applications as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Metal heat-treatment furnaces for tempering metals; and
Silicon boule production equipment. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
1A002 does not apply to finished items specially designed for a specific application. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
1A002(b)(1) does not apply to mechanically chopped, milled, or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Manufactures of non-“fusible” aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form having any of the following: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
With a thickness exceeding 0.254 mm; or
Coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or magnetic substances;
Note: 1A003 does not control manufactures when coated or laminated with copper and designed for the “production” of electronic printed circuit boards. (L.N. 6 of 2025) N.B.: For “fusible” aromatic polyimides in any form, see 1C008(a)(3). (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Protective and detection equipment and components, not specially designed for military use, as follows:
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List, 2B351 and 2B352. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Full face masks, filter canisters and decontamination equipment for such masks and canisters, designed or modified for defence against any of the following, and specially designed components for such masks, canisters and equipment: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
1A004(a) includes Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) that are designed or modified for defence against agents or materials, listed in 1A004(a). (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1A004(a):
Full face masks are also known as gas masks;
Filter canisters include filter cartridges. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Biological agents”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Radioactive materials’; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Chemical warfare (CW) agents;
“Riot control agents”, including:
α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
[(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile, (o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride (ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS 532-27-4);
Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM) (CAS 578-94-9); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
Protective suits, gloves and shoes specially designed or modified for defence against any of the following:
“Biological agents”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Radioactive materials’; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Chemical warfare (CW) agents; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Detection systems, specially designed or modified for detection or identification of any of the following, and specially designed components for those systems: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Biological agents”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Radioactive materials’; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Chemical warfare (CW) agents; and (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Electronic equipment designed for automatically detecting or identifying the presence of “explosives” residues and utilizing ‘trace detection’ techniques (e.g. surface acoustic wave, ion mobility spectrometry, differential mobility spectrometry and mass spectrometry);
Technical Note:
‘Trace detection’ is defined as the capability to detect less than 1 ppm vapour, or 1 mg solid or liquid. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:
1A004(d) does not include equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
1A004(d) does not include non-contact walk-through security portals. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Note:
1A004 does not include:
Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters; and
Occupational health or safety equipment limited by design or function to protect against hazards specific to residential safety or civil industries, including: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Mining;
Quarrying;
Agriculture;
Pharmaceutical;
Medical;
Veterinary;
Environmental;
Waste management;
Food industry. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Notes:
1A004 includes equipment and components that have been identified, successfully tested to national standards or otherwise proven effective, for the detection of or defence against ‘radioactive materials’, “biological agents”, chemical warfare agents, ‘simulants’ or “riot control agents”, even if such equipment or components are used in civil industries, such as mining, quarrying, agriculture, pharmaceuticals, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Simulant’: a substance or material that is used in place of toxic agent (chemical or biological) in training, research, testing or evaluation.
For the purposes of 1A004, ‘radioactive materials’ are those selected or modified to increase their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Body armour and its components, as follows:
Soft body armour not manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, and its specially designed components;
Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or less than level IIIA (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008) or “equivalent standards”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
For “fibrous or filamentary materials” used in the manufacture of body armour, see 1C010.
For body armour manufactured to military standards or specifications, see ML13(d). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:
1A005 does not apply to body armour when accompanying its user for the user’s own personal protection.
1A005 does not apply to body armour designed to provide frontal protection only from both fragment and blast from non-military explosive devices.
1A005 does not apply to body armour designed to provide protection only from knife, spike, needle or blunt trauma.
Equipment, specially designed or modified for the disposal of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs), as follows, and specially designed components and accessories for those equipment: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Remotely operated vehicles; and
‘Disruptors’;
Technical Note: For the purposes of 1A006(b), ‘disruptors’ are devices specially designed for the purpose of preventing the operation of an explosive device by projecting a liquid, solid or frangible projectile. (L.N. 85 of 2023) N.B.: For equipment specially designed for military use for the disposal of IEDs, see also ML4. (L.N. 85 of 2023) Note: 1A006 does not include equipment when accompanying its operator.
Equipment and devices, specially designed to initiate charges, and devices containing “energetic materials”, by electrical means, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Explosive detonator firing sets designed to drive explosive detonators specified in 1A007(b); and
Electrically driven explosive detonators, as follows:
Exploding bridge (EB);
Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
Slapper; and
Exploding foil initiators (EFI);
Technical Notes: 1.The word initiator or igniter is sometimes used in place of the word detonator. 2.For the purpose of 1A007(b) the detonators of concern all utilize a small electrical conductor (bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporizes when a fast, high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In non-slapper types, the exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high explosive material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the explosive vaporization of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an explosive starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic force. The term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a slapper-type detonator. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
For equipment and devices specially designed for military use, see the Munitions List. See also 3A229 and 3A232. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Charges, devices and components, as follows:
‘Shaped charges’ having all of the following:
Net Explosive Quantity (NEQ) greater than 90 g;
Outer casing diameter equal to or greater than 75mm;
Linear shaped cutting charges having all of the following, and specially designed components for those cutting charges:
An explosive load greater than 40 g/m;
A width of 10 mm or more;
Detonating cord with explosive core load greater than 64 g/m;
Cutters, other than those specified in 1A008(b), and severing tools, together having a Net Explosive Quantity (NEQ) greater than 3.5 kg;
Technical Note:
The term ‘shaped charges’ means explosive charges shaped to focus the effects of the explosive blast.
Resaturated pyrolized carbon-carbon components designed for space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104;
Composite structures, other than those controlled by 1A002, in the form of tubes and having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 9A010 and 9A110.
An inside diameter of between 75 mm and 400 mm; and
Made with any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” controlled by 1C010(a) or 1C010(b) or 1C210(a) or with carbon prepreg materials controlled by 1C210(c); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Platinized catalysts specially designed or prepared for promoting the hydrogen isotope exchange reaction between hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritium from heavy water or for the production of heavy water;
Specialized packings which may be used in separating heavy water from ordinary water, having both of the following characteristics:
Made of phosphor bronze mesh chemically treated to improve wettability; and
Designed to be used in vacuum distillation towers; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
High-density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows, having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed frames therefor:
A ‘cold area’ greater than 0.09 m2;
A density greater than 3 g/cm3; and
A thickness of 100 mm or greater;
Technical Note:
In 1A227, the term ‘cold area’ means the viewing area of the window exposed to the lowest level of radiation in the design application. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
T , I P E
Equipment designed for the “production” of “composite” structures or laminates or “fibrous or filamentary materials”, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
See also 1B101 and 1B201.
Filament winding machines, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibres are coordinated and programmed in three or more ‘primary servo positioning’ axes, specially designed for the manufacture of “composite” structures or laminates from “fibrous or filamentary materials”; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
‘Tape-laying machines’, of which the motions for positioning and laying tape are coordinated and programmed in five or more ‘primary servo positioning’ axes, specially designed for the manufacture of “composite” airframe or ‘missile’ structures; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
In 1B001(b), ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1B001(b), ‘tape-laying machines’ have the ability to lay one or more ‘filament bands’ limited to widths greater than 25.4 mm and equal to or less than 304.8 mm, and to cut and restart individual ‘filament band’ courses during the laying process. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines or interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits, specially designed or modified for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres for “composite” structures; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
For the purpose of 1B001(c) the technique of interlacing includes knitting. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Equipment specially designed or modified for the “production” of “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010, as follows: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, pitch or polycarbosilane) into carbon fibres or silicon carbide fibres, including special equipment to strain the fibre during heating;
Equipment for the chemical vapour deposition of elements or compounds on heated filamentary substrates to manufacture silicon carbide fibres;
Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium oxide);
Equipment for converting aluminium containing precursor fibres into alumina fibres by heat treatment;
Equipment specially designed or modified for the “production” of prepregs by the ‘hot melt method’;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1B001(e), the ‘hot melt method’ is the process of applying pressure and heat to impregnate “fibrous or filamentary materials” with resin that has been pre-laminated onto a carrier substrate, such as film or paper. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Non-destructive inspection equipment specially designed for “composite” materials, as follows:
X-ray tomography systems for three dimensional defect inspection; and
Numerically controlled ultrasonic testing machines of which the motions for positioning transmitters or receivers are simultaneously coordinated and programmed in four or more axes to follow the three dimensional contours of the component under inspection; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Tow-placement machines’, of which the motions for positioning and laying tows are coordinated and programmed in two or more ‘primary servo positioning’ axes, specially designed for the manufacture of “composite” airframe or missile structures; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1B001(g), ‘tow-placement machines’ have the ability to place one or more ‘filament bands’ having widths equal to or less than 25.4 mm, and to cut and restart individual ‘filament band’ courses during the placement process. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes: (L.N. 42 of 2017) 1.For the purposes of 1B001, ‘primary servo positioning’ axes control, under computer “program” direction, the position of the end effector (i.e. head) in space relative to the work piece at the correct orientation and direction to achieve the desired process. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 6 of 2025) 2.For the purposes of 1B001, ‘filament band’ is a single continuous width of fully or partially resin-impregnated tape, tow or fibre. Fully or partially resin-impregnated ‘filament bands’ include those coated with dry powder that tacks on heating. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment designed to produce metal alloy powder or particulate materials, and having all of the following characteristics:
Specially designed to avoid contamination;
Specially designed for use in one of the processes specified in 1C002(c)(2); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 1B102. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures, for “superplastic forming” or “diffusion bonding” titanium, aluminium or their alloys, specially designed for the manufacture of any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Airframe or aerospace structures;
“Aircraft” or aerospace engines; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Specially designed components for structures specified in 1B003(a) or for engines specified in 1B003(b); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Equipment, other than that controlled by 1B001, for the “production” of structural composites as follows; and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
N.B.:
See also 1B201.
Note:
Components and accessories controlled by 1B101 include moulds, mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for the preform pressing, curing, casting, sintering or bonding of composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof.
Filament winding machines or fibre placement machines, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibres can be coordinated and programmed in three or more axes, designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from “fibrous or filamentary materials”, and coordinating and programming controls; (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning and laying tape and sheets can be coordinated and programmed in two or more axes, designed for the manufacture of composite airframe and “missile” structures;
Equipment designed or modified for the “production” of “fibrous or filamentary materials” as follows:
Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon or polycarbosilane) including special provision to strain the fibre during heating;
Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or compounds on heated filament substrates; and
Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium oxide);
Equipment designed or modified for special fibre surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms controlled by 9C110; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Note:
1B101(d) includes rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Metal powder “production equipment”, other than that controlled by 1B002, and components as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 1B115(b).
Metal powder “production equipment” usable for the “production”, in a controlled environment, of spherical, spheroidal or atomized materials specified in 1C011(a), 1C011(b), 1C111(a)(1), 1C111(a)(2) or in the Munitions List; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specially designed components for “production equipment” controlled by 1B002 or 1B102(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
1B102 includes:
Plasma generators (high frequency arc-jet) usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
Electroburst equipment usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
Equipment usable for the “production” of spherical aluminium powders by powdering a melt in an inert medium (e.g. nitrogen).
Equipment, other than that controlled by 1B002 or 1B102, for the production of propellants or propellant constituents, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Production equipment” for the “production”, handling or acceptance testing of liquid propellants or propellant constituents controlled by 1C011(a), 1C011(b), 1C111 or in the Munitions List;
“Production equipment” for the “production”, handling, mixing, curing, casting, pressing, machining, extruding or acceptance testing of solid propellants or propellant constituents controlled by 1C011(a), 1C011(b), 1C111 or in the Munitions List; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
1B115(b) does not control batch mixers, continuous mixers or fluid energy mills. For the control of batch mixers, continuous mixers and fluid energy mills, see 1B117, 1B118 and 1B119.
Notes:
For equipment specially designed for the production of military goods, see the Munitions List.
1B115 does not control equipment for the “production”, handling and acceptance testing of boron carbide.
Specially designed nozzles for producing pyrolitically derived materials formed on a mould, mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases which decompose in the 1 573 K (1 300°C) to 3 173 K (2 900°C) temperature range at pressures of 130 Pa to 20 kPa;
Batch mixers having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components for the batch mixers:
Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326 kPa;
Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber;
A total volumetric capacity of 110 litres or more;
At least one ‘mixing or kneading shaft’ mounted off centre;
Note:
In 1B117(d), the term ‘mixing or kneading shaft’ does not refer to deagglomerators or knife-spindles. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Continuous mixers having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components for the continuous mixers:
Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326 kPa;
Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber;
Having either:
Two or more mixing/kneading shafts; or
A single rotating and oscillating shaft with kneading teeth/pins, and kneading teeth/pins inside the casing of the mixing chamber;
Fluid energy mills usable for grinding or milling substances controlled by 1C011(a), 1C011(b), 1C111 or in the Munitions List, and specially designed components therefor;
Filament winding machines, other than those controlled by 1B001 or 1B101, and related equipment, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Filament winding machines having all of the following characteristics:
Having motions for positioning, wrapping, and winding fibres coordinated and programmed in two or more axes;
Specially designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from “fibrous or filamentary materials”; and
Capable of winding cylindrical tubes with an internal diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm and lengths of 300 mm or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Coordinating and programming controls for the filament winding machines controlled by 1B201(a);
Precision mandrels for the filament winding machines controlled by 1B201(a); (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Electrolytic cells for fluorine production with an output capacity greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour;
Electromagnetic isotope separators, designed for or equipped with, single or multiple ion sources capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater;
Note:
1B226 includes separators:
Capable of enriching stable isotopes;
With the ion sources and collectors both in the magnetic field and those configurations in which they are external to the field.
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Hydrogen-cryogenic distillation columns having all of the following characteristics:
Designed to operate with internal temperatures of 35 K (-238°C) or less;
Designed to operate at an internal pressure of 0.5 to 5 MPa; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Constructed of either:
Stainless steel of the Society of Automotive Engineers International (SAE) 300 series with low sulphur content and with an austenitic ASTM (or equivalent standard) grain size number of 5 or greater; or (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Equivalent materials which are both cryogenic and hydrogen (H2)-compatible; and (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 85 of 2023)
With internal diameters of 30 cm or greater and ‘effective lengths’ of 4 m or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
In 1B228(d), ‘effective length’ means the active height of packing material in a packed-type column, or the active height of internal contactor plates in a plate-type column. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Pumps capable of circulating solutions of concentrated or dilute potassium amide catalyst in liquid ammonia (KNH2/NH3), having all of the following characteristics:
Airtight (i.e. hermetically sealed); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
A capacity greater than 8.5 m3/h; and
Either of the following characteristics:
For concentrated potassium amide solutions (1% or greater), an operating pressure of 1.5 to 60 MPa; or
For dilute potassium amide solutions (less than 1%), an operating pressure of 20 to 60 MPa;
Tritium facilities or plants, and equipment therefor, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Facilities or plants for the production, recovery, extraction, concentration, or handling of tritium;
Equipment for tritium facilities or plants, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Hydrogen or helium refrigeration units capable of cooling to 23 K (-250°C) or less, with heat removal capacity greater than 150 watts; or
Hydrogen isotope storage or hydrogen isotope purification systems using metal hydrides as the storage, or purification medium;
Turboexpanders or turboexpander-compressor sets having both of the following characteristics:
Designed for operation with an outlet temperature of 35 K (-238°C) or less; and
Designed for a throughput of hydrogen gas of 1 000 kg/h or greater;
Lithium isotope separation facilities or plants, and systems and equipment therefor, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Facilities or plants for the separation of lithium isotopes; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Equipment for the separation of lithium isotopes based on the lithium-mercury amalgam process, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Packed liquid-liquid exchange columns specially designed for lithium amalgams;
Mercury or lithium amalgam pumps; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Lithium amalgam electrolysis cells;
Evaporators for concentrated lithium hydroxide solution;
Ion exchange systems specially designed for lithium isotope separation, and specially designed components for such systems; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Chemical exchange systems (employing crown ethers, cryptands, or lariat ethers), specially designed for lithium isotope separation, and specially designed components for such systems; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
High explosive containment vessels, chambers, containers and other similar containment devices designed for the testing of high explosives or explosive devices that meet all of the following descriptions:
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List.
Designed to fully contain an explosion equivalent to 2 kg of trinitrotoluene (TNT) or greater; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Having design elements or features enabling real time or delayed transfer of diagnostic or measurement information;
Target assemblies and components for the production of tritium as follows:
Target assemblies made of or containing lithium enriched in the lithium-6 isotope specially designed for the production of tritium through irradiation, including insertion in a nuclear reactor; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Components specially designed for the target assemblies specified in 1B235(a);
Technical Note:
Components specially designed for target assemblies for the production of tritium may include lithium pellets, tritium getters, and specially-coated cladding.
M
Technical Note:
Metals and alloys:
Unless provision to the contrary is made, the words ‘metals’ and ‘alloys’ in 1C001 to 1C012 cover crude and semi-fabricated forms, as follows:
Crude forms:
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks;
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched):
Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomizing, and grinding, i.e.: angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by powder metallurgy.
The object of the control should not be defeated by the export of non-listed forms alleged to be finished products but representing in reality crude forms or semi-fabricated forms.
Materials specially designed for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, or intrinsically conductive polymers, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 1C101.
Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding 2 × 108 Hz but less than 3 × 1012 Hz;
Notes:
1C001(a) does not control:
Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide absorption;
Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident surface is non-planar in shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces;
Planar absorbers, having all of the following characteristics:
Made from any of the following:
Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading, or organic materials, including binders, providing more than 5% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding +15% of the centre frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 450 K (177°C); or
Ceramic materials providing more than 20% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding +15% of the centre frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 800 K (527°C);
Technical Note:
Absorption test samples for 1C001(a) Note 1(c)(1) should be a square at least 5 wavelengths of the centre frequency on a side and positioned in the far field of the radiating element.
Tensile strength less than 7 × 106 N/m2; and
Compressive strength less than 14 × 106 N/m2;
Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, having:
A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and
A maximum operating temperature that is 548 K (275°C) or less; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Planar absorbers having no magnetic loss, and fabricated from ‘open-cell foam’ plastic material with a density of 0.15 g/cm3 or less.
Technical Note:
‘Open-cell foams’ are flexible and porous materials, having an inner structure open to the atmosphere. ‘Open-cell foams’ are also known as reticulated foams. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when contained in paint. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Materials not transparent to visible light and specially designed for absorbing near-infrared radiation having a wavelength exceeding 810 nm but less than 2 000 nm (frequencies exceeding 1.5 × 1014 Hz but less than 3.7 × 1014 Hz); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note: 1C001(b) does not control materials that are specially designed or formulated for any of the following applications: (a)“Laser” marking of polymers; (b)“Laser” welding of polymers. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials with a ‘bulk electrical conductivity’ exceeding 10 000 S/m (Siemens per metre) or a ‘sheet (surface) resistivity’ of less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of the following polymers: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Polyaniline;
Polypyrrole;
Polythiophene;
Poly phenylene-vinylene; or
Poly thienylene-vinylene;
Note:
1C001(c) does not control materials in a liquid form. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
‘Bulk electrical conductivity’ and ‘sheet (surface) resistivity’ should be determined using ASTM D-257 or national equivalents. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 1C202.
Note:
1C002 does not control metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, specially formulated for coating purposes. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
The metal alloys in 1C002 are those containing a higher percentage by weight of the stated metal than of any other element. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Aluminides, as follows:
Nickel aluminides containing a minimum of 15 weight percent aluminium, a maximum of 38 weight percent aluminium and at least one additional alloying element;
Titanium aluminides containing 10 weight percent or more aluminium and at least one additional alloying element;
Metal alloys, as follows, made from the powder or particulate material specified by 1C002(c): (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Nickel alloys with:
A ‘stress-rupture life’ of 10 000 hours or longer at 923 K (650°C) at a stress of 676 MPa; or
A ‘low cycle fatigue life’ of 10 000 cycles or more at 823 K (550°C) at a maximum stress of 1 095 MPa;
Niobium alloys with:
A ‘stress-rupture life’ of 10 000 hours or longer at 1 073 K (800°C) at a stress of 400 MPa; or
A ‘low cycle fatigue life’ of 10 000 cycles or more at 973 K (700°C) at a maximum stress of 700 MPa;
Titanium alloys with:
A ‘stress-rupture life’ of 10 000 hours or longer at 723 K (450°C) at a stress of 200 MPa; or
A ‘low cycle fatigue life’ of 10 000 cycles or more at 723 K (450°C) at a maximum stress of 400 MPa;
Aluminium alloys with a tensile strength of:
240 MPa or more at 473 K (200°C); or
415 MPa or more at 298 K (25°C);
Magnesium alloys with:
A tensile strength of 345 MPa or more; and
A corrosion rate of less than 1 mm/year in 3% sodium chloride aqueous solution measured in accordance with ASTM standard G-31 or national equivalents; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes:
1.‘Stress-rupture life’ should be measured in accordance with ASTM standard E-139 or national equivalents. 2.‘Low cycle fatigue life’ should be measured in accordance with ASTM Standard E-606 ‘Recommended Practice for Constant-Amplitude Low-Cycle Fatigue Testing’ or national equivalents. Testing should be axial with an average stress ratio equal to 1 and a stress-concentration factor (Kt) equal to 1. The average stress ratio is defined as maximum stress minus minimum stress divided by maximum stress. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Metal alloy powder or particulate material, having all of the following characteristics:
Made from any of the following composition systems:
Technical Note:
X in the following equals one or more alloying elements.
Nickel alloys (Ni-Al-X, Ni-X-Al) qualified for turbine engine parts or components, i.e. with less than 3 non-metallic particles (introduced during the manufacturing process) larger than 100 μm in 109 alloy particles;
Niobium alloys (Nb-Al-X or Nb-X-Al, Nb-Si-X or Nb-X-Si, Nb-Ti-X or Nb-X-Ti);
Titanium alloys (Ti-Al-X or Ti-X-Al);
Aluminium alloys (Al-Mg-X or Al-X-Mg, Al-Zn-X or Al-X-Zn, Al-Fe-X or Al-X-Fe); or
Magnesium alloys (Mg-Al-X or Mg-X-Al);
Made in a controlled environment by any of the following processes:
“Vacuum atomization”; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Gas atomization”; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Rotary atomization”; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Splat quenching”;
“Melt spinning” and “comminution”;
“Melt extraction” and “comminution”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Mechanical alloying”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Plasma atomization”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Capable of forming materials controlled by 1C002(a) or 1C002(b);
Alloyed materials, having all of the following characteristics:
Made from any of the composition systems specified in 1C002(c)(1);
In the form of uncomminuted flakes, ribbons or thin rods; and
Produced in a controlled environment by any of the following:
“Splat quenching”;
“Melt spinning”; or
“Melt extraction”; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Magnetic metals, of all types and of whatever form, having any of the following characteristics:
Initial relative permeability of 120 000 or more and a thickness of 0.05 mm or less;
Technical Note:
Measurement of initial relative permeability must be performed on fully annealed materials. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Magnetostrictive alloys, having any of the following characteristics:
A saturation magnetostriction of more than
5 × 10-4; or
A magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) of more than 0.8; or
Amorphous or ‘nanocrystalline’ alloy strips, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
A composition having a minimum of 75 weight percent of iron, cobalt or nickel;
A saturation magnetic induction (Bs) of 1.6 T or more; and
Any of the following:
A strip thickness of 0.02 mm or less; or
An electrical resistivity of 2 × 10-4 ohm cm or more;
Technical Note:
‘Nanocrystalline’ materials in 1C003(c) are those materials having a crystal grain size of 50 nm or less, as determined by X-ray diffraction.
Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys with a “matrix” based on iron, nickel or copper, having all of the following:
A density exceeding 17.5 g/cm3;
An elastic limit exceeding 880 MPa; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
An ultimate tensile strength exceeding 1 270 MPa; and
An elongation exceeding 8%;
“Superconductive” “composite” conductors in lengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding 100 g, as follows:
“Superconductive” “composite” conductors containing one or more niobium-titanium ‘filaments’, having all of the following characteristics:
Embedded in a “matrix” other than a copper or copper-based mixed “matrix”;
Having a cross-section area less than 0.28 × 10-4 mm2 (6 μm in diameter for circular ‘filaments’);
“Superconductive” “composite” conductors consisting of one or more “superconductive” ‘filaments’ other than niobium-titanium, having all of the following characteristics:
A “critical temperature” at zero magnetic induction exceeding 9.85 K (-263.31°C);
Remaining in the “superconductive” state at a temperature of 4.2 K (-268.96°C) when exposed to a magnetic field oriented in any direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of conductor and corresponding to a magnetic induction of 12 T with critical current density exceeding 1 750 A/mm2 on overall cross-section of the conductor; and
“Superconductive” “composite” conductors consisting of one or more “superconductive” ‘filaments’ which remain “superconductive” above 115 K (-158.16°C);
Technical Note:
For the purpose of 1C005, ‘filaments’ may be in wire, cylinder, film, tape or ribbon form.
Fluids and lubricating materials, as follows:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Lubricating materials containing, as their principal ingredients, phenylene, alkylphenylene ethers or thio-ethers, or their mixtures, containing more than two ether or thio-ether functions or their mixtures; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Damping or flotation fluids having all of the following:
Purity exceeding 99.8%;
Containing less than 25 particles of 200 μm or larger in size per 100 ml;
Made from at least 85% of any of the following:
Dibromotetrafluoroethane (CAS 25497-30-7, 124-73-2, 27336-23-8);
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (oily and waxy modifications only); or
Polybromotrifluoroethylene; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Fluorocarbon fluids designed for electronic cooling and having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Containing 85% by weight or more of any of the following, or mixtures thereof:
Monomeric forms of perfluoropolyalkylether-triazines or perfluoroaliphatic-ethers;
Perfluoroalkylamines;
Perfluorocyclocalkanes; or
Perfluoroalkanes;
Density at 298 K (25°C) of 1.5 g/ml or more;
In a liquid state at 273 K (0°C); and
Containing 60% or more by weight of fluorine;
Note:
1C006(d) does not apply to materials specified and packaged as medical products. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Ceramic powders, ceramic-“matrix” “composite” materials and ‘precursor materials’, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See also 1C107.
Ceramic powders of titanium diboride (TiB2) (CAS 12045-63-5) having total metallic impurities, excluding intentional additions, of less than 5 000 ppm, an average particle size equal to or less than 5 μm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 μm; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Ceramic-“matrix” “composite” materials as follows:
Ceramic-ceramic “composite” materials with a glass or oxide-“matrix” and reinforced with any of the following:
Continuous fibres made from any of the following materials:
Al2O3 (CAS 1344-28-1);
Si-C-N;
Note:
1C007(c)(1)(a) does not apply to “composites” containing fibres with a tensile strength of less than 700 MPa at 1 273 K (1 000°C) or tensile creep resistance of more than 1% creep strain at 100 MPa load and 1 273 K (1 000°C) for 100 hours.
Fibres being all of the following:
Made from any of the following materials:
Si-N;
Si-C;
Si-Al-O-N;
Si-O-N;
Having a “specific tensile strength” exceeding 12.7 × 103 m;
Ceramic-“matrix” “composite” materials, with a “matrix” formed of carbides or nitrides of silicon, zirconium or boron; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Precursor materials’ specially designed for the “production” of the materials controlled by 1C007(c), as follows:
Polydiorganosilanes;
Polysilazanes;
Polycarbosilazanes; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1C007, ‘precursor materials’ are special purpose polymeric or metallo-organic materials used for the “production” of silicon carbide, silicon nitride, or ceramics with silicon, carbon and nitrogen. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Non-fluorinated polymeric substances, as follows:
Imides as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Bismaleimides; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Aromatic polyamide-imides (PAI) having a ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ exceeding 563 K (290°C); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Aromatic polyimides having a ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ exceeding 505 K (232°C); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Aromatic polyetherimides having a ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ exceeding 563 K (290°C); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Note:
1C008(a) controls substances in liquid or solid “fusible” form, including resin, powder, pellet, film, sheet, tape or ribbon. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
For non-“fusible” aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form, see 1A003. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 254 of 2008)
Polyarylene ketones;
Polyarylene sulphides, where the arylene group is biphenylene, triphenylene or combinations thereof;
Polybiphenylenethersulphone having a ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ exceeding 563 K (290°C); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Notes: 1.The ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ for 1C008(a)(2) thermoplastic materials, 1C008(a)(4) materials and 1C008(f) materials is determined using the method described in ISO 11357/2 (1999) or national equivalents. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 2.The ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ for 1C008(a)(2) thermosetting materials and 1C008(a)(3) materials is determined using the 3-point bend method described in ASTM D 7028-07 or equivalent national standard. The test is to be performed using a dry test specimen that has attained a minimum of 90% degree of cure as defined by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard, and was cured using the combination of standard and post-cure processes that yield the highest Tg. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Unprocessed fluorinated compounds, as follows:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Fluorinated polyimides containing 10% by weight or more of combined fluorine;
Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers containing 30% by weight or more of combined fluorine;
“Fibrous or filamentary materials” as follows:
N.B.:
See also 1C210 and 9C110. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Notes: 1.In calculating the “specific modulus”, “specific tensile strength” or specific weight of “fibrous or filamentary materials” for the purposes of 1C010(a), 1C010(b), 1C010(c) or 1C010(e)(1)(b), the modulus or tensile strength is to be determined using Method A described in ISO 10618 (2004) or national equivalents. 2.The assessment of “specific modulus”, “specific tensile strength” or specific weight of non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials” (for example, fabrics, random mats or braids) under 1C010 is to be based on the mechanical properties of the constituent unidirectional monofilaments (for example, monofilaments, yarns, rovings or tows) prior to processing into the non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials”. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Organic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
“Specific modulus” exceeding 12.7 × 106 m; and
“Specific tensile strength” exceeding 23.5 × 104 m;
Note:
1C010(a) does not apply to polyethylene.
Carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
“Specific modulus” exceeding 14.65 × 106 m; and (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Specific tensile strength” exceeding 26.82 × 104 m; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
1C010(b) does not apply to:
1.“Fibrous or filamentary materials”, for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:(a)An area not exceeding 1 m2;(b)A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and(c)A width exceeding 15 mm. 2.Mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Either—
Composed of 50% or more by weight silicon dioxide and having a “specific modulus” exceeding 2.54 × 106 m; or
Not specified in 1C010(c)(1)(a) and having a “specific modulus” exceeding 5.6 × 106 m; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point exceeding 1 922 K (1 649°C) in an inert environment;
Note:
1C010(c) does not apply to:
Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibres in chopped fibre or random mat form, containing 3% by weight or more silica, with a “specific modulus” of less than 10 × 106 m. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Molybdenum and molybdenum alloy fibres.
Boron fibres.
Discontinuous ceramic fibres with a melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point lower than 2 043 K (1 770°C) in an inert environment.
“Fibrous or filamentary materials”:
Composed of any of the following:
Polyetherimides specified by 1C008(a); or
Materials specified by 1C008(d), 1C008(e) and 1C008(f); or (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Composed of materials specified by 1C010(d)(1)(a) or 1C010(d)(1)(b) and “commingled” with other fibres specified by 1C010(a), 1C010(b) or 1C010(c); (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (prepregs), metal or carbon-coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or “carbon fibre preforms”, having all of the following:
Any of the following:
Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1C010(c);
Organic or carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
“Specific modulus” exceeding 10.15 × 106 m; and
“Specific tensile strength” exceeding 17.7 × 104 m; and
Any of the following:
Resin or pitch specified by 1C008 or 1C009(b);
‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ equal to or exceeding 453 K (180°C) and having a phenolic resin;
‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ equal to or exceeding 505 K (232°C) and having a resin or pitch, not specified by 1C008 or 1C009(b), and not being a phenolic resin;
Notes:
Metal or carbon-coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or “carbon fibre preforms”, not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by “fibrous or filamentary materials” in 1C010(a), 1C010(b) or 1C010(c).
1C010(e) does not apply to:
Epoxy resin “matrix” impregnated carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” (prepregs) for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:
An area not exceeding 1 m2;
A length not exceeding 2.5 m;
A width exceeding 15 mm;
Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length when using a resin or pitch other than those specified by 1C008 or 1C009(b).
Technical Note:
The ‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ for materials specified by 1C010(e) is determined using the method described in ASTM D 7028-07, or equivalent national standard, on a dry test specimen. In the case of thermoset materials, degree of cure of a dry test specimen shall be a minimum of 90% as defined by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Metals and compounds, as follows:
N.B.:
See ML8(c)(5)(b) for metal powders mixed with other substances to form a mixture formulated for military purposes. See also 1C111. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Metals in particle sizes of less than 60 μm whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99% or more of zirconium, magnesium and alloys of these: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Technical Note:
The natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted with the zirconium.
Note:
The metals or alloys listed in 1C011(a) are controlled whether or not the metals or alloys are encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Boron or boron alloys, with a particle size of 60 μm or less, as follows:
Boron with a purity of 85% by weight or more;
Boron alloys with a boron content of 85% by weight or more;
Note:
The metals or alloys specified by 1C011(b) also refer to metals or alloys encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7); (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Iodine pentafluoride (CAS 7783-66-6). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Materials as follows: (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Technical Note:
These materials are typically used for nuclear heat sources. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Plutonium in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of plutonium-238 of more than 50% by weight;
Note:
1C012(a) does not control:
Shipments with a plutonium content of 1 g or less;
Shipments of 3 “effective grams” or less when contained in a sensing component in instruments. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
“Previously separated” neptunium-237 in any form;
Note:
1C012(b) does not control shipments with a neptunium-237 content of 1 g or less.
Materials and devices for reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures, other than those controlled by 1C001, usable in ‘missiles’, ‘missile’ subsystems or unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:
1C101 includes:
Structural materials and coatings specially designed for reduced radar reflectivity;
Coatings, including paints, specially designed for reduced or tailored reflectivity or emissivity in the microwave, infra red or ultra violet regions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
1C101 does not include coatings when specially used for the thermal control of satellites.
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
In 1C101, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Resaturated pyrolized carbon-carbon materials designed for space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104;
Graphite and ceramic materials, other than those controlled by 1C007, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Fine grain graphites with a bulk density of 1.72 g/cm3 or greater, measured at 288 K (15°C), and having a grain size of 100 × 10-6m (100 μm) or less, usable for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips, which can be machined to any of the following products: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
Blocks having a size of 120 mm × 120 mm × 50 mm or greater;
N.B.:
See also 0C004. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Pyrolytic or fibrous reinforced graphites, usable for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips usable in “missiles”, space launch vehicles specified in 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
N.B.:
See also 0C004. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Ceramic composite materials (dielectric constant less than 6 at any frequency from 100 MHz to 100 GHz) for use in radomes usable in “missiles”, space launch vehicles specified in 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Bulk machinable silicon-carbide reinforced unfired ceramic, usable for nose tips usable in “missiles”, space launch vehicles specified in 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Reinforced silicon-carbide ceramic composites, usable for nose tips, re-entry vehicles and nozzle flaps usable in “missiles”, space launch vehicles specified in 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104; (L.N. 254 of 2008; E.R. 6 of 2020)
Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an ‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)’ matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3 000°C and reinforced with fibres or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose-tips, re-entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces or rocket motor throat inserts) in “missiles”, space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, sounding rockets specified in 9A104 or ‘missiles’;
Note:
1C107(f) does not control ‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)’ materials in non-composite form.
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 1C107(f), ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
‘Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTCs)’ include:
Titanium diboride (TiB2);
Zirconium diboride (ZrB2);
Niobium diboride (NbB2);
Hafnium diboride (HfB2);
Tantalum diboride (TaB2);
Titanium carbide (TiC);
Zirconium carbide (ZrC);
Niobium carbide (NbC);
Hafnium carbide (HfC);
Tantalum carbide (TaC). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Propellants and constituent chemicals for propellants, other than those specified in 1C011, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Propulsive substances:
Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder, other than that specified in the Munitions List, in particle size of less than 200 μm and an aluminium content of 97% by weight or more, if at least 10% of the total weight is made up of particles of less than 63 μm, according to ISO 2591/1 (1988) or national equivalents;
Technical Note:
A particle size of 63 μm (ISO R-565) corresponds to 250 mesh (Tyler) or 230 mesh (ASTM standard E-11). (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Metal powders, other than those specified in the Munitions List, as follows:
Metal powders of zirconium, beryllium or magnesium, or alloys of these metals, if at least 90% of the total particles by particle volume or weight are made up of particles of less than 60 μm (determined by measurement techniques such as using a sieve, laser diffraction or optical scanning), whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, consisting 97% by weight or more of any of the following:
Zirconium;
Beryllium;
Magnesium;
Technical Note:
The natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted with the zirconium.
Metal powders of either boron or boron alloys with a boron content of 85% or more by weight, if at least 90% of the total particles by particle volume or weight are made up of particles of less than 60 μm (determined by measurement techniques such as using a sieve, laser diffraction or optical scanning), whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground;
Note:
1C111(a)(2)(a) and 1C111(a)(2)(b) control powder mixtures with a multimodal particle distribution (e.g. mixtures of different grain sizes) if one or more modes are controlled. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Oxidizer substances usable in liquid propellant rocket engines as follows: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Dinitrogen trioxide (CAS 10544-73-7);
Nitrogen dioxide (CAS 10102-44-0)/dinitrogen tetroxide (CAS 10544-72-6);
Dinitrogen pentoxide (CAS 10102-03-1);
Mixed Oxides of Nitrogen (MON);
Technical Note:
Mixed Oxides of Nitrogen (MON) are solutions of Nitric Oxide (NO) in Dinitrogen Tetroxide/Nitrogen Dioxide (N2O4/NO2) that can be used in missile systems. There are a range of compositions that can be denoted as MONi or MONij, where i and j are integers representing the percentage of Nitric Oxide in the mixture (e.g. MON3 contains 3% Nitric Oxide, MON25 25% Nitric Oxide. An upper limit is MON40, 40% by weight).
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
See the Munitions List for Inhibited Red Fuming Nitric Acid (IRFNA); (L.N. 65 of 2004)
See the Munitions List and 1C238 for compounds composed of fluorine and one or more of other halogens, oxygen or nitrogen; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Hydrazine derivatives as follows:
N.B.:
See also Munitions List. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Trimethylhydrazine (CAS 1741-01-1); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Tetramethylhydrazine (CAS 6415-12-9); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
N,N-Diallylhydrazine (CAS 5164-11-4);
Allylhydrazine (CAS 7422-78-8); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Ethylene dihydrazine (CAS 6068-98-0); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Monomethylhydrazine dinitrate;
Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine nitrate;
Hydrazinium azide (CAS 14546-44-2); (L.N. 89 of 2013)
1,1-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 227955-52-4)/1,2-Dimethylhydrazinium azide (CAS 299177-50-7); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Hydrazinium dinitrate (CAS 13464-98-7); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Diimido oxalic acid dihydrazine (CAS 3457-37-2); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
2-hydroxyethylhydrazine nitrate (HEHN);
See the Munitions List for Hydrazinium perchlorate;
Hydrazinium diperchlorate (CAS 13812-39-0); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Methylhydrazine nitrate (MHN) (CAS 29674-96-2);
1,1-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN)/1,2-Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN) (CAS 363453-17-2); and (L.N. 89 of 2021)
3,6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN);
Technical Note:
3,6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN) is also referred to as 1,4-dihydrazine nitrate. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
High energy density materials, other than that specified in the Munitions List, usable in ‘missiles’ or unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a): (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Mixed fuel that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels, such as boron slurry, having a mass-based energy density of 40 × 106 J/kg or greater;
Other high energy density fuels and fuel additives (e.g. cubane, ionic solutions, JP-10) having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 × 109 J/m3 or greater, measured at 20°C and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure;
Note:
1C111(a)(5)(b) does not control fossil refined fuels and biofuels produced from vegetables, including fuels for engines certified for use in civil aviation, unless specially formulated for ‘missiles’ or unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a).
Technical Note:
In 1C111(a)(5) ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Hydrazine replacement fuels as follows:
2-Dimethylaminoethylazide (DMAZ) (CAS 86147-04-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Polymeric substances:
Carboxy-terminated polybutadiene (including carboxyl-terminated polybutadiene) (CTPB);
Hydroxy-terminated polybutadiene (including hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene) (HTPB) (CAS 69102-90-5), other than that specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Polybutadiene-acrylic acid (PBAA);
Polybutadiene-acrylic acid-acrylonitrile (PBAN) (CAS 25265-19-4/CAS 68891-50-9); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG);
Technical Note:
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG) is a block co-polymer of poly 1,4-Butanediol (CAS 110-63-4) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) (CAS 25322-68-3). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
See the Munitions List for polyglycidyl nitrate (PGN or poly-GLYN) (CAS 27814-48-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Other propellant additives and agents:
See the Munitions List for carboranes, decaboranes, pentaboranes and derivatives thereof; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Triethylene glycol dinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8);
2-Nitrodiphenylamine (CAS 119-75-5);
See the Munitions List for trimethylolethane trinitrate (TMETN) (CAS 3032-55-1);
Diethylene glycol dinitrate (DEGDN) (CAS 693-21-0);
Ferrocene derivatives as follows:
See the Munitions List for catocene (CAS 37206-42-1);
See the Munitions List for Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8);
See the Munitions List for n-Propyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-92-3)/iso-propyl ferrocene (CAS 12126-81-7); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
See the Munitions List for n-butyl ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7);
See the Munitions List for Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
See the Munitions List for Dicyclopentyl ferrocene (CAS 125861-17-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
See the Munitions List for Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
See the Munitions List for Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8); (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2021)
See the Munitions List for Dipropyl ferrocene;
See the Munitions List for Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
See the Munitions List for Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
See the Munitions List for Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2)/1,1’-diacetyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-94-5); (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
See the Munitions List for ferrocene carboxylic acids (CAS 1271-42-7)/1,1’-Ferrocenedicarboxylic acid (CAS 1293-87-4);
See the Munitions List for butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
Other ferrocene derivatives usable as rocket propellant burning rate modifiers, other than those specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
1C111(c)(6)(o) does not control ferrocene derivatives that contain a six carbon aromatic functional group attached to the ferrocene molecule. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
4,5-Diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso-DAMTR), other than that specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Gel propellants’, other than that specified in the Munitions List, specifically formulated for use in ‘missiles’;
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 1C111(d), a ‘gel propellant’ is a fuel or oxidizer formulation using a gellant such as silicates, kaolin (clay), carbon or any polymeric gellant.
For the purposes of 1C111(d), ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
For propellants and constituent chemicals for propellants not specified in 1C111, see the Munitions List. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Maraging steels, useable in ‘missiles’, that meet all of the following descriptions:
N.B.:
See also 1C216.
Having an ultimate tensile strength, measured at 293 K (20°C), equal to or greater than:
0.9 GPa in the solution annealed stage; or
1.5 GPa in the precipitation hardened stage;
In any of the following forms:
Sheet, plate or tubing with a wall or plate thickness equal to or less than 5.0 mm;
Tubular forms with a wall thickness equal to or less than 50 mm and having an inner diameter equal to or greater than 270 mm;
Technical Notes: 1.Maraging steels are iron alloy that is: (L.N. 85 of 2023)(a)Generally characterized by high nickel, very low carbon content and the use of substitutional elements or precipitates to produce strengthening and age-hardening of the alloy; and(b)Subjected to heat treatment cycles to facilitate the martensitic transformation process (solution annealed stage) and subsequently age hardened (precipitation hardened stage). 2.In 1C116, ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Materials for the fabrication of ‘missiles’ components as follows:
Tungsten and alloys in particulate form with a tungsten content of 97% by weight or more and a particle size of 50 × 10-6 m (50 μm) or less;
Molybdenum and alloys in particulate form with a molybdenum content of 97% by weight or more and a particle size of 50 × 10-6 m (50 μm) or less;
Tungsten materials in solid form having all of the following:
Any of the following material compositions:
Tungsten and alloys containing 97% by weight or more of tungsten;
Copper infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten;
Silver infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; and
Able to be machined to any of the following products:
Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of 25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater;
Blocks having a size of 120 mm by 120 mm by 50 mm or greater;
Technical Note:
In 1C117 ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
Titanium-stabilized duplex stainless steel (Ti-DSS) having all of the following: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
All of the following characteristics:
Containing 17.0 to 23.0 weight percent chromium and 4.5 to 7.0 weight percent nickel; and (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Having a titanium content of greater than 0.10 weight percent; and (L.N. 132 of 2001)
A ferritic-austenitic microstructure (also referred to as a two-phase microstructure) of which at least 10 percent is austenite by volume (according to ASTM E-1181-87 or national equivalents); and (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Any of the following forms:
Ingots or bars having a size of 100 mm or more in each dimension;
Sheets having a width of 600 mm or more and a thickness of 3 mm or less; or
Tubes having an outer diameter of 600 mm or more and a wall thickness of 3 mm or less; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Alloys, other than those controlled by 1C002(b)(3) or (b)(4), as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Aluminium alloys having both of the following characteristics:
‘Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 460 MPa or more at 293 K (20°C); and
In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm;
Titanium alloys having both of the following characteristics:
‘Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more at 293 K (20°C); and
In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an outside diameter of more than 75 mm;
Technical Note:
The phrase alloys ‘capable of’ encompasses alloys before or after heat treatment.
‘Fibrous or filamentary materials’ or prepregs, other than those controlled by 1C010(a), (b) or (e), as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Carbon or aramid ‘fibrous or filamentary materials’ having either of the following characteristics:
A “specific modulus” of 12.7 × 106 m or greater; or
A “specific tensile strength” of 23.5 × 104 m or greater;
Note:
1C210(a) does not control aramid ‘fibrous or filamentary materials’ having 0.25 percent or more by weight of an ester based fibre surface modifier.
Glass ‘fibrous or filamentary materials’ having both of the following characteristics:
A “specific modulus” of 3.18 × 106 m or greater; and
A “specific tensile strength” of 7.62 × 104 m or greater;
Thermoset resin impregnated continuous “yarns”, “rovings”, “tows” or “tapes” with a width of 15 mm or less (prepregs), made from carbon or glass ‘fibrous or filamentary materials’ controlled by 1C210(a) or (b); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Technical Note:
The resin forms the matrix of the composite.
Note:
In 1C210, ‘fibrous or filamentary materials’ is restricted to continuous “monofilaments”, “yarns”, “rovings”, “tows” or “tapes”.
Maraging steel, other than that specified in 1C116, ‘capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 1 950 MPa or more, at 293 K (20°C); (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
1C216 does not control forms in which all linear dimensions are 75 mm or less.
Technical Note: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
The phrase maraging steel ‘capable of’ encompasses maraging steel before or after heat treatment. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Boron enriched in the boron-10 (10B) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance, as follows: elemental boron, compounds, mixtures containing boron, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing;
Note:
In 1C225, mixtures containing boron include boron loaded materials.
Technical Note:
The natural isotopic abundance of boron-10 is approximately 18.5 weight percent (20 atom percent). (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Tungsten, tungsten carbide, and alloys containing more than 90% tungsten by weight, other than that specified by 1C117, having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 mm and 300 mm; and
A mass greater than 20 kg;
Note:
1C226 does not control manufactures specially designed as weights or gamma-ray collimators.
Calcium having both of the following characteristics:
Containing less than 1 000 parts per million by weight of metallic impurities other than magnesium; and
Containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of boron;
Magnesium having both of the following characteristics:
Containing less than 200 parts per million by weight of metallic impurities other than calcium; and
Containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of boron;
Bismuth having both of the following characteristics:
A purity of 99.99% or greater by weight; and
Containing less than 10 ppm (parts per million) by weight of silver; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Beryllium metal, alloys containing more than 50% beryllium by weight, beryllium compounds, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing, other than that specified in the Munitions List; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
1C230 does not control the following: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Metal windows for X-ray machines, or for bore-hole logging devices;
Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms specially designed for electronic component parts or as substrates for electronic circuits;
Beryl (silicate of beryllium and aluminium) in the form of emeralds or aquamarines. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Hafnium metal, alloys containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, hafnium compounds containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of the foregoing;
Helium-3 (3He), mixtures containing helium-3, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing;
Note:
1C232 does not control a product or device containing less than 1 g of helium-3.
Lithium enriched in the lithium-6 (6Li) isotope to greater than its natural isotopic abundance, and products or devices containing enriched lithium, as follows: elemental lithium, alloys, compounds, mixtures containing lithium, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing;
Note:
1C233 does not control thermoluminescent dosimeters.
Technical Note:
The natural isotopic abundance of lithium-6 is approximately 6.5 weight percent (7.5 atom percent). (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Zirconium with a hafnium content of less than 1 part hafnium to 500 parts zirconium by weight, as follows: metal, alloys containing more than 50% zirconium by weight, compounds, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing, other than those specified in 0A001(f); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
1C234 does not control zirconium in the form of foil having a thickness of 0.10 mm or less.
Tritium, tritium compounds, mixtures containing tritium in which the ratio of tritium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1 part in 1 000, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing;
Note:
1C235 does not control a product or device containing less than 1.48 × 103 GBq (40 Ci) of tritium.
‘Radionuclides’ appropriate for making neutron sources based on alpha-n reaction, other than those specified in 0C001 and 1C012(a), in the following forms: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Elemental;
Compounds having a total activity of 37 GBq/kg (1 Ci/kg) or greater;
Mixtures having a total activity of 37 GBq/kg (1 Ci/kg) or greater;
Products or devices containing any of the foregoing;
Note:
1C236 does not control a product or device containing less than 3.7 GBq (100 millicuries) of activity.
Technical Note: In 1C236, ‘radionuclides’ are any of the following: —Actinium-225 (Ac-225) —Actinium-227 (Ac-227) —Californium-253 (Cf-253) —Curium-240 (Cm-240) —Curium-241 (Cm-241) —Curium-242 (Cm-242) —Curium-243 (Cm-243) —Curium-244 (Cm-244) —Einsteinium-253 (Es-253) —Einsteinium-254 (Es-254) —Gadolinium-148 (Gd-148) —Plutonium-236 (Pu-236) —Plutonium-238 (Pu-238) —Polonium-208 (Po-208) —Polonium-209 (Po-209) —Polonium-210 (Po-210) —Radium-223 (Ra-223) —Thorium-227 (Th-227) —Thorium-228 (Th-228) —Uranium-230 (U-230) —Uranium-232 (U-232). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Radium-226 (226Ra), radium-226 alloys, radium-226 compounds, mixtures containing radium-226, manufactures thereof, and products or devices containing any of the foregoing;
Note:
1C237 does not control the following:
Medical applicators;
A product or device containing less than 0.37 GBq (10 millicuries) of radium-226.
Chlorine trifluoride (ClF3);
High explosives, other than those controlled by the Munitions List, or substances or mixtures containing more than 2% by weight thereof, with a crystal density greater than 1.8 g/cm3 and having a detonation velocity greater than 8 000 m/s;
Nickel powder and porous nickel metal, other than those controlled by 0C005, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Nickel powder having both of the following characteristics:
A nickel purity content of 99.0% or greater by weight; and
A mean particle size of less than 10 μm measured by American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B330 standard; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Porous nickel metal produced from materials controlled by 1C240(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
1C240 does not control the following:
Filamentary nickel powders;
Single porous nickel sheets with an area of 1 000 cm2 per sheet or less.
Technical Note:
1C240(b) refers to porous metal formed by compacting and sintering the materials in 1C240(a) to form a metal material with fine pores interconnected throughout the structure.
Rhenium, and alloys containing 90% by weight or more of rhenium; and alloys of rhenium and tungsten containing 90% by weight or more of any combination of rhenium and tungsten (other than that specified in 1C226), that meet all of the following descriptions:
In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 mm and 300 mm;
A mass greater than 20 kg;
Chemicals, which may be used as precursors for toxic chemical agents, as follows, and “chemical mixtures” containing one or more of the chemicals:
N.B.:
See also 1C450;
See also the Munitions List.
Thiodiglycol (CAS 111-48-8);
Phosphorus oxychloride (CAS 10025-87-3);
Dimethyl methylphosphonate (CAS 756-79-6);
Methyl phosphonyldifluoride (CAS 676-99-3) in the Munitions List;
Methyl phosphonyl dichloride (CAS 676-97-1);
Dimethylphosphite (DMP) (CAS 868-85-9);
Phosphorus trichloride (CAS 7719-12-2);
Trimethyl phosphite (TMP) (CAS 121-45-9);
Thionyl chloride (CAS 7719-09-7);
3-Hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine (CAS 3554-74-3);
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethyl chloride (CAS 96-79-7);
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethane thiol (CAS 5842-07-9);
3-Quinuclidinol (CAS 1619-34-7);
Potassium fluoride (CAS 7789-23-3);
2-Chloroethanol (CAS 107-07-3);
Dimethylamine (CAS 124-40-3);
Diethyl ethylphosphonate (CAS 78-38-6);
Diethyl-N,N-dimethylphosphoramidate (CAS 2404-03-7);
Diethyl phosphite (CAS 762-04-9);
Dimethylamine hydrochloride (CAS 506-59-2);
Ethyl phosphinyl dichloride (CAS 1498-40-4);
Ethyl phosphonyl dichloride (CAS 1066-50-8);
Ethyl phosphonyl difluoride (CAS 753-98-0) in the Munitions List;
Hydrogen fluoride (CAS 7664-39-3);
Methyl benzilate (CAS 76-89-1);
Methyl phosphinyl dichloride (CAS 676-83-5);
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-amino ethanol (CAS 96-80-0);
Pinacolyl alcohol (CAS 464-07-3);
See the Munitions List for O-Ethyl O-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonite (QL) (CAS 57856-11-8);
Triethyl phosphite (CAS 122-52-1);
Arsenic trichloride (CAS 7784-34-1);
Benzilic acid (CAS 76-93-7);
Diethyl methylphosphonite (CAS 15715-41-0);
Dimethyl ethylphosphonate (CAS 6163-75-3);
Ethyl phosphinyl difluoride (CAS 430-78-4);
Methyl phosphinyl difluoride (CAS 753-59-3);
3-Quinuclidone (CAS 3731-38-2);
Phosphorus pentachloride (CAS 10026-13-8);
Pinacolone (CAS 75-97-8);
Potassium cyanide (CAS 151-50-8);
Potassium bifluoride (CAS 7789-29-9);
Ammonium hydrogen fluoride or ammonium bifluoride (CAS 1341-49-7);
Sodium fluoride (CAS 7681-49-4);
Sodium bifluoride (CAS 1333-83-1);
Sodium cyanide (CAS 143-33-9);
Triethanolamine (CAS 102-71-6);
Phosphorus pentasulphide (CAS 1314-80-3);
Di-isopropylamine (CAS 108-18-9);
Diethylaminoethanol (CAS 100-37-8);
Sodium sulphide (CAS 1313-82-2);
Sulphur monochloride (CAS 10025-67-9);
Sulphur dichloride (CAS 10545-99-0);
Triethanolamine hydrochloride (CAS 637-39-8);
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethyl chloride hydrochloride (CAS 4261-68-1);
Methylphosphonic acid (CAS 993-13-5);
Diethyl methylphosphonate (CAS 683-08-9);
N,N-Dimethyl aminophosphoryl dichloride (CAS 677-43-0);
Triisopropyl phosphite (CAS 116-17-6);
Ethyl diethanolamine (CAS 139-87-7);
O,O-Diethyl phosphorothioate (CAS 2465-65-8);
O,O-Diethyl phosphorodithioate (CAS 298-06-6);
Sodium hexafluorosilicate (CAS 16893-85-9);
Methyl phosphonothioic dichloride (CAS 676-98-2);
Diethylamine (CAS 109-89-7);
N,N-Diisopropylaminoethanethiol hydrochloride (CAS 41480-75-5);
Methyl dichlorophosphate (CAS 677-24-7);
Ethyl dichlorophosphate (CAS 1498-51-7);
Methyl difluorophosphate (CAS 22382-13-4);
Ethyl difluorophosphate (CAS 460-52-6);
Diethyl chlorophosphite (CAS 589-57-1);
Methyl chlorofluorophosphate (CAS 754-01-8);
Ethyl chlorofluorophosphate (CAS 762-77-6);
N,N-Dimethylformamidine (CAS 44205-42-7);
N,N-Diethylformamidine (CAS 90324-67-7);
N,N-Dipropylformamidine (CAS 48044-20-8);
N,N-Diisopropylformamidine (CAS 857522-08-8);
N,N-Dimethylacetamidine (CAS 2909-14-0);
N,N-Diethylacetamidine (CAS 14277-06-6);
N,N-Dipropylacetamidine (CAS 1339586-99-0);
N,N-Dimethylpropanamidine (CAS 56776-14-8);
N,N-Diethylpropanamidine (CAS 84764-73-8);
N,N-Dipropylpropanamidine (CAS 1341496-89-6);
N,N-Dimethylbutanamidine (CAS 1340437-35-5);
N,N-Diethylbutanamidine (CAS 53510-30-8);
N,N-Dipropylbutanamidine (CAS 1342422-35-8);
N,N-Diisopropylbutanamidine (CAS 1315467-17-4);
N,N-Dimethylisobutanamidine (CAS 321881-25-8);
N,N-Diethylisobutanamidine (CAS 1342789-47-2);
N,N-Dipropylisobutanamidine (CAS 1342700-45-1);
Dipropylamine (CAS 142-84-7); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Notes:
1C350 does not control “chemical mixtures” containing one or more of the chemicals specified in entries 1C350(2), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (14), (15), (16), (19), (20), (24), (25), (30), (37), (38), (39), (40), (41), (42), (43), (44), (45), (46), (47), (48), (49), (50), (51), (52), (53), (58), (59), (60), (61), (62), (64), (66), (67), (68), (69), (70), (71), (72), (73), (74), (75), (76), (77), (78), (79), (80), (81), (82), (83), (84), (85), (86), (87), (88), (89) and (90) in which no individually specified chemical constitutes more than 30% by the weight of the mixture. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
1C350 does not control products identified as consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use or packaged for individual use.
Human and animal pathogens and “toxins”, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows:
African horse sickness virus;
African swine fever virus;
Andes virus;
Avian influenza virus that meets any of the following descriptions:
Uncharacterized;
Defined in Annex I(2) EC Directive 2005/94/EC (O.J. L. 10, 14.1.2006, p.16) as having high pathogenicity, as follows:
Type A viruses with an IVPI (intravenous pathogenicity index) in 6-week old chickens of greater than 1.2; or
Type A viruses of the subtypes H5 or H7 with genome sequences codified for multiple basic amino acids at the cleavage site of the haemagglutinin molecule similar to that observed for other HPAI viruses, indicating that the haemagglutinin molecule can be cleaved by a host ubiquitous protease;
Bluetongue virus;
Chapare virus;
Chikungunya virus;
Choclo virus;
Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Dobrava-Belgrade virus;
Eastern equine encephalitis virus;
Ebolavirus: all members of the Ebolavirus genus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Foot-and-mouth disease virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Goatpox virus; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Guanarito virus;
Hantaan virus;
Hendra virus (Equine morbillivirus);
Suid herpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies virus; Aujeszky’s disease); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Classical swine fever virus (Hog cholera virus); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Japanese encephalitis virus;
Junin virus;
Kyasanur Forest disease virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Laguna Negra virus;
Lassa virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Louping ill virus;
Lujo virus;
Lumpy skin disease virus;
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus;
Machupo virus;
Marburgvirus: all members of the Marburgvirus genus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Monkeypox virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Murray Valley encephalitis virus;
Newcastle disease virus;
Nipah virus;
Omsk haemorrhagic fever virus;
Oropouche virus;
Peste-des-petits-ruminants virus; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Swine vesicular disease virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Powassan virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Rabies virus and all other members of the Lyssavirus genus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Rift Valley fever virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Rinderpest virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Rocio virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Sabia virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Seoul virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Sheep pox virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Sin Nombre virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
St Louis encephalitis virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Porcine Teschovirus; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far Eastern subtype); (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Variola virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Vesicular stomatitis virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Western equine encephalitis virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Yellow fever virus; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related coronavirus); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Reconstructed 1918 influenza virus; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Middle East respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (MERS-related coronavirus); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Bacteria, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows:
Bacillus anthracis;
Brucella abortus;
Brucella melitensis;
Brucella suis;
Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas mallei);
Burkholderia pseudomallei (Pseudomonas pseudomallei);
Chlamydia psittaci (Chlamydophila psittaci); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Clostridium argentinense (formerly known as Clostridium botulinum Type G), botulinum neurotoxin producing strains; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Clostridium baratii, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
Clostridium botulinum;
Clostridium butyricum, botulinum neurotoxin producing strains;
Clostridium perfringens, epsilon toxin producing types;
Coxiella burnetii;
Francisella tularensis;
Mycoplasma capricolum subspecies capripneumoniae (strain F38);
Mycoplasma mycoides subspecies mycoides SC (small colony); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Rickettsia prowazekii; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Salmonella enterica subspecies enterica serovar Typhi (Salmonella typhi); (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145 and O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups;
Note:
Shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli (STEC) includes inter alia enterohaemorrhagic E. coli (EHEC), verotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC) or verocytotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Shigella dysenteriae; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Vibrio cholerae; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Yersinia pestis; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Toxins”, as follows, and “sub-units of toxins” thereof:
Botulinum toxins;
Clostridium perfringens alpha, beta 1, beta 2, epsilon and iota toxins;
Conotoxins; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ricin;
Saxitoxin;
Shiga toxin (shiga-like toxins, verotoxins and verocytotoxins); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxins, hemolysin alpha toxin, and toxic shock syndrome toxin (formerly known as Staphylococcus enterotoxin F); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Tetrodotoxin;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Microcystin (Cyanginosin);
Aflatoxins;
Abrin;
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Diacetoxyscirpenol; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
T-2 toxin;
HT-2 toxin;
Modeccin;
Volkensin;
Viscum Album Lectin 1 (Viscumin);
Brevetoxins; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Gonyautoxins; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Nodularins; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Palytoxin; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Neosaxitoxin (NEO); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note:
1C351(d) does not control botulinum toxins or conotoxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
Are pharmaceutical formulations designed for human administration in the treatment of medical conditions;
Are pre-packaged for distribution as medical products;
Are authorized by a state authority to be marketed as medical products. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Fungi, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows:
Coccidioides immitis; and
Coccidioides posadasii; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Note:
1C351 does not control “vaccines” or “immunotoxins”. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Genetic elements’ and ‘genetically-modified organisms’, as follows:
Any ‘genetically-modified organism’ that contains, or ‘genetic element’ that codes for, any of the following:
Any gene, genes, translated product or translated products, specific to any virus specified in 1C351(a) or 1C354(a); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Any gene or genes specific to any bacterium specified in 1C351(c) or 1C354(b) or fungus specified in 1C351(e) or 1C354(c), and which is any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
In itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a significant hazard to human, animal or plant health;
Could ‘endow or enhance pathogenicity’;
Any “toxins” specified in 1C351(d) or “sub-units of toxins” for such “toxins”;
Technical Notes:
‘Genetically-modified organisms’ include organisms in which the nucleic acid sequences have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
‘Genetic elements’ include inter alia chromosomes, genomes, plasmids, transposons, vectors and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic acid fragments, whether genetically modified or unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the purposes of the genetic elements control, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus, or sample are considered recoverable if the inactivation and preparation of the material is intended or known to facilitate isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of nucleic acids.
‘Endow or enhance pathogenicity’ is defined as when the insertion or integration of the nucleic acid sequence or sequences is/are likely to enable or increase a recipient organism’s ability to be used to deliberately cause disease or death. This might include alterations to, among other things: virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range, reproducibility, ability to evade or suppress host immunity, resistance to medical countermeasures, or detectability.
Note:
1C353 does not include nucleic acid sequences of shiga toxin producing Escherichia coli of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145, O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups, other than those genetic elements coding for shiga toxin, or for its sub-units. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
1C353 does not control “vaccines”. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Plant pathogens, as follows:
Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material (including living material) which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows:
Andean potato latent virus (Potato Andean latent tymovirus); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Potato spindle tuber viroid; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Bacteria, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Xanthomonas albilineans;
Xanthomonas citri pv. citri (Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. citri, Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae (Pseudomonas campestris pv. oryzae);
Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. sepedonicus (Clavibacter sepedonicus, Clavibacter michiganense subsp. sepedonicus, Corynebacterium michiganensis subsp. sepedonicum or Corynebacterium sepedonicum); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Ralstonia solanacearum, race 3, biovar 2; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Fungi, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of “isolated live cultures” or as material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Colletotrichum kahawae (Colletotrichum coffeanum var. virulans);
Bipolaris oryzae (Cochliobolus miyabeanus, Helminthosporium oryzae); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Pseudocercospora ulei (Microcyclus ulei, Dothidella ulei); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. graminis/ Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. stakmanii (Puccinia graminis [syn. Puccinia graminis f. sp. tritici]);
Puccinia striiformis (syn. Puccinia glumarum);
Magnaporthe oryzae (Pyricularia oryzae);
Peronosclerospora philippinensis (Peronosclerospora sacchari); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Sclerophthora rayssiae var. zeae; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Synchytrium endobioticium; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Tilletia indica; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Thecaphora solani; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Toxic chemicals and toxic chemical precursors, as follows, and “chemical mixtures” containing one or more toxic chemicals and toxic chemical precursors: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.: See also 1C350, 1C351(d) and the Munitions List.
Toxic chemicals, as follows:
Amiton: O,O-Diethyl S-[2-(diethylamino) ethyl] phosphorothiolate (CAS 78-53-5) and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts;
PFIB: 1,1,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-propene (CAS 382-21-8);
BZ: 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate (CAS 6581-06-2);
N.B.: See also the Munitions List.
Phosgene: Carbonyl dichloride (CAS 75-44-5);
Cyanogen chloride (CAS 506-77-4);
Hydrogen cyanide (CAS 74-90-8);
Chloropicrin: Trichloronitromethane (CAS 76-06-02);
Toxic chemical precursors, as follows:
Chemicals, other than those controlled by the Munitions List or by 1C350, containing a phosphorus atom to which is bonded one methyl, ethyl, or propyl (normal or iso) group but not further carbon atoms;
except:
Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-Phenyl ethylphosphonothiolothionate (CAS 944-22-9);
N,N-Dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)] phosphoramidic dihalides, other than N,N-Dimethyl aminophosphoryl dichloride which is controlled by 1C350(57); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)] N,N-dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)]-phosphoramidates, other than Diethyl-N,N-dimethylphosphoramidate which is controlled by 1C350;
N,N-Dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)] aminoethyl-2-chlorides and corresponding protonated salts, other than
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethyl chloride or
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethyl chloride hydrochloride which are controlled by 1C350;
N,N-Dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)] aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding protonated salts, other than
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethanol (CAS 96-80-0) and
N,N-Diethylaminoethanol (CAS 100-37-8) which are controlled by 1C350;
except:
N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol (CAS 108-01-0) and corresponding protonated salts;
Protonated salts of N,N-Diethylaminoethanol (CAS 100-37-8); (L.N. 183 of 1999)
N,N-Dialkyl [methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso)] aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding protonated salts, other than
N,N-Diisopropyl-(beta)-aminoethane thiol (CAS 5842-07-9) and N,N-Diisopropylaminoethanethiol hydrochloride (CAS 41480-75-5) which are controlled by 1C350; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
See 1C350 for Ethyldiethanolamine (CAS 139-87-7); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Methyldiethanolamine (CAS 105-59-9);
(Repealed L.N. 65 of 2004)
Notes:
1C450 does not control “chemical mixtures” containing one or more of the chemicals specified in entries 1C450(a)(4), (5), (6) and (7) and (b)(8) in which no individually specified chemical constitutes more than 30% by the weight of the mixture.
1C450 does not control products identified as consumer goods packaged for retail sale for personal use or packaged for individual use. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 1B001 to 1B003;
“Software” for the “development” of organic “matrix”, metal “matrix” or carbon “matrix” laminates or “composites”;
“Software” specially designed or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment specified in 1A004(c) or 1A004(d);
“Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of goods specified in 1B101, 1B102, 1B115, 1B117, 1B118 or 1B119;
(L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Software” specially designed for analysis of reduced observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures;
“Software” specially designed for the “use” of goods controlled by 1B201;
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of equipment or materials controlled by 1A002, 1A003, 1A004, 1A005, 1A006(b), 1A007, 1B or 1C;
(L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Other “technology”, as follows:
“Technology” for the “development” or “production” of polybenzothiazoles or polybenzoxazoles;
“Technology” for the “development” or “production” of fluoroelastomer compounds containing at least one vinylether monomer;
“Technology” for the design or “production” of the following ceramic powders or non-“composite” ceramic materials: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Ceramic powders having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Any of the following compositions:
Single or complex oxides of zirconium and complex oxides of silicon or aluminium;
Single nitrides of boron (cubic crystalline forms);
Single or complex carbides of silicon or boron; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Single or complex nitrides of silicon;
Total metallic impurities, excluding intentional additions, of less than:
1 000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or
5 000 ppm for complex compounds or single nitrides; and
Being any of the following:
Zirconia (CAS 1314-23-4) with an average particle size equal to or less than 1 μm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 5 μm; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Other ceramic powders with an average particle size equal to or less than 5 μm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 μm; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Non-“composite” ceramic materials composed of the materials described in 1E002(c)(1);
Note:
1E002(c)(2) does not control “technology” for abrasives. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” for the installation, maintenance or repair of materials controlled by 1C001;
“Technology” for the repair of “composite” structures, laminates or materials controlled by 1A002 or 1C007(c); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
1E002(f) does not control “technology” for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures using carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” and epoxy resins, contained in “aircraft” manufacturers’ manuals. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Libraries” specially designed or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment specified in 1A004(c) or 1A004(d); (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of goods controlled by 1A102, 1B001, 1B101, 1B102, 1B115 to 1B119, 1C001, 1C101, 1C107, 1C111 to 1C118, 1D101 or 1D103;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of “software” controlled by 1D001, 1D101 or 1D103;
“Technology” for the regulation of temperature, pressure or atmosphere in autoclaves or hydroclaves, when used for the “production” of “composites” or partially processed “composites”;
“Technology” relating to the “production” of pyrolitically derived materials formed on a mould, mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases which decompose in the 1 573 K (1 300°C) to 3173 K (2 900°C) temperature range at pressures of 130 Pa to 20 kPa;
Note:
1E104 includes “technology” for the composition of precursor gases, flow-rates and process control schedules and parameters.
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of goods specified in 1A002, 1A007, 1A202, 1A225 to 1A227, 1B201, 1B225 to 1B235, 1C002(b)(3) or (b)(4), 1C010(b), 1C202, 1C210, 1C216, 1C225 to 1C241 or 1D201;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of goods specified in 1A007, 1A202 or 1A225 to 1A227;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of “software” controlled by 1D201;
S , E C
(For quiet running bearings, see the Munitions List)
Anti-friction bearings and bearing systems, as follows, and components for such bearings and systems: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
See also 2A101. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ball bearings and solid roller bearings having all tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 4 or Class 2 (or national equivalents of these classes), or better, and having both ‘rings’ and ‘rolling elements’ made from monel or beryllium; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
2A001(a) does not apply to tapered roller bearings. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Ring’—annular part of a radial rolling bearing incorporating one or more raceways (ISO 5593:1997). 2.‘Rolling element’—ball or roller that rolls between raceways (ISO 5593:1997). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Active magnetic bearing systems using any of the following, and specially designed components for the systems: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Materials with flux densities of 2.0 T or greater and yield strengths greater than 414 MPa;
All-electromagnetic 3D homopolar bias designs for actuators; or
High temperature (450 K (177°C) and above) position sensors;
Radial ball bearings, other than those specified in 2A001, having all tolerances specified in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 (or ANSI/ABMA Std 20 Tolerance Class ABEC-9 or other national equivalents), or better, and having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An inner ring bore diameter between 12 mm and 50 mm;
An outer ring outside diameter between 25 mm and 100 mm; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A width between 10 mm and 20 mm;
Crucibles made of materials resistant to liquid actinide metals, as follows:
Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
A volume of between 150 cm3 and 8 000 cm3; and
Made of or coated with any of the following materials, or a combination of the following materials, having an overall impurity level of 2% or less by weight: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Calcium fluoride (CaF2);
Calcium zirconate (metazirconate) (CaZrO3);
Cerium sulphide (Ce2S3);
Erbium oxide (erbia) (Er2O3);
Hafnium oxide (hafnia) (HfO2);
Magnesium oxide (MgO);
Nitrided niobium-titanium-tungsten alloy (approximately 50% Nb, 30% Ti, 20% W);
Yttrium oxide (yttria) (Y2O3); or
Zirconium oxide (zirconia) (ZrO2);
Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
A volume of between 50 cm3 and 2 000 cm3; and
Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 99.9% or greater by weight;
Crucibles having all of the following characteristics:
A volume of between 50 cm3 and 2 000 cm3;
Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 98% or greater by weight; and
Coated with tantalum carbide, nitride, boride, or any combination thereof;
Valves having all of the following characteristics:
A ‘nominal size’ of 5 mm or greater;
Having a bellows seal; and
Wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloy, nickel, or nickel alloy containing more than 60% nickel by weight;
Technical Note:
For valves with different inlet and outlet diameters, the ‘nominal size’ in 2A226 refers to the smallest diameter.
T , I P E
Technical Notes:
Secondary parallel contouring axes, (e.g. the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary rotary axis the centre line of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis) are not counted in the total number of contouring axes. Rotary axes need not rotate over 360°. A rotary axis can be driven by a linear device (e.g. a screw or a rack-and-pinion).
For the purposes of 2B, the number of axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” is the number of axes along or around which, during processing of a workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine are performed, such as:
Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from different ends. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841 (2001), Industrial automation systems and integration—Numerical control of machines—Coordinate system and motion nomenclature. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
For the purposes of 2B001 to 2B009, a “tilting spindle” is counted as a rotary axis.
‘Stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability”’ may be used for each machine tool model as an alternative to individual machine tests and is determined as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Select 5 machines of a model to be evaluated;
Measure the linear axis repeatability (R↑, R↓) according to ISO 230/2 (2014) and evaluate the “unidirectional positioning repeatability” for each axis of each machine;
Determine the arithmetic mean value of the “unidirectional positioning repeatability”-values for each axis of all the 5 machines together. These arithmetic mean values of “unidirectional positioning repeatability” ( UPR ¯ ) become the stated value of each axis for the model ( UPR ¯¯¯¯¯¯ x , UPR ¯¯¯¯¯¯ y , …);
Since the Category 2 list refers to each linear axis, there will be as many ‘stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability”’-values as there are linear axes; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
If any axis of a machine model not controlled by 2B001(a), 2B001(b) and 2B001(c) has a ‘stated “unidirectional positioning repeatability”’ equal to or less than the specified “unidirectional positioning repeatability” of each machine tool model plus 0.7 μm, the builder is to be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every 18 months. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
For the purposes of 2B001(a), 2B001(b) and 2B001(c), measurement uncertainty for the “unidirectional positioning repeatability” of machine tools, as defined in ISO 230/2 (2014) or national equivalents, must not be considered. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
For the purposes of 2B001(a), 2B001(b) and 2B001(c), the measurement of axes is to be made according to the test procedures in paragraph 5.3.2 of ISO 230/2 (2014). Tests for axes longer than 2 m are to be made over 2 m segments. Axes longer than 4 m require multiple tests (for example, 2 tests for axes longer than 4 m and up to 8 m, 3 tests for axes longer than 8 m and up to 12 m), each over 2 m segments that are distributed in equal intervals over the axis length. Tests segments are equally spaced along the full axis length, with any excess length equally divided at the beginning, in between, and at the end of the test segments. The smallest “unidirectional positioning repeatability”-value of all test segments is to be reported. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Machine tools and any combination of machine tools, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics or “composites”, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with electronic devices for “numerical control”, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Notes:
2B001 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of gears. For such machines, see 2B003.
2B001 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following parts:
Crank shafts or cam shafts;
Tools or cutters;
Extruder worms;
Engraved or facetted jewellery parts; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Dental prostheses. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g. a turning machine with milling capability), must be evaluated against each applicable entry of 2B001(a), (b) or (c). (L.N. 65 of 2004; E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 85 of 2023)
A machine tool having an additive manufacturing capability in addition to a turning, milling or grinding capability must be evaluated against each applicable entry of 2B001(a), (b) or (c). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 2B201. For optical finishing machines, see 2B002. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Machine tools for turning having 2 or more axes that can be co-ordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following characteristics:
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m;
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m;
Notes:
2B001(a) does not include turning machines specially designed for producing contact lenses, having all of the following characteristics:
Machine controller limited to using ophthalmic based software for part programming data input;
No vacuum chucking.
2B001(a) does not control bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
Three linear axes plus 1 rotary axis which can be co-ordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” having any of the following:
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m;
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1.0 m; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” and that meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length less than 1 m; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.4 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m;
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 6.0 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
A “unidirectional positioning repeatability” for jig boring machines, equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more linear axes; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Fly cutting machines, having all of the following characteristics:
Spindle “run out” and “camming” less (better) than 0.0004 mm TIR; and
Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc, TIR, over 300 mm of travel; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
Having all of the following:
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more linear axes; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Three or four axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; or (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control” and that meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length less than 1 m;
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 1.4 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length equal to or greater than 1 m and less than 4 m;
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability” equal to or less (better) than 6.0 μm along one or more linear axes with a travel length equal to or greater than 4 m;
Note:
2B001(c) does not control grinding machines, as follows:
Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Limited to cylindrical grinding; and
Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length.
Machines designed specifically as jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis, with a “unidirectional positioning repeatability” less (better) than 1.1 μm. (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2013)
Surface grinders. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the non-wire type which have two or more rotary axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”;
Machine tools for removing metals, ceramics or “composites”, having all of the following characteristics:
Removing material by means of any of the following:
Water or other liquid jets, including those employing abrasive additives;
Electron beam; or
“Laser” beam; and
At least two rotary axes having all of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; and
A positioning “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.003°; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Deep-hole-drilling machines and turning machines modified for deep-hole-drilling, having a maximum depth-of-bore capability exceeding 5 m;
Numerically controlled optical finishing machine tools equipped for selective material removal to produce non-spherical optical surfaces having all of the following characteristics:
Finishing the form to less (better) than 1.0 μm;
Finishing to a roughness less (better) than 100 nm rms;
Four or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”;
Using any of the following processes:
‘Magnetorheological finishing (MRF)’;
‘Electrorheological finishing (ERF)’;
‘Energetic particle beam finishing’;
‘Inflatable membrane tool finishing’;
‘Fluid jet finishing’;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 2B002:
‘MRF’ is a material removal process using an abrasive magnetic fluid whose viscosity is controlled by a magnetic field;
‘ERF’ is a removal process using an abrasive fluid whose viscosity is controlled by an electric field;
‘Energetic particle beam finishing’ uses Reactive Atom Plasmas (RAP) or ion-beams to selectively remove material;
‘Inflatable membrane tool finishing’ is a process that uses a pressurized membrane that deforms to contact the workpiece over a small area;
‘Fluid jet finishing’ makes use of a fluid stream for material removal.
“Numerically controlled” machine tools, specially designed for the shaving, finishing, grinding or honing of hardened (Rc = 40 or more) spur, helical and double-helical gears having all of the following:
A pitch diameter exceeding 1 250 mm;
A face width of 15% of pitch diameter or larger;
A finished quality of AGMA 14 or better (equivalent to ISO 1328 class 3);
Hot “isostatic presses”, having all of the following, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (L.N. 132 of 2001)
N.B.:
See also 2B104 and 2B204.
A controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 406 mm or more; and (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Any of the following:
A maximum working pressure exceeding 207 MPa;
A controlled thermal environment exceeding 1 773 K (1 500°C); or
A facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and removal of resultant gaseous degradation products;
Technical Note:
The inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.
N.B.:
For specially designed dies, moulds and tooling see 1B003, 9B009 and ML18 of the Munitions List. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Equipment specially designed for the deposition, processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as follows, for substrates specified in column 2 of the Table, by processes specified in column 1 of the Table following 2E003(f), and specially designed automated handling, positioning, manipulation and control components therefor: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) production equipment having all of the following:
N.B.:
See also 2B105. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Process modified for one of the following:
Pulsating CVD;
Controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD); or (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and
Any of the following:
Incorporating high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) rotating seals; or
Incorporating in situ coating thickness control; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Ion implantation production equipment having beam currents of 5 mA or more;
Electron beam physical vapour deposition (EB-PVD) production equipment incorporating power systems rated for over 80 kW, having any of the following:
A liquid pool level “laser” control system which regulates precisely the ingots feed rate; or
A computer controlled rate monitor operating on the principle of photo-luminescence of the ionized atoms in the evaporant stream to control the deposition rate of a coating containing two or more elements; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Plasma spraying production equipment having any of the following characteristics:
Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere (equal to or less than 10 kPa measured above and within 300 mm of the gun nozzle exit) in a vacuum chamber capable of evacuation down to 0.01 Pa prior to the spraying process; or
Incorporating in situ coating thickness control; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Sputter deposition production equipment capable of current densities of 0.1 mA/mm2 or higher at a deposition rate of 15 μm/h or more;
Cathodic arc deposition production equipment incorporating a grid of electromagnets for steering control of the arc spot on the cathode;
Ion plating production equipment capable of in situ measurement of any of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011; E.R. 6 of 2020)
Coating thickness on the substrate and rate control; or
Optical characteristics;
Note:
2B005(a), 2B005(b), 2B005(e), 2B005(f) and 2B005(g) do not control chemical vapour deposition, cathodic arc, sputter deposition, ion plating or ion implantation equipment specially designed for cutting or machining tools.
Dimensional inspection or measuring systems, equipment, position feedback units and “electronic assemblies”, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Computer controlled or “numerical controlled” Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM), having a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement (E0,MPE) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e. within the length of axes) equal to or less (better) than 1.7 + L/1 000 μm (L is the measured length in mm), according to ISO 10360-2 (2009); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 2B206.
Technical Note:
The E0,MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified by the manufacturer (e.g. best of the following: probe, stylus length, motion parameters, environment) and with “all compensations available” is to be compared to the 1.7 + L/1 000 μm threshold. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Linear displacement measuring instruments or systems, linear position feedback units, and “electronic assemblies”, as follows:
Note:
Interferometer and optical-encoder measuring systems containing a “laser” are only specified in 2B006(b)(3) and 2B206(c).
‘Non-contact type measuring systems’ with a ‘resolution’ equal to or less (better) than 0.2 μm within 0 to 0.2 mm of the ‘measuring range’; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 2B006(b)(1), ‘non-contact type measuring systems’ are designed to measure the distance between the probe and measured object along a single vector, where the probe or measured object is in motion.
For the purposes of 2B006(b)(1), ‘measuring range’ means the distance between the minimum and maximum working distance. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Linear position feedback units specially designed for machine tools and having an overall “accuracy” less (better) than (800 + (600 × L/1 000)) nm (L equals effective length in mm);
Measuring systems having all of the following:
Containing a “laser”;
A ‘resolution’ over their full scale of 0.200 nm or less (better); (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Capable of achieving a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or less (better) than (1.6 + L/2 000) nm (L is the measured length in mm) at any point within a measuring range, when compensated for the refractive index of air and measured over a period of 30 seconds at a temperature of 20±0.01°C; or
“Electronic assemblies” specially designed to provide feedback capability in systems specified in 2B006(b)(3); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
For the purpose of 2B006(b), ‘resolution’ is the least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Rotary position feedback units specially designed for machine tools or angular displacement measuring instruments, having an angular position “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 0.9 second of arc;
Note:
2B006(c) does not control optical instruments, such as autocollimators, using collimated light (e.g. “laser” light) to detect angular displacement of a mirror. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Equipment for measuring surface roughness (including surface defects), by measuring optical scatter with a sensitivity of 0.5 nm or less (better); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
2B006 includes machine tools, other than those specified by 2B001, that can be used as measuring machines if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Robots” having any of the following characteristics and specially designed controllers and “end-effectors” therefor:
N.B.:
See also 2B207.
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to potentially explosive munitions environments;
Note:
2B007(b) does not include “robots” specially designed for paint-spraying booths. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened to withstand greater than 5 × 103 Gy (silicon) without operational degradation; or (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionising radiation. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Specially designed to operate at altitudes exceeding 30 000 m;
“Compound rotary tables” and “tilting spindles”, specially designed for machine tools, as follows: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Compound rotary tables” having all of the following:
Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding;
Two rotary axes designed to be co-ordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Tilting spindles” having all of the following:
Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding;
Designed to be co-ordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Spin-forming machines and flow-forming machines, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with “numerical control” units or a computer control and having all of the following:
N.B.:
See also 2B109 and 2B209.
3 or more axes that can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A roller force more than 60 kN;
Technical Note:
Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are for the purpose of 2B009 regarded as flow-forming machines.
“Isostatic presses”, other than those controlled by 2B004, having all of the following: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 2B204.
Maximum working pressure equal to or greater than 69 MPa; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Designed to achieve and maintain a controlled thermal environment of 873 K (600°C) or greater; and
Possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 254 mm or greater; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) furnaces, other than those controlled by 2B005(a), designed or modified for the densification of carbon-carbon composites;
Flow-forming machines, other than those controlled by 2B009, usable in the “production” of propulsion components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and interstages) for “missiles”, and specially designed components as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See also 2B209.
Flow-forming machines having all of the following:
Equipped with or, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, are capable of being equipped with “numerical control” units or computer control; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
With more than two axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”;
Specially designed components for flow-forming machines controlled by 2B009 or 2B109(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are for the purpose of 2B109 regarded as flow-forming machines. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Vibration test systems, equipment and components therefor, as follows:
Vibration test systems employing feedback or closed loop techniques and incorporating a digital controller, capable of vibrating a system at an acceleration equal to or greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz while imparting forces equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Digital controllers, combined with specially designed vibration test software, with a ‘real time control bandwidth’ greater than 5 kHz designed for use with vibration test systems controlled by 2B116(a); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Note:
In 2B116(b), the term ‘real time control bandwidth’ means the maximum rate at which a controller can execute complete cycles of sampling, processing data and transmitting control signals. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers, capable of imparting a force equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’ and usable in vibration test systems controlled by 2B116(a);
Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine multiple shaker units in a system capable of providing an effective combined force equal to or greater than 50 kN, measured ‘bare table’, and usable in vibration systems controlled by 2B116(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
In 2B116, ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixture or fittings.
Equipment and process controls, other than those controlled by 2B004, 2B005(a), 2B104 or 2B105, designed or modified for densification and pyrolysis of structural composite rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips;
Balancing machines and related equipment, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 2B219.
Balancing machines having all of the following characteristics:
Not capable of balancing rotors/assemblies having a mass greater than 3 kg;
Capable of balancing rotors/assemblies at speeds greater than 12 500 rpm;
Capable of correcting unbalance in two planes or more; and
Capable of balancing to a residual specific unbalance of 0.2 g mm per kg of rotor mass;
Note:
2B119(a) does not control balancing machines designed or modified for dental or other medical equipment.
Indicator heads designed or modified for use with machines controlled by 2B119(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Technical Note:
Indicator heads are sometimes known as balancing instrumentation.
Motion simulators or rate tables having all of the following characteristics:
Two axes or more;
Designed or modified to incorporate slip rings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power or signal information, or both; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Having any of the following characteristics:
For any single axis having both of the following characteristics:
Capable of rates of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less; and
A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to or less than 0.6 degrees/s;
Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or minus 0.05% averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
A positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes: 1.2B120 does not include rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical equipment. For controls on machine tool rotary tables, see 2B008. 2.Motion simulators or rate tables specified in 2B120 remain controlled whether or not slip rings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at time of export. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Positioning tables (equipment capable of precise rotary positioning in any axes), other than those controlled by 2B120, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Two axes or more; and
A positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
2B121 does not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine tools or for medical equipment. For controls on machine tool rotary tables, see 2B008.
Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations above 100 g and designed or modified to incorporate slip rings or integrated non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power or signal information, or both;
Note:
Centrifuges specified in 2B122 remain controlled whether or not slip rings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at time of export. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Machine tools and any combination of machine tools, other than those controlled by 2B001, as follows, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics or “composites”, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with electronic devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note: Stated positioning accuracy levels derived under the following procedures from measurements made according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents may be used for each machine tool model if provided to, and accepted by, national authorities instead of individual machine tests. Stated positioning accuracy is determined as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023) (a)Select 5 machines of a model to be evaluated; (b)Measure the linear axis accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (1988); (c)Determine the accuracy values (A) for each axis of each machine. The method of calculating the accuracy value is described in ISO 230/2 (1988) standard; (d)Determine the average accuracy value for each axis. This average value becomes the stated positioning accuracy of each axis for the model (Âx, Ây, ...); (e)Since 2B201 refers to each linear axis, there will be as many stated positioning accuracy values as there are linear axes; (f)If any axis of a machine tool not controlled by 2B201(a), 2B201(b) or 2B201(c) has the following stated positioning accuracy according to ISO 230/2 (1988), then the builder is to be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every 18 months— (L.N. 85 of 2023)(1)for grinding machines—equal to or less (better) than 6 μm; or(2)for milling and turning machines—equal to or less (better) than 8 μm. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
Positioning accuracies with “all compensations available” equal to or less (better) than 6 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents along any linear axis; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Two or more contouring rotary axes;
Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Note:
2B201(a) does not control milling machines having the following characteristics:
X-axis travel greater than 2 m; and
Overall positioning accuracy on the x-axis more (worse) than 30 μm. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
Positioning accuracies with “all compensations available” equal to or less (better) than 4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents along any linear axis; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Two or more contouring rotary axes; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Five or more axes, which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Note: 2B201(b) does not control the following grinding machines: (L.N. 42 of 2017) 1.Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines having all of the following characteristics:(a)Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length;(b)Axes limited to x, z and c; and 2.Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall positioning accuracy less (better) than 4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Machine tools for turning, having positioning accuracies with “all compensations available” better (less) than 6 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning) for machines capable of machining parts with diameters greater than 35 mm;
Note: 2B201(c) does not control bar machines (Swissturn) having the following characteristics: (a)Only for machining bar feed thru; (b)The maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm; and (c)No capability of mounting chucks, though such machines described above may have drilling or milling capabilities, or both, for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Notes:
2B201 does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following parts:
Gears;
Crankshafts or camshafts;
Tools or cutters;
Extruder worms. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g. a turning machine with milling capability), must be evaluated against each applicable entry of 2B201(a), 2B201(b) or 2B201(c). (L.N. 254 of 2008; E.R. 6 of 2020)
2B201(a)(3) and 2B201(b)(3) include machines based on a parallel linear kinematic design (e.g. hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which is a rotary axis. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Isostatic presses”, other than those controlled by 2B004 or 2B104, and related equipment, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
“Isostatic presses” having both of the following characteristics:
Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of 69 MPa or greater; and
A chamber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 152 mm;
Dies, moulds and controls, specially designed for “isostatic presses” controlled by 2B204(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Technical Note:
In 2B204, the inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Dimensional inspection machines, instruments or systems, other than those specified in 2B006, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM) meeting either of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Having only 2 axes and having a maximum permissible error of length measurement along any axis (1-dimensional), identified as any combination of E0x,MPE, E0y,MPE, or E0z,MPE, equal to or less (better) than (1.25 + L/1000) μm (where L is the measured length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e. within the length of the axis), according to ISO 10360/2 (2009);
Having 3 or more axes and having a 3-dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement (E0,MPE) equal to or less (better) than (1.7 + L/800) μm (where L is the measured length in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e. within the length of the axis), according to ISO 10360/2 (2009);
Technical Note:
The E0,MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified according to ISO 10360/2 (2009) by the manufacturer (e.g. best of the following: probe, stylus, length, motion parameters, environments) and with all compensations available is to be compared to the (1.7 + L/800) μm threshold. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Systems for simultaneously linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both of the following characteristics:
“Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or less (better) than 3.5 μm per 5 mm; and
“Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°;
‘Linear displacement’ measuring systems having all of the following characteristics:
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 2B206(c), ‘linear displacement’ means the change of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.
Containing a “laser”;
Capable of maintaining, for at least 12 hours, over a temperature range of ±1 K (±1°C); around a standard temperature and standard pressure, all of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
A ‘resolution’ over their full scale of 0.1 μm or better; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)Technical Note:For the purpose of 2B206(c)(2)(a), ‘resolution’ is the least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
With a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or less (better) than (0.2 + L/2 000) μm (L is the measured length in mm);
Note:
2B206(c) does not control measuring interferometer systems, without closed or open loop feedback, containing a laser to measure slide movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar equipment. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) systems having both of the following characteristics:
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 2B206(d), ‘linear displacement’ means the change of distance between the measuring probe and the measured object. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Having any of the following:
“Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the full operating range, for LVDTs with an operating range up to 5 mm;
“Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for LVDTs with an operating range greater than 5 mm;
Drift equal to or less (better) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test room temperature ±1 K (±1°C); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes:
Machine tools that can be used as measuring machines are controlled if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the machine tool function or the measuring machine function.
A machine specified in 2B206 is controlled if it exceeds the control threshold anywhere within its operating range.
Technical Note:
All parameters of measurement values in 2B206 represent plus/minus i.e. not total band. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Robots”, “end-effectors” and control units, other than those controlled by 2B007, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
“Robots” or “end-effectors” specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to handling high explosives (for example, meeting electrical code ratings for high explosives);
Control units specially designed for any of the “robots” or “end-effectors” controlled by 2B207(a); (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Flow forming machines, spin forming machines capable of flow forming functions, other than those controlled by 2B009 or 2B109, and mandrels, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Machines having both of the following characteristics:
Three or more rollers (active or guiding); and
Which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with “numerical control” units or a computer control; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Rotor-forming mandrels designed to form cylindrical rotors of inside diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note:
2B209(a) includes machines which have only a single roller designed to deform metal plus two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel, but do not participate directly in the deformation process. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Centrifugal multiplane balancing machines, fixed or portable, horizontal or vertical, as follows:
Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing flexible rotors having a length of 600 mm or more and having all of the following characteristics:
Swing or journal diameter greater than 75 mm; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg; and
Capable of balancing speed of revolution more than 5 000 rpm;
Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing hollow cylindrical rotor components and having all of the following characteristics:
Journal diameter greater than 75 mm; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg;
A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10 g mm/kg per plane; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Belt drive type; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in radiochemical separation operations or hot cells, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Having a capability of penetrating 0.6 m or more of hot cell wall (through-the-wall operation); or
Having a capability of bridging over the top of a hot cell wall with a thickness of 0.6 m or more (over-the-wall operation);
Technical Note: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Remote manipulators provide translation of human operator actions to a remote operating arm and terminal fixture. They may be of master/slave type or operated by joystick or keypad.
Controlled atmosphere (vacuum or inert gas) induction furnaces, other than those controlled by 3B001 and 9B001 and power supplies therefor, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See also 3B001 and 9B001. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Furnaces having all of the following characteristics:
Capable of operation above 1 123 K (850°C);
Induction coils 600 mm or less in diameter; and
Designed for power inputs of 5 kW or more;
Power supplies, with a specified power output of 5 kW or more, specially designed for furnaces controlled by 2B226(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
2B226(a) does not control furnaces designed for the processing of semiconductor wafers.
Vacuum or other controlled atmosphere metallurgical melting and casting furnaces and related equipment as follows:
Arc remelt furnaces, arc melt furnaces and arc melt and casting furnaces having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Consumable electrode capacities between 1 000 cm3 and 20 000 cm3; and
Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1 973 K (1 700°C);
Electron beam melting furnaces, “plasma atomization” furnaces and plasma melting furnaces, having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
A power of 50 kW or greater; and
Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1 473 K (1 200°C);
Computer control and monitoring systems specially configured for any of the furnaces controlled by 2B227(a) or 2B227(b); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Plasma torches specially designed for furnaces controlled by 2B227(b) having both of the following characteristics:
Operating at a power greater than 50 kW;
Capable of operating above 1 473 K (1 200°C); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Electron beam guns specially designed for furnaces controlled by 2B227(b) operating at a power greater than 50 kW; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Rotor fabrication or assembly equipment, rotor straightening equipment, bellows-forming mandrels and dies, as follows:
Rotor assembly equipment for assembly of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections, baffles, and end caps;
Note:
2B228(a) includes precision mandrels, clamps, and shrink fit machines.
Rotor straightening equipment for alignment of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections to a common axis;
Technical Note:
In 2B228(b), such equipment normally consists of precision measuring probes linked to a computer that subsequently controls the action of, for example, pneumatic rams used for aligning the rotor tube sections.
Bellows-forming mandrels and dies for producing single-convolution bellows;
Technical Note:
In 2B228(c), the bellows have all of the following characteristics:
Inside diameter between 75 mm and 650 mm; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Length equal to or greater than 12.7 mm;
Single convolution depth greater than 2 mm; and
Made of high-strength aluminium alloys, maraging steel or high strength “fibrous or filamentary materials”.
All types of ‘pressure transducers’ capable of measuring absolute pressures that meet all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Pressure sensing elements made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy, aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel or nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Seals, if any, essential for sealing the pressure sensing element, and in direct contact with the process medium, made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy, aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel or nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Having either of the following characteristics:
A full scale of less than 13 kPa and an ‘accuracy’ of better than 1% of full-scale;
A full scale of 13 kPa or greater and an ‘accuracy’ of better than 130 Pa when measured at 13 kPa; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes: 1.In 2B230, ‘pressure transducer’ means a device that converts a pressure measurement into a signal. 2.For the purposes of 2B230, ‘accuracy’ includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability at ambient temperature. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Vacuum pumps having all of the following characteristics:
Input throat size equal to or greater than 380 mm;
Pumping speed equal to or greater than 15 m3/s; and
Capable of producing an ultimate vacuum better than 13 mPa;
Technical Notes:
The pumping speed is determined at the measurement point with nitrogen gas or air.
The ultimate vacuum is determined at the input of the pump with the input of the pump blocked off.
High-velocity gun systems (propellant, gas, coil, electromagnetic, and electrothermal types, and other advanced systems) capable of accelerating projectiles to 1.5 km/s or greater;
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List.
Bellows-sealed scroll-type compressors and bellows-sealed scroll-type vacuum pumps that meet all of the following descriptions:
N.B.:
See also 2B350(i).
Capable of an inlet volume flow rate of 50 m3/h or greater;
Capable of a pressure ratio of 2:1 or greater;
Having all surfaces that come in contact with the process gas made from any of the following materials:
Aluminium or aluminium alloy;
Aluminium oxide;
Stainless steel;
Nickel or nickel alloy;
Phosphor bronze;
Fluoropolymers;
Chemical manufacturing facilities, equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Reaction vessels or reactors, with or without agitators, with total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m3 (100 litres) and less than 20 m3 (20 000 litres), where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
N.B.:
For prefabricated repair assemblies, see 2B350(k). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coating or glass lining);
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Agitators designed for use in reaction vessels or reactors specified in 2B350(a); and impellers, blades or shafts designed for such agitators, where all surfaces of the agitator that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Storage tanks, containers or receivers with a total internal (geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m3 (100 litres) where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
N.B.:
For prefabricated repair assemblies, see 2B350(k). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Heat exchangers or condensers with a heat transfer surface area greater than 0.15 m2, and less than 20 m2; and tubes, plates, coils or blocks (cores) designed for such heat exchangers or condensers, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Graphite or ‘carbon graphite’; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Silicon carbide; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Titanium carbide; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Distillation or absorption columns of internal diameter greater than 0.1 m; and liquid distributers, vapour distributers or liquid collectors designed for such distillation or absorption columns, where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Graphite or ‘carbon graphite’; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Remotely operated filling equipment in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials:
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight; or
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Valves and components, as follows:
Valves that meet all of the following descriptions:
A ‘nominal size’ greater than DN 10 or NPS 3/8; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from ‘corrosion resistant materials’;
Valves, other than those specified in 2B350(g)(1), that meet all of the following descriptions:
A ‘nominal size’ equal to or greater than DN 25 or NPS 1 and equal to or less than DN 100 or NPS 4; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Casings (valve bodies) or preformed casing liners;
A closure element designed to be interchangeable;
All surfaces of the casing (valve body) or preformed case liner that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from ‘corrosion resistant materials’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Components, designed for valves specified in 2B350(g)(1) or 2B350(g)(2), in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are made from ‘corrosion resistant materials’, as follows:
Casings (valve bodies);
Preformed casing liners;
Technical Notes: 1.For the purposes of 2B350(g), ‘corrosion resistant materials’ mean any of the following materials:(a)Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;(b)‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;(c)Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);(d)Glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);(e)Tantalum or tantalum alloys; (L.N. 85 of 2023)(f)Titanium or titanium alloys; (L.N. 85 of 2023)(g)Zirconium or zirconium alloys; (L.N. 85 of 2023)(h)Niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; (L.N. 85 of 2023)(i)Ceramic materials as follows:(1)Silicon carbide with a purity of 80% or more by weight;(2)Aluminium oxide (alumina) with a purity of 99.9% or more by weight;(3)Zirconium oxide (zirconia). 2.‘Nominal size’ is defined as the smaller of the inlet and outlet diameters. (L.N. 42 of 2017) 3.Nominal sizes (DN) of valves are in accordance with ISO 6708:1995. Nominal Pipe Sizes (NPS) are in accordance with ASME B36.10 or B36.19 or national equivalents. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Multi-walled piping incorporating a leak detection port, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following materials:
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Graphite or ‘carbon graphite’; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Multiple-seal and seal-less pumps, with manufacturer’s specified maximum flow-rate greater than 0.6 m3/hour, or vacuum pumps with manufacturer’s specified maximum flow-rate greater than 5 m3/hour (under standard temperature (273 K (0°C)) and pressure (101.3 kPa) conditions, other than those specified in 2B233); and casings (pump bodies), preformed casing liners, impellers, rotors or jet pump nozzles designed for such pumps, in which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from any of the following materials: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Ceramics;
Ferrosilicon (high silicon iron alloys); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35% fluorine by weight);
Glass (including vitrified or enamelled coatings or glass lining);
Graphite or ‘carbon graphite’; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Tantalum or tantalum ‘alloys’;
Titanium or titanium ‘alloys’;
Zirconium or zirconium ‘alloys’;
Niobium (columbium) or niobium ‘alloys’; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note:
In 2B350(i), the term seal refers to only those seals that come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed (or is designed to), and provide a sealing function where a rotary or reciprocating drive shaft passes through a pump body. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Incinerators designed to destroy chemicals controlled by 1C350, having specially designed waste supply systems, special handling facilities and an average combustion chamber temperature greater than 1 273 K (1 000°C), in which all surfaces in the waste supply system that come into direct contact with the waste products are made from or lined with any of the following materials:
‘Alloys’ with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
Ceramics; or
Nickel or ‘alloys’ with more than 40% nickel by weight;
Prefabricated repair assemblies having metallic surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed that are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys as follows, and specially designed components for such prefabricated repair assemblies:
Designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or reactors specified in 2B350(a); or
Designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined storage tanks, containers or receivers specified in 2B350(c); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
For the purposes of 2B350, the materials used for gaskets, packing, seals, screws, washers or other materials performing a sealing function do not determine the status of control, provided that such components are designed to be interchangeable. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
‘Carbon graphite’ is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
For the listed materials in the above entries, the term ‘alloy’ when not accompanied by a specific elemental concentration is understood as identifying those alloys where the identified metal is present in a higher percentage by weight than any other element. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Toxic gas monitors and monitoring systems and their dedicated detecting components, other than those specified in 1A004, as follows; and detectors, sensor devices and replaceable sensor cartridges for the monitors, systems and components: (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Designed for continuous operation and usable for the detection of chemical warfare agents or chemicals controlled by 1C350, with a ‘minimum detection limit’ of less than 0.3 mg/m3; or (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed for the detection of cholinesterase-inhibiting activity;
Technical Note:
The ‘minimum detection limit’ of toxic gas monitors or monitoring systems is the lowest detectable concentration of the analyte required to produce a signal greater than three times the standard deviation of the toxic gas monitor’s or monitoring system’s signal when measuring a blank sample.
In the case of toxic gas monitors or monitoring systems having a deadband or programmed zero suppression, the ‘minimum detection limit’ is the lowest detectable concentration required to produce a reading. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Biological manufacturing and handling equipment, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Containment facilities and related equipment as follows:
Complete containment facilities that meet the criteria for P3 or P4 (BL3, BL4, L3, L4) containment as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual (3rd edition, Geneva, 2004);
Equipment designed for fixed installation in containment facilities specified in 2B352(a), as follows:
Double-door pass-through decontamination autoclaves;
Breathing air suit decontamination showers;
Mechanical-seal or inflatable-seal walkthrough doors; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Fermenters and components as follows:
Fermenters capable of cultivation of “microorganisms” or of live cells for the production of viruses or toxins, without the propagation of aerosols, and having a total internal volume of 20 litres or more; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Components designed for fermenters specified in 2B352(b)(1) as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cultivation chambers designed to be sterilized or disinfected in situ;
Cultivation chamber holding devices;
Process control units capable of simultaneously monitoring and controlling 2 or more fermentation system parameters (e.g. temperature, pH, nutrients, agitation, dissolved oxygen, air flow, foam control); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 2B352(b), fermenters include bioreactors, single-use (disposable) bioreactors, chemostats and continuous-flow systems.
Cultivation chamber holding devices include single-use cultivation chambers with rigid walls. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Centrifugal separators, capable of continuous separation without the propagation of aerosols, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Flow rate exceeding 100 litres per hour;
Components of polished stainless steel or titanium;
One or more sealing joints within the steam containment area; and
Capable of in situ steam sterilization in a closed state; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Technical Note:
Centrifugal separators include decanters.
Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment and component as follows:
Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment capable of separation of “microorganisms”, viruses, toxins or cell cultures, that meets all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
A total filtration area equal to or greater than 1 m2; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Meeting any of the following descriptions:
Capable of being ‘sterilized’ or ‘disinfected’ in situ;
Using disposable or single-use filtration components; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
In 2B352(d)(1)(b), ‘sterilized’ denotes the elimination of all viable microbes from the equipment through the use of either physical (e.g. steam) or chemical agents. ‘Disinfected’ denotes a process to reduce the number of microorganisms but not usually of bacterial spores, through the use of chemical agents, without necessarily killing or removing all organisms. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Cross (tangential) flow filtration components (e.g. modules, elements, cassettes, cartridges, units or plates) with filtration area equal to or greater than 0.2 m2 for each component and designed for use in cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment controlled by 2B352(d);
Note:
2B352(d) does not control reverse osmosis and hemodialysis equipment, as specified by the manufacturer. (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Steam, gas or vapour sterilizable freeze drying equipment with a condenser capacity of 10 kg of ice or more in 24 hours and less than 1 000 kg of ice in 24 hours; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Protective and containment equipment, as follows:
Protective full or half suits, or hoods dependent upon a tethered external air supply and operating under positive pressure;
Note:
2B352(f)(1) does not control suits designed to be worn with self-contained breathing apparatus.
Biocontainment chambers, isolators, or biological safety cabinets having all of the following characteristics, for normal operation:
Fully enclosed workspace where the operator is separated from the work by a physical barrier;
Able to operate at negative pressure;
Means to safely manipulate items in the workspace;
Supply and exhaust air to and from the workspace is HEPA filtered;
Notes:
2B352(f)(2) includes Class III biosafety cabinets, as described in the latest edition of the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual or constructed in accordance with national standards, regulations or guidance.
2B352(f)(2) includes any isolator meeting all the characteristics mentioned in 2B352(f)(2)(a) to (d), regardless of its intended use and its designation, except for medical isolators specially designed for barrier nursing or transportation of infected patients. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Aerosol inhalation equipment designed for aerosol challenge testing with “microorganisms”, viruses or “toxins” as follows:
Whole-body exposure chambers having a capacity of 1 m3 or more;
Nose-only exposure apparatus utilizing directed aerosol flow and having capacity for exposure of any of the following:
12 or more rodents;
2 or more animals other than rodents;
Closed animal restraint tubes designed for use with nose-only exposure apparatus utilizing directed aerosol flow; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Spray-drying equipment capable of drying toxins or pathogenic “microorganisms”, that meets all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Having a water evaporation capacity of ≥ 0.4 kg/h and ≤ 400 kg/h;
Having the ability to generate a typical mean product particle size of ≤ 10 μm with existing fittings or by minimal modification of the spray-dryer with atomization nozzles enabling generation of the required particle size;
Capable of being sterilized or disinfected in situ; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesisers, which are partly or entirely automated, and designed to generate continuous nucleic acids greater than 1.5 kilobases in length with error rates less than 5% in a single run; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
M
None.
S
“Software”, other than that specified in 2D002, as follows:
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development” or “production” of equipment specified in 2A001 or 2B001 to 2B009; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment specified in 2A001(c), 2B001 or 2B003 to 2B009;
Note:
2D001 does not control part programming “software” that generates “numerical control” codes for machining various parts.
“Software” for electronic devices, even when residing in an electronic device or system, enabling such devices or systems to function as a “numerical control” unit, capable of coordinating simultaneously more than 4 axes for “contouring control”;
Notes: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
2D002 does not control “software” specially designed or modified for the operation of items not specified in Category 2. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
2D002 does not control “software” for items specified in 2B002. See 2D001 and 2D003 for “software” for items specified in 2B002. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
2D002 does not control “software” that is exported with, and the minimum necessary for the operation of, items not specified in Category 2. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Software”, designed or modified for the operation of equipment specified in 2B002, that converts optical designs, workpiece measurements and material removal functions into “numerical control” commands to achieve the desired workpiece form;
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 2B104, 2B105, 2B109, 2B116, 2B117 or 2B119 to 2B122; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 9D004.
“Software” specially designed for the “use” of equipment controlled by 2B204, 2B206, 2B207, 2B209, 2B219 or 2B227;
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified in 2B201;
Note:
2D202 does not control part programming “software” that generates “numerical control” command codes but does not allow direct use of equipment for machining various parts. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Software”, other than that specified in 1D003, specially designed for “use” of equipment specified in 2B351;
“Software” specially designed for nucleic acid assemblers and synthesisers specified in 2B352(i), that is capable of designing and building functional genetic elements from digital sequence data;
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of equipment or “software” controlled by 2A, 2B or 2D;
Note:
2E001 includes “technology” for the integration of probe systems into coordinate measurement machines (CMM) specified in 2B006(a). (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment controlled by 2A or 2B;
Other “technology”, as follows:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology” for metal-working manufacturing processes, as follows:
“Technology” for the design of tools, dies or fixtures specially designed for any of the following processes:
“Superplastic forming”;
“Diffusion bonding”; or
‘Direct-acting hydraulic pressing’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
‘Direct-acting hydraulic pressing’ is a deformation process which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
For “technology” for metal-working manufacturing processes for gas turbine engines and components, see 9E003 and ML22. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” for the “development” or “production” of hydraulic stretch-forming machines and dies therefor, for the manufacture of airframe structures;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology for the development” of integration “software” for incorporation of expert systems for advanced decision support of shop floor operations into “numerical control” units;
“Technology” for the application of inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification coatings (specified in column 3 of the following table) to non-electronic substrates (specified in column 2 of the following table), by processes specified in column 1 of the following table and defined in the Technical Note;
N.B.:
This Table should be read to control the “technology” of a particular ‘Coating Process’ only when the Resultant Coating in column 3 is in a paragraph directly across from the relevant ‘Substrate’ under column 2. For example, Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) ‘coating process’ technical data are controlled for the application of ‘Silicides’ to ‘Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites”’ substrates, but are not controlled for the application of ‘Silicides’ to ‘Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18)’ substrates. In the second case, the resultant coating is not listed in the paragraph under column 3 directly across from the paragraph under column 2 listing ‘Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18)’. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 2B004, 2B009, 2B104, 2B109, 2B116, 2B119 to 2B122 or 2D101;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 2A225, 2A226, 2B001, 2B006, 2B007(b), 2B007(c), 2B008, 2B009, 2B201, 2B204, 2B206, 2B207, 2B209, 2B225 to 2B233, 2D201 or 2D202;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of goods controlled by 2B350 to 2B352;
| 1.Coating Process(1)* | 2.Substrate | 3.Resultant Coating | ||
| A. | Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) | “Superalloys” | Aluminides for internal passages | |
| Ceramics(19) and Low-expansion glasses(14) | Silicides Carbides Dielectric layers(15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) Aluminides Alloyed aluminides(2) Boron nitride | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| Sensor window materials(9) | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| B. | Thermal Evaporation- Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD) | |||
| 1.Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): Electron Beam (EB-PVD) | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides Alloyed aluminides(2) MCrA1X(5) Modified zirconia(12) Silicides Aluminides Mixtures thereof(4) | ||
| Ceramics(19) and Low- expansion glasses(14) | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Corrosion resistant steel(7) | MCrAlX(5) Modified zirconia(12) Mixtures thereof(4) | |||
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) Boron nitride | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers(15) Borides Beryllium | |||
| Sensor window materials(9) | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Titanium alloys(13) | Borides Nitrides | |||
| 2.Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): Ion Assisted Resistive Heating (Ion Plating) | Ceramics(19) and Low-expansion glasses(14) | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | ||
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18) | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Sensor window materials(9) | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| 3.Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): “Laser” Vaporization | Ceramics(19) and Low-expansion glasses(14) | Silicides Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | ||
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18) | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Sensor window materials(9) | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| 4.Physical Vapour deposion (PVD): Cathodic Arc Discharge | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides Alloyed aluminides(2) MCrA1X(5) | ||
| Polymers(11) and Organic “matrix” “composites” | Borides Carbides Nitrides Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| C. | Pack Cementation (see A above for out-of-pack cementation)(10) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides Carbides Mixtures thereof(4) | |
| Titanium alloys(13) | Silicides Aluminides Alloyed aluminides(2) | |||
| Refractory metals and alloys(8) | Silicides Oxides | |||
| D. | Plasma Spraying | “Superalloys” | MCrA1X(5) Modified zirconia(12) Mixtures thereof(4) Abradable Nickel- Graphite Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al Abradable A1-Si- Polyester Alloyed aluminides(2) | |
| Aluminium alloys(6) | MCrA1X(5) Modified zirconia(12) Silicides Mixtures thereof(4) | |||
| Refractory metals and alloys(8) | Aluminides Silicides Carbides | |||
| Corrosion resistant steel(7) | MCrAlX(5) Modified zirconia(12) Mixtures thereof(4) | |||
| Titanium alloys(13) | Carbides Aluminides Silicides Alloyed aluminides(2) Abradable Nickel- Graphite Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al Abradable A1-Si- Polyester | |||
| E. | Slurry Deposition | Refractory metals and alloys(8) | Fused silicides Fused aluminides except for resistance heating elements | |
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides Carbides Mixtures thereof(4) | |||
| F. | Sputter Deposition | “Superalloys” | Alloyed silicides Alloyed aluminides(2) Noble metal modified aluminides(3) MCrA1X(5) Modified zirconia(12) Platinum Mixtures thereof(4) | |
| Ceramics(19) and Low-expansion glasses(14) | Silicides Platinum Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| Titanium alloys(13) | Borides Nitrides Oxides Silicides Aluminides Alloyed aluminides(2) Carbides | |||
| Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal “matrix” “composites” | Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) Boron nitride | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16), Silicon carbide(18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof(4) Dielectric layers(15) Boron nitride | |||
| Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers(15) | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Borides Dielectric layers(15) Beryllium | |||
| Sensor window materials(9) | Dielectric layers(15) Diamond-like carbon(17) | |||
| Refractory metals and alloys(8) | Aluminides Silicides Oxides Carbides | |||
| G. | Ion Implantation | High temperature bearing steels | Additions of Chromium, Tantalum or Niobium (Columbium) | |
| Titanium alloys(13) | Borides Nitrides | |||
| Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Borides | |||
| Cemented tungsten carbide(16) | Carbides Nitrides | |||
| (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||||
The term ‘coating process’ includes coating repair and refurbishing as well as original coating.
The term ‘alloyed aluminide coating’ includes single or multiple-step coatings in which an element or elements are deposited prior to or during application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are deposited by another coating process. It does not, however, include the multiple use of single-step pack cementation processes to achieve alloyed aluminides. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The term ‘noble metal modified aluminide’ coating includes multiple-step coatings in which the noble metal or noble metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to application of the aluminide coating.
The term ‘mixtures thereof’ includes infiltrated material, graded compositions, co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one or more of the coating processes specified in the Table.
‘MCrA1X’ refers to a coating alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon, tantalum in any amount or other intentional additions over 0.01 weight percent in various proportions and combinations, except:
CoCrA1Y coatings which contain less than 22 weight percent of chromium, less than 7 weight percent of aluminium and less than 2 weight percent of yttrium;
CoCrA1Y coatings which contain 22 to 24 weight percent of chromium, 10 to 12 weight percent of aluminium and 0.5 to 0.7 weight percent of yttrium; or
NiCrA1Y coatings which contain 21 to 23 weight percent of chromium, 10 to 12 weight percent of aluminium and 0.9 to 1.1 weight percent of yttrium.
The term ‘aluminium alloys’ refers to alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 190 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20°C).
The term ‘corrosion resistant steel’ refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) 300 series or equivalent national standard steels.
‘Refractory metals and alloys’ include the following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
‘Sensor window materials’, as follows: alumina, silicon, germanium, zinc sulphide, zinc selenide, gallium arsenide, diamond, gallium phosphide, sapphire and the following metal halides: sensor window materials of more than 40 mm diameter for zirconium fluoride and hafnium fluoride.
“Technology” for single-step pack cementation of solid aerofoils is not controlled by Category 2. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Polymers’, as follows: polyimide, polyester, polysulphide, polycarbonates and polyurethanes.
‘Modified zirconia’ refers to additions of other metal oxides (e.g. calcia, magnesia, yttria, hafnia, rare earth oxides) to zirconia in order to stabilise certain crystallographic phases and phase compositions. Thermal barrier coatings made of zirconia, modified with calcia or magnesia by mixing or fusion, are not controlled.
‘Titanium alloys’ refers to aerospace alloys having an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20°C).
‘Low-expansion glasses’ refers to glasses which have a coefficient of thermal expansion of 1 × 10-7 K-1 or less measured at 293 K (20°C).
‘Dielectric layers’ are coatings constructed of multi-layers of insulator materials in which the interference properties of a design composed of materials of various refractive indices are used to reflect, transmit or absorb various wavelength bands. Dielectric layers refers to more than four dielectric layers or dielectric/metal “composite” layers.
‘Cemented tungsten carbide’ does not include cutting and forming tool materials consisting of tungsten carbide/(cobalt, nickel), titanium carbide/(cobalt, nickel), chromium carbide/nickel-chromium and chromium carbide/nickel.
“Technology” for depositing diamond-like carbon on any of the following is not included: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
magnetic disk drives and heads, equipment for the manufacture of disposables, valves for faucets, acoustic diaphragms for speakers, engine parts for automobiles, cutting tools, punching-pressing dies, office automation equipment, microphones or medical devices; or moulds for casting or moulding of plastics, manufactured from alloys containing less than 5% beryllium. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
‘Silicon carbide’ does not include cutting and forming tool materials.
Ceramic substrates, as used in this entry, does not include ceramic materials containing 5% by weight, or greater, clay or cement content, either as separate constituents or in combination.
Processes specified in column 1 of the Table are defined as follows:
Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy, “composite”, dielectric or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants are decomposed or combined in the vicinity of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloy or compound material on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process may be provided by the heat of the substrate, a glow discharge plasma, or “laser” irradiation.
N.B.:
CVD includes the following processes: directed gas flow out-of-pack deposition, pulsating CVD, controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD processes.
Pack denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture.
The gaseous reactants used in the out-of-pack process are produced using the same basic reactions and parameters as the pack cementation process, except that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the powder mixture.
Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD) is an overlay coating process conducted in a vacuum with a pressure less than 0.1 Pa wherein a source of thermal energy is used to vaporize the coating material. This process results in the condensation, or deposition, of the evaporated species onto appropriately positioned substrates.
The addition of gases to the vacuum chamber during the coating process to synthesize compound coatings is an ordinary modification of the process.
The use of ion or electron beams, or plasma, to activate or assist the coating’s deposition is also a common modification in this technique. The use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and thickness of coatings can be a feature of these processes.
Specific TE-PVD processes are as follows:
Electron Beam PVD uses an electron beam to heat and evaporate the material which forms the coating;
Ion Assisted Resistive Heating PVD employs electrically resistive heating sources in combination with impinging ion beam(s) to produce a controlled and uniform flux of evaporated coating species;
“Laser” Vaporization uses either pulsed or continuous wave “laser” beams to vaporize the material which forms the coating;
Cathodic Arc Deposition employs a consumable cathode of the material which forms the coating and has an arc discharge established on the surface by a momentary contact of a ground trigger. Controlled motion of arcing erodes the cathode surface creating a highly ionized plasma. The anode can be either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode, through an insulator, or the chamber. Substrate biasing is used for non line-of-sight deposition;
N.B.:This definition does not include random cathodic arc deposition with non-biased substrates.
Ion Plating is a special modification of a general TE-PVD process in which a plasma or an ion source is used to ionize the species to be deposited, and a negative bias is applied to the substrate in order to facilitate the extraction of the species from the plasma. The introduction of reactive species, evaporation of solids within the process chamber, and the use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and thicknesses of coatings are ordinary modifications of the process.
Pack Cementation is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersed in a powder mixture (a pack), that consists of:
The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually aluminium, chromium, silicon or combinations thereof);
An activator (normally a halide salt); and
An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort which is heated to between 1 030 K (757°C) and 1 375 K (1 102°C) for sufficient time to deposit the coating.
Plasma Spraying is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch) which produces and controls a plasma accepts powder or wire coating materials, melts them and propels them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded coating is formed. Plasma spraying constitutes either low pressure plasma spraying or high velocity plasma spraying.
N.B.:
Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure.
High velocity refers to nozzle-exit gas velocity exceeding 750 m/s calculated at 293 K (20°C) at 0.1 MPa.
Slurry Deposition is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting, subsequent air or oven drying, and heat treatment to obtain the desired coating.
Sputter Deposition is an overlay coating process based on a momentum transfer phenomenon, wherein positive ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms to be released and deposited on an appropriately positioned substrate.
N.B.:
The Table refers only to triode, magnetron or reactive sputter deposition which is used to increase adhesion of the coating and rate of deposition and to radio frequency (RF) augmented sputter deposition used to permit vaporization of non-metallic coating materials.
Low-energy ion beams (less than 5 keV) can be used to activate the deposition.
Ion implantation is a surface modification coating process in which the element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface region of the substrate. This includes processes in which ion implantation is performed simultaneously with electron beam physical vapour deposition or sputter deposition.
It is understood that the following technical information, accompanying the table of deposition techniques, is for use as appropriate.
Technical information for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Chemical stripping and cleaning bath cycle parameters, as follows:
Bath composition:
For the removal of old or defective coatings, corrosion product or foreign deposits;
For preparation of virgin substrates;
Time in bath;
Temperature of bath;
Number and sequences of wash cycles;
Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the cleaned part;
Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
Composition of the atmosphere;
Pressure of the atmosphere;
Temperature for heat treatment;
Time of heat treatment;
Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows:
Grit blasting parameters, as follows:
Grit composition;
Grit size and shape;
Grit velocity;
Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast;
Surface finish parameters;
Application of binders to promote adhesion; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Masking technique parameters, as follows:
Material of mask;
Location of mask.
Technical information for in situ quality assurance techniques for evaluation of the coating processes listed in the Table, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
Composition of the atmosphere;
Pressure of the atmosphere;
Time parameters;
Temperature parameters;
Thickness parameters;
Index of refraction parameters;
Control of composition.
Technical information for post deposition treatments of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Shot peening parameters, as follows:
Shot composition;
Shot size;
Shot velocity;
Post shot peening cleaning parameters;
Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
Composition of the atmosphere;
Pressure of the atmosphere;
Time-temperature cycles;
Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the coated substrates.
Technical information for quality assurance techniques for the evaluation of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Statistical sampling criteria;
Microscopic criteria for:
Magnification;
Coating thickness uniformity;
Coating integrity;
Coating composition;
Coating and substrates bonding;
Microstructural uniformity;
Criteria for optical properties assessment (measured as a function of wavelength):
Reflectance;
Transmission;
Absorption;
Scatter.
Technical information and parameters related to specific coating and surface modification processes listed in the Table, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
For Chemical Vapour Deposition:
Coating source composition and formulation;
Carrier gas composition;
Substrate temperature;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
Gas control and part manipulation;
For Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition:
Ingot or coating material source composition;
Substrate temperature;
Reactive gas composition;
Ingot feed rate or material vaporisation rate;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
Beam and part manipulation;
“Laser” parameters, as follows:
Wavelength; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Power density;
Pulse length;
Repetition ratio;
Source;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
For Pack Cementation:
Pack composition and formulation;
Carrier gas composition;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
For Plasma Spraying:
Powder composition, preparation and size distributions;
Feed gas composition and parameters;
Substrate temperature;
Gun power parameters;
Spray distance;
Spray angle;
Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates;
Gun control and part manipulation;
For Sputter Deposition:
Target composition and fabrication;
Geometrical positioning of part and target;
Reactive gas composition;
Electrical bias;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
Triode power;
Part manipulation;
For Ion Implantation: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Beam control and part manipulation;
Ion source design details;
Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
For Ion Plating:
Beam control and part manipulation;
Ion source design details;
Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters;
Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
Coating material feed rate and vaporisation rate;
Substrate temperature;
Substrate bias parameters.
S , E C
Notes:
The control status of equipment and components described in 3A001 or 3A002, other than those described in 3A001(a)(3) to 3A001(a)(10), 3A001(a)(12) to 3A001(a)(14) and 3A001(b)(12), which are specially designed for or which have the same functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The control status of integrated circuits described in 3A001(a)(3) to 3A001(a)(9), 3A001(a)(12) to 3A001(a)(14) which are unalterably programmed or designed for a specific function for another equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment.
N.B.:
When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the control status of the other equipment, the control status of the integrated circuits is determined in 3A001(a)(3) to 3A001(a)(9), 3A001(a)(12) to 3A001(a)(14). (L.N. 226 of 2009)
The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has been determined, is to be evaluated against the parameters of 3A001(a), 3A001(b), 3A001(d), 3A001(e)(4), 3A001(g), 3A001(h) or 3A001(i). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Electronic items, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
General purpose integrated circuits, as follows:
Note: Integrated circuits include the following types: (L.N. 85 of 2023) “Monolithic integrated circuits”; “Hybrid integrated circuits”; “Multichip integrated circuits”; “Film type integrated circuits”, including silicon-on-sapphire integrated circuits;“Optical integrated circuits”; “Three dimensional integrated circuits”; “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits” (“MMICs”).
Integrated circuits, designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand any of the following:
a total dose of 5 × 103 Gy (Si), or higher; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
a dose rate upset of 5 × 106 Gy (Si)/s or higher; or (L.N. 65 of 2004)
a fluence (integrated flux) of neutrons (1 MeV equivalent) of 5 × 1013 n/cm2 or higher on silicon, or its equivalent for other materials;
Note:
3A001(a)(1)(c) does not apply to Metal Insulator Semiconductors (MIS). (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Microprocessor microcircuits”, “microcomputer microcircuits”, microcontroller microcircuits, storage integrated circuits manufactured from a compound semiconductor, analogue-to-digital converters, integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or process the digitized data, digital-to-analogue converters, electro-optical or “optical integrated circuits” designed for “signal processing”, field programmable logic devices, custom integrated circuits for which either the function is unknown or the control status of the equipment in which the integrated circuit will be used is unknown, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors, Static Random-Access Memories (SRAMs) or ‘non-volatile memories’, having any of the following: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Rated for operation at an ambient temperature above 398 K (125°C);
Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 218 K (-55°C); or
Rated for operation over the entire ambient temperature range from 218 K (-55°C) to 398 K (125°C);
Note:
3A001(a)(2) does not apply to integrated circuits designed for civil automobile or railway train applications. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
‘Non-volatile memories’ are memories with data retention over a period of time after a power shutdown. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Microprocessor microcircuits”, “microcomputer microcircuits” and microcontroller microcircuits, manufactured from a compound semiconductor and operating at a clock frequency exceeding 40 MHz;
Note:
3A001(a)(3) includes digital signal processors, digital array processors and digital coprocessors. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) integrated circuits, as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Analogue-to-digital converters having any of the following:
N.B.: 1.See also 3A101. 2.For integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or process the digitized data, see 3A001(a)(14).
A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 600 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS);
A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 MSPS;
A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 250 MSPS;
A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 65 MSPS;
Technical Notes: 1.A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2n levels. 2.The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the ADC that represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC. 3.For “multiple channel ADCs”, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single channel. 4.For “interleaved ADCs” or for “multiple channel ADCs” that are specified to have an interleaved mode of operation, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all of the interleaved channels. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Digital-to-Analogue Converters (DAC) having any of the following:
A resolution of 10 bit or more but less than 12 bit, with an ‘adjusted update rate’ exceeding 3 500 MSPS; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A resolution of 12 bit or more and having any of the following:
An ‘adjusted update rate’ exceeding 1 250 MSPS but not exceeding 3 500 MSPS, and having any of the following:
A settling time less than 9 ns to 0.024% of full scale from a full scale step;
A ‘Spurious Free Dynamic Range’ (SFDR) greater than 68 dBc (carrier) when synthesizing a full scale analogue signal of 100 MHz or the highest full scale analogue signal frequency specified below 100 MHz;
An ‘adjusted update rate’ exceeding 3 500 MSPS; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Spurious Free Dynamic Range’ (SFDR) is defined as the ratio of the RMS value of the carrier frequency (maximum signal component) at the input of the DAC to the RMS value of the next largest noise or harmonic distortion component at its output. 2.SFDR is determined directly from the specification table or from the characterisation plots of SFDR versus frequency. 3.A signal is defined to be full scale when its amplitude is greater than –3 dBfs (full scale). 4.‘Adjusted update rate’ for DACs:(a)For conventional (non-interpolating) DACs, the ‘adjusted update rate’ is the rate at which the digital signal is converted to an analogue signal and the output analogue values are changed by the DAC. For DACs where the interpolation mode may be bypassed (interpolation factor of one), the DAC should be considered as a conventional (non-interpolating) DAC.(b)For interpolating DACs (oversampling DACs), the ‘adjusted update rate’ is defined as the DAC update rate divided by the smallest interpolating factor. For interpolating DACs, the ‘adjusted update rate’ may be referred to by different terms including:(1)input data rate;(2)input word rate;(3)input sample rate;(4)maximum total input bus rate; and(5)maximum DAC clock rate for DAC clock input. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Electro-optical and “optical integrated circuits” designed for “signal processing” having all of the following:
One or more than one internal “laser” diode;
One or more than one internal light detecting element; and
Optical waveguides;
Field programmable logic devices having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A maximum number of single-ended digital input or outputs that is greater than 700; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
An ‘aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate’ of 500 Gb/s or greater; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Note: 3A001(a)(7) includes: —Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs) —Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) —Field Programmable Logic Arrays (FPLAs) —Field Programmable Interconnects (FPICs)
N.B.:
For integrated circuits having field programmable logic devices that are combined with an analogue-to-digital converter, see 3A001(a)(14). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes: 1.Maximum number of digital input or outputs in 3A001(a)(7)(a) is also referred to as maximum user input or outputs or maximum available input or outputs, whether the integrated circuit is packaged or bare die. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 42 of 2017) 2.‘Aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate’ is the product of the peak serial one-way transceiver data rate times the number of transceivers on the FPGA. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Deleted; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Neural network integrated circuits;
Custom integrated circuits for which the function is unknown, or the control status of the equipment in which the integrated circuits will be used is unknown to the manufacturer, having any of the following:
More than 1 500 terminals; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
A typical “basic gate propagation delay time” of less than 0.02 ns; or (L.N. 132 of 2001)
An operating frequency exceeding 3 GHz; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Digital integrated circuits, other than those described in 3A001(a)(3) to 3A001(a)(10) and 3A001(a)(12), based upon any compound semiconductor and having any of the following:
An equivalent gate count of more than 3 000 (2 input gates); or (L.N. 132 of 2001)
A toggle frequency exceeding 1.2 GHz;
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors having a rated execution time for an N-point complex FFT of less than (N log2 N)/20 480 ms, where N is the number of points;
Technical Note:
When N is equal to 1 024 points, the formula in 3A001(a)(12) gives an execution time of 500 μs. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Direct Digital Synthesizer (DDS) integrated circuits having any of the following:
A Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) clock frequency of 3.5 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit;
A DAC clock frequency of 1.25 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 12 bit or more;
Technical Note:
The DAC clock frequency may be specified as the master clock frequency or the input clock frequency. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Integrated circuits that perform or are programmable to perform all of the following:
Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS);
A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 180 MSPS;
Any of the following:
Storage of digitized data;
Processing of digitized data;
N.B.: 1.For analogue-to-digital converter integrated circuits, see 3A001(a)(5)(a). 2.For field programmable logic devices, see 3A001(a)(7).
Technical Notes: 1.A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2n levels. 2.The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the ADC that represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC. 3.For integrated circuits with non-interleaving “multiple channel ADCs”, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single channel. 4.For integrated circuits with “interleaved ADCs” or with “multiple channel ADCs” that are specified to have an interleaved mode of operation, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all of the interleaved channels. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Microwave or millimeter wave items, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note: For the purposes of 3A001(b), the parameter peak saturated power output may be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output or peak envelope power output. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
“Vacuum electronic devices” and cathodes, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes:
3A001(b)(1) does not control “vacuum electronic devices” designed or rated for operation in any frequency band which meets both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Does not exceed 31.8 GHz; and
Is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
3A001(b)(1) does not control non-“space-qualified” “vacuum electronic devices” which meet both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 89 of 2021)
An average output power equal to or less than 50 W; and
Designed or rated for operation in any frequency band which meets both of the following characteristics:
Exceeds 31.8 GHz but does not exceed 43.5 GHz; and
Is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Travelling-wave “vacuum electronic devices”, pulsed or continuous wave, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Devices operating at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Devices having a cathode heater with a turn on time to rated RF power of less than 3 seconds; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Coupled cavity devices, or derivatives of those coupled cavity devices, with a “fractional bandwidth” of more than 7% or a peak power exceeding 2.5 kW;
Devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits, or derivatives of these items, with any of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An “instantaneous bandwidth” of more than one octave, and average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.5;
An “instantaneous bandwidth” of one octave or less, and average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 1;
Being “space-qualified”;
Having a gridded electron gun;
Devices with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than or equal to 10% with any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An annular electron beam;
A non-axisymmetric electron beam;
Multiple electron beams; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Crossed-field amplifier “vacuum electronic devices” with a gain of more than 17 dB; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Thermionic cathodes designed for “vacuum electronic devices” producing an emission current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 5 A/cm2 or a pulsed (non-continuous) current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 10 A/cm2; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Vacuum electronic devices” with the capability to operate in ‘dual mode’;
Technical Note:
‘Dual mode’ means the “vacuum electronic device” beam current can be intentionally changed between continuous-wave and pulsed mode operation by use of a grid and produces a peak pulse output power greater than the continuous-wave output power. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers that are any of the following:
N.B.:
For “MMIC” amplifiers that have an integrated phase shifter, see 3A001(b)(12). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 10 W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Notes: 1.(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011) 2.When the rated operating frequency of an “MMIC” includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001(b)(2)(a) to 3A001(b)(2)(h), the control status of the “MMIC” is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output threshold. (L.N. 27 of 2015) 3.Notes 1 and 2 to sub-category 3A of Category 3 mean that 3A001(b)(2) does not apply to “MMICs” if they are specially designed for other applications, e.g. telecommunications, radar, automobiles. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 161 of 2011; E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Discrete microwave transistors that are any of the following:
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 400 W (56 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 205 W (53.12 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 115 W (50.61 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 60 W (47.78 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 15 W (41.76 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 7 W (38.45 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz;
Other than those specified in 3A001(b)(3)(a) to 3A001(b)(3)(e) and rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37.0dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes: 1.When the rated operating frequency of a transistor mentioned in 3A001(b)(3)(a) to 3A001(b)(3)(e) includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001(b)(3)(a) to 3A001(b)(3)(e), the control status of the transistor is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output threshold. (L.N. 85 of 2023) 2.3A001(b)(3) includes bare dice, dice mounted on carriers, or dice mounted in packages. Some discrete transistors may be referred to as power amplifiers, but the control status of these discrete transistors is determined by 3A001(b)(3). (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Microwave solid state amplifiers and microwave assemblies/modules containing microwave solid state amplifiers, that are any of the following:
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 500 W (57 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 270 W (54.3 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 200 W (53 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 90 W (49.54 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
Rated for operation at frequencies greater than 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 70 W (48.45 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 30 W (44.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 2 W (33 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 43.5 GHz and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 0.2 W (23 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
A peak saturated power output greater than 20 mW (13 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%;
A peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.: 1.For “MMIC” amplifiers, see 3A001(b)(2). 2.For ‘transmit/receive modules’ and ‘transmit modules’, see 3A001(b)(12). 3.For converters and harmonic mixers, designed to extend the operating or frequency range of signal analysers, signal generators, network analysers or microwave test receivers, see 3A001(b)(7). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes:1.(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)2.When the rated operating frequency of an item includes frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 3A001(b)(4)(a) to 3A001(b)(4)(e), the control status of the item is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output threshold. (L.N. 27 of 2015)3.(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Electronically or magnetically tunable band-pass or band-stop filters having more than 5 tunable resonators capable of tuning across a 1.5:1 frequency band (fmax/fmin) in less than 10 μs having any of the following:
A band-pass bandwidth of more than 0.5% of centre frequency; or
A band-stop bandwidth of less than 0.5% of centre frequency;
Deleted; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Converters and harmonic mixers, that meet any of the following descriptions:
Designed to extend the frequency range of “signal analysers” beyond 110 GHz; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to extend the operating range of signal generators:
Beyond 110 GHz;
To an output power greater than 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to extend the operating range of network analysers:
Beyond 110 GHz;
To an output power greater than 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to extend the frequency range of microwave test receivers beyond 110 GHz; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Microwave power amplifiers containing “vacuum electronic devices” specified in 3A001(b)(1) and having all of the following: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Operating frequencies above 3 GHz;
An average output power to mass ratio exceeding 80 W/kg; and (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 45 of 2010)
A volume of less than 400 cm3;
Note:
3A001(b)(8) does not include equipment designed or rated for operation in any frequency band which is “allocated by the ITU” for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Microwave power modules (MPM) consisting of, at least, a travelling-wave “vacuum electronic device”, a “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) and an integrated electronic power conditioner and having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
A ‘turn-on time’ from off to fully operational in less than 10 seconds;
A volume less than the maximum rated power in watts multiplied by 10 cm3/W;
An “instantaneous bandwidth” greater than 1 octave (fmax > 2fmin) and having any of the following characteristics:
For frequencies equal to or less than 18 GHz, an RF output power greater than 100 W;
A frequency greater than 18 GHz;
Technical Notes: 1.For the purposes of 3A001(b)(9)(a), the ‘turn-on time’ refers to the time from fully-off to fully operational, i.e. it includes the warm-up time of the MPM. (E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 6 of 2025) 2.For the purposes of 3A001(b)(9)(b), the following example is provided to calculate the volume: for a maximum rated power of 20 W, the volume would be: 20 W × 10 cm3/W = 200 cm3. (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Oscillators or oscillator assemblies, specified to operate with a single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, less (better) than -(126 + 20 log10F - 20 log10f) anywhere within the range of 10 Hz ≤ F ≤ 10 kHz; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
In 3A001(b)(10), F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating frequency in MHz. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Frequency synthesiser” “electronic assemblies” having a “frequency switching time” as specified by any of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Less than 143 ps; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Less than 500 μs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 5.0 GHz within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Less than 1 ms within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 90 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
For general purpose “signal analysers”, signal generators, network analysers and microwave test receivers, see 3A002(c), 3A002(d), 3A002(e) and 3A002(f) respectively. (L.N. 45 of 2010)
‘Transmit/receive modules’, ‘transmit/receive MMICs’, ‘transmit modules’, and ‘transmit MMICs’, rated for operation at frequencies above 2.7 GHz and having all of the following:
A peak saturated power output (in watts), Psat, greater than 505.62 divided by the maximum operating frequency (in GHz) squared [Psat > 505.62 W*GHz2/fGHz2] for any channel;
A “fractional bandwidth” of 5% or greater for any channel;
Any planar side with length d (in cm) equal to or less than 15 divided by the lowest operating frequency (in GHz) [d ≤ 15 cm*GHz*N/fGHz] where N is the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels;
An electronically variable phase shifter per channel;
Technical Notes: 1.A ‘transmit/receive module’ is a multifunction “electronic assembly” that provides bidirectional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals. 2.A ‘transmit module’ is an “electronic assembly” that provides amplitude and phase control for transmission of signals. 3.A ‘transmit/receive MMIC’ is a multifunction “MMIC” that provides bidirectional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of signals. 4.A ‘transmit MMIC’ is a “MMIC” that provides amplitude and phase control for transmission of signals. 5.2.7 GHz should be used as the lowest operating frequency (fGHz) in the formula in 3A001(b)(12)(c) for ‘transmit/receive modules’ or ‘transmit modules’ that have a rated operation range extending downward to 2.7 GHz and below [d ≤ 15 cm*GHz*N/2.7 GHz]. 6.3A001(b)(12) applies to ‘transmit/receive modules’ or ‘transmit modules’ with or without a heat sink. The value of length d in 3A001(b)(12)(c) does not include any portion of the ‘transmit/receive module’ or ‘transmit module’ that functions as a heat sink. 7.‘Transmit/receive modules’, ‘transmit/receive MMICs’, ‘transmit modules’ or ‘transmit MMICs’ may or may not have N integrated radiating antenna elements where N is the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices, having any of the following: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
A carrier frequency exceeding 6 GHz;
A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz, but not exceeding 6 GHz, and having any of the following: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
A ‘frequency side-lobe rejection’ exceeding 65 dB; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in μs and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
A bandwidth greater than 250 MHz; or
A dispersive delay of more than 10 μs; or
A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less, having any of the following:
A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in μs and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
A dispersive delay of more than 10 μs; or
A ‘frequency side-lobe rejection’ exceeding 65 dB and a bandwidth greater than 100 MHz; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Note:
The term ‘frequency side-lobe rejection’ means the maximum rejection value specified in data sheet. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices which permit the direct processing of signals at frequencies exceeding 6 GHz; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Acoustic-optic “signal processing” devices employing interaction between acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface wave) and light waves which permit the direct processing of signals or images, including spectral analysis, correlation or convolution; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Note:
3A001(c) does not include acoustic wave devices that are limited to a single band pass, low pass, high pass or notch filtering, or resonating function. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Electronic devices and circuits containing components, manufactured from “superconductive” materials specially designed for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of the “superconductive” constituents, with any of the following:
Current switching for digital circuits using “superconductive” gates with a product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10 000; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
High energy devices, as follows:
‘Cells’ as follows:
‘Primary cells’ having any of the following at 20ºC:
‘Energy density’ exceeding 550 Wh/kg and a ‘continuous power density’ exceeding 50 W/kg;
‘Energy density’ exceeding 50 Wh/kg and a ‘continuous power density’ exceeding 350 W/kg; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Secondary cells’ having an ‘energy density’ exceeding 350 Wh/kg at 20°C; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes:1.For the purpose of 3A001(e)(1), ‘energy density’ (Wh/kg) is calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours (Ah) divided by the mass in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not stated, energy density is calculated from the nominal voltage squared, then multiplied by the discharge duration in hours divided by the discharge load in ohms and the mass in kilograms.2.For the purpose of 3A001(e)(1), a ‘cell’ is an electrochemical device, which has positive and negative electrodes, an electrolyte, and is a source of electrical energy. It is the basic building block of a battery.3.For the purpose of 3A001(e)(1)(a), a ‘primary cell’ is a ‘cell’ that is not designed to be charged by any other source.4.For the purpose of 3A001(e)(1)(b), a ‘secondary cell’ is a ‘cell’ that is designed to be charged by an external electrical source.5.For the purpose of 3A001(e)(1)(a), ‘continuous power density’ (W/kg) is calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the specified maximum continuous discharge current in ampere (A) divided by the mass in kilograms. ‘Continuous power density’ is also referred to as specific power. (L.N. 89 of 2021)Note:3A001(e)(1) does not apply to batteries, including single cell batteries. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
High energy storage capacitors, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 3A201(a) and the Munitions List. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Capacitors with a repetition rate of less than 10 Hz (single shot capacitors) having all of the following:
A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
An energy density equal to or more than 250 J/kg; and
A total energy equal to or more than 25 kJ;
Capacitors with a repetition rate of 10 Hz or more (repetition rated capacitors) having all of the following:
A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
An energy density equal to or more than 50 J/kg;
A total energy equal to or more than 100 J; and
A charge/discharge cycle life equal to or more than 10 000;
“Superconductive” electromagnets and solenoids specially designed to be fully charged or discharged in less than one second, having all of the following:
N.B.:
See also 3A201(b).
Energy delivered during the discharge exceeding 10 kJ in the first second;
Inner diameter of the current carrying windings of more than 250 mm; and
Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8 T or “overall current density” in the winding of more than 300 A/mm2;
Note:
3A001(e)(3) does not control “superconductive” electromagnets or solenoids specially designed for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.
Solar cells, cell-interconnect-coverglass (CIC) assemblies, solar panels, and solar arrays, which are “space-qualified”, having a minimum average efficiency exceeding 20% at an operating temperature of 301 K (28°C) under simulated ‘AM0’ illumination with an irradiance of 1 367 Watts per square metre (W/m2); (L.N. 45 of 2010)
Technical Note:
‘AM0’, or ‘Air Mass Zero’, refers to the spectral irradiance of sun light in the earth’s outer atmosphere when the distance between the earth and sun is one astronomical unit (AU). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Rotary input type absolute position encoders having an “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 1.0 second of arc and specially designed encoder rings, discs or scales for such encoders; (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Solid-state pulsed power switching thyristor devices and ‘thyristor modules’, using either electrically, optically, or electron radiation controlled switch methods and having any of the following characteristics:
A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 30 000 A/μs and off-state voltage greater than 1 100 V;
A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 2 000 A/μs and having all of the following characteristics:
An off-state peak voltage equal to or greater than 3 000 V;
A peak (surge) current equal to or greater than 3 000 A;
Notes: 1.3A001(g) includes:—Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)—Electrical Triggering Thyristors (ETTs)—Light Triggering Thyristors (LTTs)—Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristors (IGCTs)—Gate Turn-off Thyristors (GTOs)—MOS Controlled Thyristors (MCTs)—Solidtrons 2.3A001(g) does not include thyristor devices and ‘thyristor modules’ incorporated into equipment designed for civil railway or “civil aircraft” applications.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 3A001(g), a ‘thyristor module’ contains one or more thyristor devices. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Solid-state power semiconductor switches, diodes, or ‘modules’, having all of the following:
Rated for a maximum operating junction temperature greater than 488 K (215°C);
Repetitive peak off-state voltage (blocking voltage) exceeding 300 V;
Continuous current greater than 1 A;
Notes:1.Repetitive peak off-state voltage in 3A001(h) includes drain to source voltage, collector to emitter voltage, repetitive peak reverse voltage and peak repetitive off-state blocking voltage.2.3A001(h) includes:—Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFETs)—Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistors (VJFETs)—Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MOSFETs)—Double Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (DMOSFET) (L.N. 85 of 2023)—Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)—High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMTs)—Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs)—Thyristors and Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)—Gate Turn-Off Thyristors (GTOs)—Emitter Turn-Off Thyristors (ETOs)—PiN Diodes—Schottky Diodes3.3A001(h) does not include switches, diodes, or ‘modules’, incorporated into equipment designed for civil automobile, civil railway or “civil aircraft” applications. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 3A001(h), ‘modules’ contain one or more solid-state power semiconductor switches or diodes. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Intensity, amplitude, or phase electro-optic modulators, designed for analogue signals and having any of the following:
A maximum operating frequency of more than 10 GHz but less than 20 GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dB and having any of the following:
A ‘half-wave voltage’ (‘Vπ’) less than 2.7 V when measured at a frequency of 1 GHz or below;
A ‘Vπ’ less than 4 V when measured at a frequency of more than 1 GHz;
A maximum operating frequency equal to or greater than 20 GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dB and having any of the following:
A ‘Vπ’ less than 3.3 V when measured at a frequency of 1 GHz or below;
A ‘Vπ’ less than 5 V when measured at a frequency of more than 1 GHz;
Note:
3A001(i) includes electro-optic modulators having optical input and output connectors (e.g. fibre-optic pigtails).
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 3A001(i), a ‘half-wave voltage’ (‘Vπ’) is the applied voltage necessary to make a phase change of 180 degrees in the wavelength of light propagating through the optical modulator. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
General purpose “electronic assemblies”, modules and equipment, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Recording equipment and oscilloscopes, as follows: (L.N. 27 of 2015)
(Repealed L.N. 27 of 2015)
Digital data recorders having all of the following:
A sustained ‘continuous throughput’ of more than 6.4 Gbit/s to disk or solid-state drive memory;
“Signal processing” of the radio frequency signal data while it is being recorded;
Technical Notes: 1.For recorders with a parallel bus architecture, the ‘continuous throughput’ rate is the highest word rate multiplied by the number of bits in a word. 2.‘Continuous throughput’ is the fastest data rate the instrument can record to disk or solid-state drive memory without the loss of any information while sustaining the input digital data rate or digitizer conversion rate. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Real-time oscilloscopes having a vertical root mean square (rms) noise voltage of less than 2% of full scale at the vertical scale setting that provides the lowest noise value for any input 3 dB bandwidth of 60 GHz or greater per channel;
Note:
3A002(a)(7) does not apply to equivalent-time sampling oscilloscopes. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
“Signal analysers” as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Signal analysers” having a 3 dB resolution bandwidth (RBW) exceeding 40 MHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Signal analysers” having a Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) less (better) than –160 dBm/Hz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Signal analysers” having a frequency exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Signal analysers” having all of the following:
‘Real-time bandwidth’ exceeding 520 MHz;
Having any of the following:
100% probability of discovery with less than a 3 dB reduction from full amplitude due to gaps or windowing effects of signals having a duration of 8 μs or less;
A ‘frequency mask trigger’ function with 100% probability of trigger (capture) for signals having a duration of 8 μs or less; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: (Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 3A002(c)(4)(a), ‘real-time bandwidth’ is the widest frequency range for which the analyser can continuously transform time-domain data entirely into frequency-domain results, using a Fourier or other discrete time transform that processes every incoming time point, without a reduction of measured amplitude of more than 3 dB below the actual signal amplitude caused by gaps or windowing effects, while outputting or displaying the transformed data.
For the purposes of 3A002(c)(4)(b)(1), probability of discovery is also referred to as probability of intercept or probability of capture.
For the purposes of 3A002(c)(4)(b)(1), the duration for 100% probability of discovery is equivalent to the minimum signal duration necessary for the specified level measurement uncertainty.
For the purposes of 3A002(c)(4)(b)(2), a ‘frequency mask trigger’ is a mechanism where the trigger function is able to select a frequency range to be triggered on as a subset of the acquisition bandwidth while ignoring other signals that may also be present within the same acquisition bandwidth. A ‘frequency mask trigger’ may contain more than one independent set of limits. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
3A002(c)(4) does not apply to those “signal analysers” using only constant percentage bandwidth filters (also known as octave or fractional octave filters). (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Signal generators having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specified to generate pulse-modulated signals having all of the following, anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz: (L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Pulse duration’ of less than 25 ns;
On/off ratio equal to or exceeding 65 dB; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 3A002(d)(1)(a), ‘pulse duration’ is defined as the time interval from the point on the leading edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude to the point on the trailing edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
An output power exceeding 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 6 of 2025)
A “frequency switching time” as specified below: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Less than 500 μs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz; or (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Less than 100 µs for any frequency change exceeding 5.0 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, specified as being any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Less (better) than -(126 + 20 log10F - 20 log10f) anywhere within the range of 10 Hz ≤ F ≤ 10 kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz;
Less (better) than -(206 - 20 log10f) anywhere within the range of 10 kHz < F ≤ 100 kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
In 3A002(d)(4), F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the operating frequency in MHz. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
‘RF modulation bandwidth’ of digital baseband signals, specified as being any of the following:
Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
Exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 75 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Exceeding 5.0 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 75 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
‘RF modulation bandwidth’ is the Radio Frequency (RF) bandwidth occupied by a digitally encoded baseband signal modulated onto an RF signal. It is also referred to as information bandwidth or vector modulation bandwidth. I/Q digital modulation is the technical method for producing a vector-modulated RF output signal, and that output signal is typically specified as having an ‘RF modulation bandwidth’. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
A maximum frequency exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Notes: 1.3A002(d) includes arbitrary waveform and function generators. (L.N. 6 of 2025) 2.3A002(d) does not apply to equipment in which the output frequency is either produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies, or by an addition or subtraction followed by a multiplication of the result. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note: For the purposes of 3A002(d), the maximum output frequency of an arbitrary waveform or function generator is calculated by dividing the sample rate, in samples/second, by a factor of 2.5. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Network analysers having any of the following:
An output power exceeding 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the operating frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 6 of 2025)
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
‘Nonlinear vector measurement functionality’ at frequencies exceeding 50 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz;
Technical Note:
‘Nonlinear vector measurement functionality’ is an instrument’s ability to analyse the test results of devices driven into the large-signal domain or the nonlinear distortion range. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Microwave test receivers having all of the following:
A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz; and (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2013)
Being capable of measuring amplitude and phase simultaneously;
Atomic frequency standards being any of the following:
“Space-qualified”;
Non-rubidium and having a long-term stability less (better) than 1 × 10-11/month;
Non-“space-qualified” and having all of the following characteristics:
Being a rubidium standard;
Long-term stability less (better) than 1 × 10 -11/month;
Total power consumption of less than 1 Watt; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 45 of 2010)
“Electronic assemblies”, modules, or equipment, specified to perform all of the following:
Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 1.0 GSPS;
A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a “sample rate” greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS);
A resolution of 16 bit or more with a “sample rate” greater than 180 MSPS;
Any of the following:
Output of digitized data;
Storage of digitized data;
Processing of digitized data;
N.B.:
Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes, “signal analysers”, signal generators, network analysers and microwave test receivers are specified in 3A002(a)(6), 3A002(a)(7), 3A002(c), 3A002(d), 3A002(e) and 3A002(f), respectively.
Technical Notes: 1.A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantization of 2n levels. 2.The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the ADC that represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB) is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC. 3.For non-interleaved multiple-channel “electronic assemblies”, modules, or equipment, the “sample rate” is not aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum rate of any single-channel. 4.For interleaved channels on multiple-channel “electronic assemblies”, modules, or equipment, the “sample rates” are aggregated and the “sample rate” is the maximum combined total rate of all the interleaved channels.
Note:
3A002(h) includes ADC cards, waveform digitizers, data acquisition cards, signal acquisition boards and transient recorders. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Spray cooling thermal management systems employing closed loop fluid handling and reconditioning equipment in a sealed enclosure where a dielectric fluid is sprayed onto electronic components using specially designed spray nozzles that are designed to maintain electronic components within their operating temperature range, and specially designed components therefor;
Electronic equipment, devices and components, other than those controlled by 3A001, as follows:
Analogue-to-digital converters, usable in “missiles”, designed to meet military specifications for ruggedized equipment;
Accelerators capable of delivering electromagnetic radiation produced by bremsstrahlung from accelerated electrons of 2 MeV or greater, and systems containing those accelerators; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
3A101(b) does not control equipment specially designed for medical purposes.
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Thermal batteries’ designed or modified for ‘missiles’;
Technical Notes:
In 3A102, ‘thermal batteries’ are single use batteries that contain a solid non-conducting inorganic salt as the electrolyte. These batteries incorporate a pyrolytic material that, when ignited, melts the electrolyte and activates the battery.
In 3A102, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
Electronic components, other than those controlled by 3A001, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Capacitors having either of the following sets of characteristics:
Voltage rating greater than 1.4 kV;
Energy storage greater than 10 J;
Capacitance greater than 0.5 μF; and
Series inductance less than 50 nH; or
Voltage rating greater than 750 V;
Capacitance greater than 0.25 μF; and
Series inductance less than 10 nH;
Superconducting solenoidal electromagnets having all of the following characteristics:
Capable of creating magnetic fields greater than 2 T;
A ratio of length to inner diameter greater than 2;
Inner diameter greater than 300 mm; and
Magnetic field uniform to better than 1% over the central 50% of the inner volume; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Note:
3A201(b) does not control magnets specially designed for and exported ‘as parts of’ medical nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging systems. The phrase ‘as part of’ does not necessarily mean physical part in the same shipment; separate shipments from different sources are allowed, provided the related export documents clearly specify that the shipments are dispatched ‘as part of’ the imaging systems. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Flash X-ray generators or pulsed electron accelerators having either of the following sets of characteristics:
An accelerator peak electron energy of 500 keV or greater but less than 25 MeV; and
With a ‘figure of merit’ (K) of 0.25 or greater; or
An accelerator peak electron energy of 25 MeV or greater; and
A ‘peak power’ greater than 50 MW;
Note:3A201(c) does not control accelerators that are component parts of devices designed for purposes other than electron beam or X-ray radiation (e.g. electron microscopy) nor those designed for medical purposes.Technical Notes:1.The ‘figure of merit’ (K) is defined as:K = 1.7 × 103V2.65QV is the peak electron energy in million electron volts.If the accelerator beam pulse duration is less than or equal to 1 μs, then Q is the total accelerated charge in Coulombs. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is greater than 1 μs, then Q is the maximum accelerated charge in 1 μs.Q equals the integral of i with respect to t, over the lesser of 1 μs or the time duration of the beam pulse (Q = ∫idt), where i is beam current in amperes and t is time in seconds.2.‘Peak power’ = (peak potential in volts) × (peak beam current in amperes).3.In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the time duration of the beam pulse is the lesser of 1 μs or the duration of the bunched beam packet resulting from one microwave modulator pulse.4.In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the peak beam current is the average current in the time duration of a bunched beam packet. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 183 of 1999)
Frequency changers or generators, other than those specified in 0B001(b)(13), usable as a variable or fixed frequency motor drive, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.: 1.“Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of a frequency changer or generator to meet the characteristics of 3A225 is specified in 3D225. 2.“Technology” in the form of keys or codes to enhance or release the performance of a frequency changer or generator to meet the characteristics of 3A225 is specified in 3E225. (a)Multiphase output providing a power of 40 VA or greater; (b)Operating at a frequency of 600 Hz or more; (c)Frequency control better (less) than 0.2%;
Note: 3A225 does not control frequency changers or generators if they have hardware, “software” or “technology” constraints that limit the performance to less than that specified above, provided they meet any of the following descriptions: 1.They need to be returned to the original manufacturer to make the enhancements or release the constraints; 2.They require “software” as specified in 3D225 to enhance or release the performance to meet the characteristics of 3A225; 3.They require “technology” in the form of keys or codes as specified in 3E225 to enhance or release the performance to meet the characteristics of 3A225.
Technical Notes: 1.Frequency changers in 3A225 are also known as converters or inverters. 2.Frequency changers in 3A225 may be marketed as Generators, Electronic Test Equipment, AC Power Supplies, Variable Speed Motors Drives, Variable Speed Drives (VSDs), Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs), Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFDs), or Adjustable Speed Drives (ASDs).
High-power direct current power supplies, other than those controlled by 0B001(j)(6), having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 100 V or greater with current output of 500 A or greater; and
Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours;
High-voltage direct current power supplies, other than those controlled by 0B001(j)(5), having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 20 kV or greater with current output of 1 A or greater; and
Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours;
Switching devices, as follows:
Cold-cathode tubes, whether gas filled or not, operating similarly to a spark gap, having all of the following characteristics:
Containing three or more electrodes;
Anode peak voltage rating of 2.5 kV or more;
Anode peak current rating of 100 A or more; and
Anode delay time of 10 μs or less;
Note:
3A228(a) includes gas krytron tubes and vacuum sprytron tubes. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Triggered spark-gaps having both of the following characteristics:
An anode delay time of 15 μs or less; and
Rated for a peak current of 500 A or more;
Modules or assemblies with a fast switching function, other than those specified in 3A001(g) or 3A001(h), having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Anode peak voltage rating greater than 2 kV;
Anode peak current rating of 500 A or more; and
Turn-on time of 1 μs or less;
High-current pulse generators as follows: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
N.B.:
See also Munitions List. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Detonator firing sets (initiator systems, firesets), including electronically-charged, explosively-driven and optically-driven firing sets, other than those specified in 1A007(a), designed to drive multiple controlled detonators specified in 1A007(b);
Modular electrical pulse generators (pulsers) having all of the following characteristics:
Designed for portable, mobile, or ruggedized-use;
Capable of delivering their energy in less than 15 μs into loads of less than 40 ohms;
Having an output greater than 100 A;
No dimension greater than 30 cm;
Weight less than 30 kg;
Specified for use over an extended temperature range 223 K (-50°C) to 373 K (100°C) or specified as suitable for aerospace applications;
Note:
3A229(b) includes xenon flash-lamp drivers.
Micro-firing units having all of the following characteristics:
No dimension greater than 35 mm;
Voltage rating of equal to or greater than 1 kV;
Capacitance equal to or greater than 100 nF; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
High-speed pulse generators, and ‘pulse heads’ for such generators, having both of the following characteristics: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output voltage greater than 6 V into a resistive load of less than 55 ohms; and
‘Pulse transition time’ less than 500 ps; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Technical Notes: 1.In 3A230, ‘pulse transition time’ is defined as the time interval between 10% and 90% voltage amplitude. 2.‘Pulse heads’ are impulse forming networks designed to accept a voltage step function and shape it into a variety of pulse forms that can include rectangular, triangular, step, impulse, exponential, or monocycle types. ‘Pulse heads’ can be an integral part of the pulse generator, they can be a plug-in module to the device or they can be an externally connected device. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Neutron generator systems, including tubes, having both of the following characteristics:
Designed for operation without an external vacuum system; and
Utilizing:
Electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction; or
Electrostatic acceleration to induce a deuterium-deuterium nuclear reaction and capable of an output of 3 × 109 neutrons/s or greater; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Multipoint initiation systems, other than those specified in 1A007, as follows:
N.B.:
See also Munitions List. See 1A007(b) for detonators.
(Repealed L.N. 226 of 2009)
Arrangements using single or multiple detonators designed to nearly simultaneously initiate an explosive surface (over greater than 5 000 mm2) from a single firing signal (with an initiation timing spread over the surface of less than 2.5 μs);
Note:
3A232 does not control detonators using only primary explosives, such as lead azide.
Mass spectrometers, other than those controlled by 0B002(g), capable of measuring ions of 230 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of better than 2 parts in 230, as follows, and ion sources therefor:
Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
Thermal ionization mass spectrometers (TIMS);
Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having all of the following features:
Having a molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionized by an electron beam;
Having one or more ‘cold traps’ that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (-80°C);
Technical Notes: 1.Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in 3A233(d) are also known as electron impact mass spectrometers or electron ionization mass spectrometers. 2.In 3A233(d)(2), a ‘cold trap’ is a device that traps gas molecules by condensing or freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of 3A233(d)(2), a closed loop gaseous helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a ‘cold trap’. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfluorination ion source designed for actinide or actinide fluorides; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Striplines to provide low inductance path to detonators with the following characteristics:
Voltage rating greater than 2 kV; and
Inductance of less than 20 nH;
T , I P E
Equipment for the manufacturing of semiconductor devices or materials, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
N.B.:
See also 2B226. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Equipment designed for epitaxial growth, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Equipment capable of producing a layer of any material other than silicon with a thickness uniform to less than + 2.5% across a distance of 75 mm or more; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
3B001(a)(1) includes Atomic Layer Epitaxy (ALE) equipment. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition (MOCVD) reactors designed for compound semiconductor epitaxial growth of material having 2 or more of the following elements:
aluminium;
gallium;
indium;
arsenic;
phosphorus;
antimony;
oxygen; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
nitrogen; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment using gas or solid sources; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Equipment designed for ion implantation, having any of the following: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam current of 10 mA or more for hydrogen, deuterium or helium implant; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Direct write capability; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A beam energy of 65 keV or more and a beam current of 45 mA or more for high energy oxygen implant into a heated semiconductor material “substrate”; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more and a beam current of 10 mA or more for silicon implant into a semiconductor material “substrate” heated to 600°C or greater; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
Automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling systems having all of the following:
Interfaces for wafer input and output, to which more than two functionally different ‘semiconductor process tools’ specified by 3B001(a) or 3B001(b) are designed to be connected; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Designed to form an integrated system in a vacuum environment for ‘sequential multiple wafer processing’;
Note: 3B001(e) does not apply to automatic robotic wafer handling systems specially designed for parallel wafer processing. Technical Notes: 1.For the purpose of 3B001(e)(1), ‘semiconductor process tools’ refers to modular tools that provide physical processes for semiconductor “production” that are functionally different, such as deposition, implant or thermal processing. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 2.For the purpose of 3B001(e)(2), ‘sequential multiple wafer processing’ means the capability to process each wafer in different ‘semiconductor process tools’, such as by transferring each wafer from one tool to a second tool and on to a third tool with the automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling systems. (L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Lithography equipment, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Align and expose step and repeat (direct step on wafer) or step and scan (scanner) equipment for wafer processing using photo-optical or X-ray methods, having any of the following:
A light source wavelength shorter than 193 nm; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Capable of producing a pattern with a ‘Minimum Resolvable Feature size’ (MRF) of 45 nm or less; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001)
The ‘Minimum Resolvable Feature size’ (MRF) is calculated by the following formula:
| MRF = | (an exposure light source wavelength in nm) × (K factor) |
| numerical aperture |
Imprint lithography equipment capable of producing features of 45 nm or less; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
3B001(f)(2) includes:
Micro contact printing tools;
Hot embossing tools;
Nano-imprint lithography tools; and
Step and flash imprint lithography (S-FIL) tools. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Equipment specially designed for mask making having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Using deflected focussed electron beam, ion beam or “laser” beam;
Having any of the following characteristics:
A full-width half-maximum (FWHM) spot size smaller than 65 nm and an image placement less than 17 nm (mean + 3 sigma); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
A second-layer overlay error of less than 23 nm (mean + 3 sigma) on the mask; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment designed for device processing using direct writing methods, having all of the following:
A deflected focused electron beam;
Having any of the following:
A minimum beam size equal to or smaller than 15 nm;
An overlay error less than 27 nm (mean + 3 sigma); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Masks and reticles designed for integrated circuits controlled by 3A001;
Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer not specified in 3B001(g) and designed to be used by lithography equipment having a light source wavelength less than 245 nm; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
3B001(h) does not apply to multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer designed for the fabrication of memory devices not specified in 3A001. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
N.B.:
For masks and reticles, specially designed for optical sensors, see 6B002. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Imprint lithography templates designed for integrated circuits specified in 3A001; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Mask “substrate blanks” with multilayer reflector structure consisting of molybdenum and silicon, and having all of the following:
Specially designed for ‘Extreme Ultraviolet’ (‘EUV’) lithography;
Compliant with SEMI Standard P37;
Technical Note:
‘Extreme Ultraviolet’ (‘EUV’) refers to electromagnetic spectrum wavelengths greater than 5 nm and less than 124 nm. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Test equipment, specially designed for testing finished or unfinished semiconductor devices, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
For testing S-parameters of items controlled by 3A001(b)(3); (L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 95 of 2006)
For testing items controlled by 3A001(b)(2); (L.N. 132 of 2001)
(Repealed L.N. 132 of 2001)
M
Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a “substrate” having stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of any of the following:
Silicon;
Germanium; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Silicon carbide; or (L.N. 132 of 2001)
“III/V compounds” of gallium or indium; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
3C001(d) does not apply to a “substrate” having one or more P-type epitaxial layers of GaN, InGaN, AlGaN, InAlN, InAlGaN, GaP, GaAs, AlGaAs, InP, InGaP, AlInP or InGaAlP, independent of the sequence of the elements, except if the P-type epitaxial layer is between N-type layers. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Gallium Oxide (Ga2O3); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Diamond; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Resist materials, as follows, and “substrates” coated with the following resists: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Resists designed for semiconductor lithography as follows:
Positive resists adjusted (optimized) for use at wavelengths less than 193 nm but equal to or greater than 15 nm; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Resists adjusted (optimized) for use at wavelengths less than 15 nm but greater than 1 nm; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
All resists designed for use with electron beams or ion beams, with a sensitivity of 0.01 μcoulomb/mm2 or better;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
All resists optimized for surface imaging technologies; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
All resists designed or optimized for use with imprint lithography equipment specified in 3B001(f)(2) that use either a thermal or photo-curable process; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 45 of 2010)
Organo-inorganic compounds, as follows:
Organo-metallic compounds of aluminium, gallium or indium having a purity (metal basis) greater (better) than 99.999%;
Organo-arsenic, organo-antimony and organo-phosphorus compounds having a purity (inorganic element basis) greater (better) than 99.999%;
Note:
3C003 only controls compounds whose metallic, partly metallic or non-metallic element is directly linked to carbon in the organic part of the molecule.
Hydrides of phosphorus, arsenic or antimony, having a purity greater (better) than 99.999%, even diluted in inert gases or hydrogen; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note:
3C004 does not control hydrides containing 20% molar or more of inert gases or hydrogen.
High resistivity materials as follows:
Silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride (AlN), aluminium gallium nitride (AlGaN), gallium oxide (Ga2O3) or diamond semiconductor “substrates”, or ingots, boules, or other preforms of those materials, having resistivities greater than 10 000 ohm-cm at 20°C;
Polycrystalline “substrates” or polycrystalline ceramic “substrates”, having resistivities greater than 10 000 ohm-cm at 20°C and having at least one non-epitaxial single-crystal layer of silicon (Si), silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride (AlN), aluminium gallium nitride (AlGaN), gallium oxide (Ga2O3) or diamond on the surface of the “substrate”;
Materials, not specified in 3C001, consisting of a “substrate” specified in 3C005 with at least one epitaxial layer of silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride (AIN), aluminium gallium nitride (AIGaN), gallium oxide (Ga2O3) or diamond
S
“Software” specially designed for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 3A001(b) to 3A002(h) or 3B;
“Software” specially designed for the “use” of equipment specified in 3B001(a), 3B001(b), 3B001(e), 3B001(f) or 3B002;
‘Computational lithography’ “software” specially designed for the “development” of patterns on EUV-lithography masks or reticles;
Technical Note:
‘Computational lithography’ is the use of computer modelling to predict, correct, optimize and verify imaging performance of the lithography process over a range of patterns, processes, and system conditions.
“Software” specially designed for the “development” of the equipment controlled by 3A003;
“Software” specially designed to restore normal operation of a microcomputer, “microprocessor microcircuit” or “microcomputer microcircuit” within 1 ms after an Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) or Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) disruption, without loss of continuation of operation;
‘Electronic Computer-Aided Design’ (‘ECAD’) “software” specially designed for the “development” of integrated circuits having any “Gate-All-Around Field-Effect Transistor” (“GAAFET”) structure, and having any of the following:
Specially designed for implementing ‘Register Transfer Level’ (‘RTL’) to ‘Geometrical Database Standard II’ (‘GDSII’) or equivalent standard;
Specially designed for optimization of power or timing rules;
Technical Notes:
‘Electronic Computer-Aided Design’ (‘ECAD’) is a category of “software” tools used for designing, analyzing, optimizing, and validating the performance of integrated circuit or printed circuit board.
‘Register Transfer Level’ (‘RTL’) is a design abstraction which models a synchronous digital circuit in terms of the flow of digital signals between hardware registers, and the logical operations performed on those signals.
‘Geometrical Database Standard II’ (‘GDSII’) is a database file format for data exchange of integrated circuit or integrated circuit layout artwork.
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 3A101(b);
“Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of a frequency changer or generator to meet the characteristics of 3A225;
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of equipment or materials specified in 3A, 3B or 3C;
Notes:
3E001 does not include “technology” for equipment or components specified in 3A003. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
3E001 does not include “technology” for integrated circuits specified in 3A001(a)(3) to (12), having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Using “technology” at or above 0.130 μm; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Incorporating multi-layer structures with three or fewer metal layers. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
3E001 does not control ‘Process Design Kits’ (‘PDKs’) unless they include libraries implementing functions or technologies for items specified in 3A001.
Technical Note:
A ‘Process Design Kit’ (‘PDK’) is a software tool provided by a semiconductor manufacturer to ensure that the required design practices and rules are taken into account in order to successfully produce a specific integrated circuit design in a specific semiconductor process, in accordance with technological and manufacturing constraints (each semiconductor manufacturing process has its particular ‘PDK’). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note other than that specified in 3E001 for the “development” or “production” of a “microprocessor microcircuit”, “microcomputer microcircuit” or microcontroller microcircuit core, having an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bits or more and any of the following features or characteristics:
A ‘vector processor unit’ designed to perform more than two calculations on ‘floating-point’ vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously;
Technical Note:
A ‘vector processor unit’ is a processor element with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on ‘floating-point’ vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least one vector arithmetic logic unit and vector registers of at least 32 elements each. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Designed to perform more than four 64-bit or larger ‘floating-point’ operation results per cycle; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Designed to perform more than eight 16-bit ‘fixed-point’ multiply-accumulate results per cycle (e.g. digital manipulation of analogue information that has been previously converted into digital form, also known as digital “signal processing”); (E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes: 1.For the purposes of 3E002(a) and 3E002(b), ‘floating-point’ is defined by IEEE-754. 2.For the purposes of 3E002(c), ‘fixed-point’ refers to a fixed-width real number with both an integer component and a fractional component, and which does not include integer-only formats. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes: (L.N. 85 of 2023) 1.3E002 does not control “technology” for multimedia extensions. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 2.3E002 does not include “technology” for microprocessor cores, having all of the following characteristics:(a)Using “technology” at or above 0.130 μm;(b)Incorporating multi-layer structures with 5 or fewer metal layers. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 3.3E002 includes “technology” for the “development” or “production” of digital signal processors and digital array processors. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Other “technology” for the “development” or “production” of:
Vacuum microelectronic devices;
Hetero-structure semiconductor electronic devices such as high electron mobility transistors (HEMT), hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well and super lattice devices; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Note:
3E003(b) does not control “technology” for high electron mobility transistors (HEMT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz and hetero-junction bipolar transistors (HBT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Superconductive” electronic devices;
Substrates of diamond for electronic components; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Substrates of silicon-on-insulator (SOI) for integrated circuits in which the insulator is silicon dioxide;
Substrates of silicon carbide for electronic components; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
“Vacuum electronic devices” operating at frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Substrates of gallium oxide for electronic components; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” “required” for the slicing, grinding and polishing of 300 mm diameter silicon wafers to achieve a ‘Site Front least sQuares Range’ (‘SFQR’) less than or equal to 20 nm at any site of 26 mm × 8 mm on the front surface of the wafer and an edge exclusion less than or equal to 2 mm.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 3E004, ‘SFQR’ is the range of maximum deviation and minimum deviation from front reference plane, calculated by least square method with all front surface data including site boundary within a site.
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” specified in 3A001(a)(1) or (2), 3A101, 3A102 or 3D101;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of “software” controlled by 3D101;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment specified in 3A001(e)(2), 3A001(e)(3), 3A001(g), 3A201, 3A225 to 3A234;
“Technology” in the form of keys or codes to enhance or release the performance of a frequency changer or generator to meet the characteristics of 3A225;
Notes: 1.Computers, related equipment and “software” performing telecommunications or “local area network” functions must also be evaluated against the performance characteristics of Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications). (L.N. 132 of 2001) 2.Control units which directly interconnect the buses or channels of central processing units, ‘main storage’ or disk controllers are not regarded as telecommunications equipment described in Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications). (L.N. 85 of 2023)N.B.:For the control status of “software” specially designed for packet switching, see Category 5D001 (Telecommunications). (L.N. 132 of 2001)Technical Note:‘Main storage’ is the primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a “digital computer” and any hierarchical extension to the “digital computer”, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed extended storage. (L.N. 85 of 2023) 3.(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
S , E C
Electronic computers and related equipment, as follows, and “electronic assemblies” and specially designed components therefor:
N.B.: (L.N. 226 of 2009)
See also 4A101.
Specially designed to have any of the following characteristics:
Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 228 K (-45°C) or above 358 K (85°C);
Note:
4A001(a)(1) does not apply to computers specially designed for civil automobile, railway train or “civil aircraft” applications. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:
| (a) | Total Dose | 5 × 103 Gy (Si); |
| (b) | Dose Rate Upset | 5 × 106 Gy (Si)/s; or (L.N. 65 of 2004) |
| (c) | Single Event Upset | 1 × 10-8 Error/bit/day; (L.N. 161 of 2011) |
Note:
4A001(a)(2) does not apply to computers specially designed for “civil aircraft” applications. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Deleted; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Digital computers”, “electronic assemblies”, and related equipment therefor, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Notes:
4A003 includes the following:
‘Vector processors’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Array processors;
Digital signal processors;
Logic processors;
Equipment designed for “image enhancement”;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
The control status of the “digital computers” and related equipment described in 4A003 is determined by the control status of other equipment or systems provided:
The “digital computers” or related equipment are essential for the operation of the other equipment or systems;
The “digital computers” or related equipment are not a “principal element” of the other equipment or systems; and
N.B.:
The control status of “signal processing” or “image enhancement” equipment specially designed for other equipment with functions limited to those required for the other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment even if it exceeds the “principal element” criterion.
For the control status of “digital computers” or related equipment for telecommunications equipment, see Category 5, Part 1 (Telecommunications).
The “technology” for the “digital computers” and related equipment is determined by 4E.
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 70 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT); (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Electronic assemblies” specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4A003(b); (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Notes:
4A003(c) applies only to “electronic assemblies” and programmable interconnections not exceeding the limit in 4A003(b), when shipped as unintegrated “electronic assemblies”. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
4A003(c) does not control “electronic assemblies” specially designed for a product or family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the limit of 4A003(b).
Deleted; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Deleted;
N.B.:
For “electronic assemblies”, modules or equipment, performing analogue-to-digital conversions, see 3A002(h). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 183 of 1999)
Equipment specially designed for aggregating the performance of “digital computers” by providing external interconnections that allow communications at unidirectional data rates exceeding 2.0 Gbyte/s per link; (L.N. 45 of 2010)
Note:
4A003(g) does not apply to internal interconnection equipment (e.g. backplanes, buses), passive interconnection equipment, “network access controllers” or “communications channel controllers”. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 45 of 2010)
Computers, as follows, and specially designed related equipment, “electronic assemblies” and components therefor:
“Systolic array computers”;
“Neural computers”;
“Optical computers”;
Systems, equipment, and components for the systems and equipment, specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control or delivery of “intrusion software”;
Analogue computers, “digital computer” or digital differential analysers, other than those controlled by 4A001(a)(1), which are ruggedized and designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104;
Hybrid computers specially designed for modelling, simulation or design integration of space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
4A102 only applies when the equipment is supplied with “software” controlled by 7D103 or 9D103.
T , I P E
None
M
None
S
Note:
The status of “software” for equipment described in other Categories is dealt with in the appropriate Category. (L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Software” as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development” or “production” of equipment or “software” specified in 4A or 4D; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Software”, other than that controlled by 4D001(a), specially designed or modified for the “development” or “production” of:
“Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 24 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT); or (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Electronic assemblies” specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4D001(b)(1); (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control or delivery of “intrusion software”;
Note:
4D004 does not apply to “software” specially designed and limited to provide “software” updates or upgrades meeting all of the following:
The update or upgrade operates only with the authorization of the owner or administrator of the system receiving it;
After the update or upgrade, the “software” updated or upgraded is not any of the following:
“Software” specified in 4D004;
“Intrusion software”.
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note, for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 4A or 4D; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Technology”, according to the General Technology Note, other than that controlled by 4E001(a), for the “development” or “production” of: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Digital computers” having an “Adjusted Peak Performance” (“APP”) exceeding 24 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT); or (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 45 of 2010; L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Electronic assemblies” specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the “APP” of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 4E001(b)(1); (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
“Technology” for the “development” of “intrusion software”; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Notes: 1.4E001(a) and 4E001(c) do not control “vulnerability disclosure” or “cyber incident response”. 2.Note 1 does not diminish the rights of the competent authority of the country in which the exporter is established to ascertain compliance with 4E001(a) and 4E001(c). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes: (Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
| “APP” is an adjusted peak rate at which “digital computers” perform 64-bit or larger floating point additions and multiplications. | |
| Abbreviations used in this Technical Note: | |
| n | number of processors in the “digital computer” |
| i | processor number (i, . . . n) |
| ti | processor cycle time (ti = 1/Fi) |
| Fi | processor frequency |
| Ri | peak floating point calculating rate |
| Wi | architecture adjustment factor |
| “APP” is expressed in Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT), in units of 1012 adjusted floating point operations per second. | |
Outline of the “APP” calculation method:
For each processor i, determine the peak number of 64-bit or larger floating point operations, FPOi, performed per cycle for each processor in the “digital computer”.
Note:
In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point additions or multiplications or both. All floating point operations must be expressed in operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple cycles may be expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not capable of performing calculations on floating point operands of 64-bits or more, the effective calculating rate R is zero.
Calculate the floating point rate R for each processor
Ri = FPOi/ti
Calculate “APP”
“APP” = W1 × R1 + W2 × R2 + . + Wn × Rn
For ‘vector processors’, Wi = 0.9. For non-‘vector processors’, Wi = 0.3.
Notes:
For processors that perform compound operations in a cycle, such as addition and multiplication, each operation is counted.
For a pipelined processor, the effective calculating rate R is the faster of the pipelined rate, once the pipeline is full, or the non-pipelined rate.
The calculating rate R of each contributing processor is to be calculated at its maximum value theoretically possible before the “APP” of the combination is derived. Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist when the computer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel, or simultaneous operation or execution in a manual or brochure for the computer.
Do not include processors that are limited to input/output and peripheral functions (e.g. disk drive, communication and video display) when calculating “APP”. (E.R. 6 of 2020)
“APP” values are not to be calculated for processor combinations interconnected by “Local Area Networks”, Wide Area Networks, Input/Output shared connections/devices, Input/Output controllers and any communication interconnection implemented by “software”.
“APP” values must be calculated for processor combinations containing processors specially designed to enhance performance by aggregation, operating simultaneously and sharing memory. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes: 1.Aggregate all processors and accelerators operating simultaneously and located on the same die. 2.Processor combinations share memory when any processor is capable of accessing any memory location in the system through the hardware transmission of cache lines or memory words, without the involvement of any “software” mechanism. Processor combinations may be achieved using “electronic assemblies” specified in 4A003(c). (L.N. 89 of 2013, L.N. 42 of 2017)
A ‘vector processor’ is defined as a processor with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 64-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, and having at least 2 vector functional units and at least 8 vector registers of at least 64 elements each.
Notes:
The status of components, test and “production” equipment and “software” therefor which are specially designed for telecommunications equipment or systems is determined in Category 5, Part 1. (L.N. 45 of 2010)
N.B.:
For “lasers” specially designed for telecommunications equipment or systems, see 6A005. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Digital computers”, related equipment or “software”, when essential for the operation and support of telecommunications equipment described in this Category, are regarded as specially designed components, provided they are the standard models customarily supplied by the manufacturer. This includes operation, administration, maintenance, engineering or billing computer systems.
S , E C
Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
Specially designed to withstand transitory electronic effects or electromagnetic pulse effects, both arising from a nuclear explosion;
Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation; or
Specially designed to operate below 218 K (-55°C); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Specially designed to operate above 397 K (124°C); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Notes: 1.5A001(a)(3) and 5A001(a)(4) apply only to electronic equipment. 2.5A001(a)(2), 5A001(a)(3) and 5A001(a)(4) do not control equipment designed or modified for use on board satellites. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Telecommunications systems and equipment, and specially designed components and accessories therefor, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features: (36 of 2000 s. 28; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Being underwater untethered communications systems having any of the following characteristics:
An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range from 20 kHz to 60 kHz;
Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency below 30 kHz;
Using electronic beam steering techniques;
Using “lasers” or light-emitting diodes (LEDs), with an output wavelength greater than 400 nm and less than 700 nm, in a “local area network”; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 27 of 2015)
Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Automatically predicting and selecting frequencies and “total digital transfer rates” per channel to optimize the transmission; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Incorporating a linear power amplifier configuration having a capability to support multiple signals simultaneously at an output power of 1 kW or more in the frequency range of 1.5 MHz or more but less than 30 MHz, or 250 W or more in the frequency range of 30 MHz or more but not exceeding 87.5 MHz, over an “instantaneous bandwidth” of one octave or more and with an output harmonic and distortion content of less (better) than -80 dB; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Being radio equipment employing “spread spectrum” techniques, including “frequency hopping” techniques, not controlled by 5A001(b)(4), and having any of the following characteristics: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006)
User programmable spreading codes; or
A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or more times the bandwidth of any one information channel and in excess of 50 kHz;
Note: 5A001(b)(3)(b) does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with any of the following: (a)Civil cellular radiocommunications systems; (b)Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Note:
5A001(b)(3) does not control equipment designed to operate at an output power of 1.0 Watt or less.
Being radio equipment employing ultra-wideband modulation techniques, having user programmable channelizing codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes, and having any of the following characteristics:
A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
A “fractional bandwidth” of 20% or more; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 226 of 2009)
Being digitally controlled radio receivers having all of the following: (L.N. 65 of 2004)
More than 1 000 channels;
A ‘channel switching time’ of less than 1 ms; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Automatic searching or scanning of a part of the electromagnetic spectrum; and
Identification of the received signals or the type of transmitter;
Note:
5A001(b)(5) does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with civil cellular radiocommunications systems. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Technical Note:
‘Channel switching time’: the time (i.e. delay) to change from one receiving frequency to another, to arrive at or within +0.05% of the final specified receiving frequency. Items having a specified frequency range of less than +0.05% around their centre frequency are defined to be incapable of channel frequency switching. (L.N. 27 of 2015; E.R. 6 of 2020)
Employing functions of digital “signal processing” to provide ‘voice coding’ output at rates of less than 700 bit/s; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes: 1.For variable rate ‘voice coding’, 5A001(b)(6) applies to the voice coding output of continuous speech. 2.For the purpose of 5A001(b)(6), ‘voice coding’ is defined as the technique to take samples of human voice and then convert these samples into a digital signal, taking into account specific characteristics of human speech. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Optical fibres of more than 500 m in length and specified by the manufacturer as being capable of withstanding a ‘proof test’ tensile stress of 2 × 109 N/m2 or more;
N.B.:
For underwater umbilical cables, see 8A002(a)(3).
Technical Note:
‘Proof Test’: on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between capstans approximately 150 mm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 293 K (20°C) and relative humidity 40%. Equivalent national standards may be used for executing the proof test. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
‘Electronically steerable phased array antennae’ as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an Effective Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP));
Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
Rated for operation above 90 GHz;
Notes: 1.5A001(d) does not control ‘electronically steerable phased array antennae’ for landing systems with instruments meeting ICAO standards covering microwave landing systems (MLS). (L.N. 85 of 2023) 2.5A001(d) does not control antennae specially designed for any of the following:(a)Civil cellular or WLAN radiocommunications systems;(b)IEEE 802.15 or wireless HDMI;(c)Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 5A001(d), ‘electronically steerable phased array antenna’ is an antenna which forms a beam by means of phase coupling (i.e. the beam direction is controlled by the complex excitation coefficients of the radiating elements), and the direction of that beam can be varied (both in transmission and reception) in azimuth or in elevation, or both, by application of an electrical signal. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Radio direction finding equipment operating at frequencies above 30 MHz and having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
“Instantaneous bandwidth” of 10 MHz or more; and
Capable of finding a line of bearing (LOB) to non-cooperating radio transmitters with a signal duration of less than 1 ms; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Mobile telecommunications interception or jamming equipment, and monitoring equipment, as follows, and specially designed components for those equipment: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Interception equipment designed for the extraction of voice or data, transmitted over the air interface;
Interception equipment not specified in 5A001(f)(1), designed for the extraction of client device or subscriber identifiers (e.g. IMSI, TIMSI or IMEI), signalling, or other metadata transmitted over the air interface; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Jamming equipment specially designed or modified to intentionally and selectively interfere with, deny, inhibit, degrade or seduce mobile telecommunication services and performing any of the following:
Simulate the functions of Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment;
Detect and exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g. GSM); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g. GSM); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Radio Frequency (RF) monitoring equipment designed or modified to identify the operation of items specified in 5A001(f)(1), 5A001(f)(2) or 5A001(f)(3);
Note: 5A001(f)(1) and 5A001(f)(2) do not apply to any of the following: (a)Equipment specially designed for the interception of analogue Private Mobile Radio (PMR), IEEE 802.11 WLAN; (b)Equipment designed for mobile telecommunications network operators; (c)Equipment designed for the “development” or “production” of mobile telecommunications equipment or systems.
N.B.: 1.See also the Munitions List. 2.For radio receivers, see 5A001(b)(5). (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Passive Coherent Location (PCL) systems or equipment, specially designed for detecting and tracking moving objects by measuring reflections of ambient radio frequency emissions, supplied by non-radar transmitters;
Technical Note:Non-radar transmitters may include commercial radio, television or cellular telecommunications base stations.Note:5A001(g) does not include any of the following:(a)Radio-astronomical equipment;(b)Systems or equipment, that require any radio transmission from the target. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED) equipment and related equipment, as follows:
Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting equipment, not specified in 5A001(f), designed or modified for prematurely activating or preventing the initiation of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment using techniques designed to enable radio communications in the same frequency channels on which co-located equipment specified in 5A001(h)(1) is transmitting;
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Not used; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
IP network communications surveillance systems or equipment, and specially designed components for the systems or equipment, having all of the following:
Performing all of the following on a carrier class IP network (e.g. national grade IP backbone): (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Analysis at the application layer (e.g. Layer 7 of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model (ISO/IEC 7498-1));
Extraction of selected metadata and application content (e.g. voice, video, messages, attachments);
Indexing of extracted data; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Being specially designed to carry out all of the following:
Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Mapping of the relational network of an individual or of a group of people;
Note: 5A001(j) does not apply to systems or equipment, specially designed for any of the following:(a)Marketing purpose;(b)Network Quality of Service (QoS);(c)Quality of Experience (QoE). (L.N. 27 of 2015)Technical Note:(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Telemetry and telecontrol equipment, including ground equipment, designed or modified for ‘missiles’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
In 5A101, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and “unmanned aerial vehicle” systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
Note:
5A101 does not control:
Equipment designed or modified for manned aircraft or satellites;
Ground based equipment designed or modified for terrestrial or marine applications;
Equipment designed for commercial, civil or safety of life (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) GNSS services.
T , I P E
Telecommunication test, inspection and production equipment, components and accessories, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Equipment and specially designed components or accessories for the equipment, specially designed for the “development” or “production” of equipment, functions or features, specified in 5A001;
Note:
5B001(a) does not apply to optical fibre characterization equipment. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor, specially designed for the “development” of any of the following telecommunications transmission or switching equipment: (36 of 2000 s. 28; L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
A transmission wavelength exceeding 1 750 nm;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;
Note:
5B001(b)(2)(d) does not apply to equipment specially designed for the “development” of commercial TV systems. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
Radio equipment employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1 024; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
M
None;
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment, functions or features, specified in 5A001; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specific “software” specially designed or modified to provide characteristics, functions or features of equipment controlled by 5A001 or 5B001; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development” of any of the following telecommunications transmission or switching equipment: (36 of 2000 s. 28; L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
A transmission wavelength exceeding 1 750 nm; or
Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or (L.N. 45 of 2010)
Note:
5D001(d)(2)(b) does not control “software” specially designed or modified for the “development” of commercial TV systems. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
Radio equipment employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1 024; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Software”, other than that specified in 5D001(a) or 5D001(c), specially designed or modified for monitoring or analysis for law enforcement purposes, providing all of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors” of either the content of communication or metadata acquired from a communications service provider using a ‘handover interface’;
Mapping of the relational network or tracking the movement or location of targeted individuals based on the results of searches on content of communication or metadata or searches as described in 5D001(e)(1); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: (Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note: (Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes:
1.For the purposes of 5D001(e), a ‘handover interface’ is a physical and logical interface, designed for use by an authorized law enforcement authority, across which targeted interception measures are requested from a communications service provider and the results of interception are delivered from a communications service provider to the requesting authority. The ‘handover interface’ is implemented within systems or equipment (e.g. mediation devices) that receive and validate the interception request, and deliver to the requesting authority only the results of interception that fulfil the validated request. 2.‘Handover interfaces’ may be specified by international standards (including but not limited to ETSI TS 101 331, ETSI TS 101 671 or 3GPP TS 33.108) or national equivalents. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Note:
5D001(e) does not control “software” specially designed or modified for any of the following: (a)Billing purposes; (b)Network Quality of Service (QoS); (c)Quality of Experience (QoE); (d)Mediation devices; (e)Mobile payment or banking use. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 5A101;
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” (excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features specified in 5A001 or “software” specified in 5D001(a) or 5D001(e); (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Specific “technologies”, as follows:
“Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of telecommunications equipment specially designed to be used on board satellites; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” for the “development” or “use” of “laser” communication techniques with the capability of automatically acquiring and tracking signals and maintaining communications through exoatmosphere or sub-surface (water) media;
“Technology” for the “development” of digital cellular radio base station receiving equipment whose reception capabilities that allow multi-band, multi-channel, multi-mode, multi-coding algorithm or multi-protocol operation can be modified by changes in “software”; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Technology” for the “development” of “spread spectrum” techniques, including “frequency hopping” techniques; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Note: 5E001(b)(4) does not apply to “technology” for the “development” of any of the following: (a)Civil cellular radiocommunications systems; (b)Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of any of the following telecommunications transmission or switching equipment, functions or features: (36 of 2000 s. 28; L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Equipment employing a “laser” and having any of the following:
A transmission wavelength exceeding 1 750 nm;
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques of optical carriers at less than 100 GHz spacing; or (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;
Note:
5E001(c)(2)(e) does not control “technology” for commercial TV systems. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
For “technology” for the “development” or “production” of non-telecommunications equipment employing a laser, see 6E. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Equipment employing “optical switching” and having a switching time less than 1 ms; (L.N. 45 of 2010)
Radio equipment having any of the following:
Quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1 024; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Operating at input or output frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Note:
5E001(c)(4)(b) does not control “technology” for equipment designed or modified for operation in any frequency band which is “allocated by the ITU” for radiocommunications services, but not for radio-determination. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive techniques providing more than 15 dB suppression of an interfering signal; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
Mobile equipment, as follows:
Operating at an optical wavelength greater than or equal to 200 nm and less than or equal to 400 nm; and
Operating as a “local area network”; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers specially designed for telecommunications and that are any of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 5E001(d), the parameter peak saturated power output may be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
A peak saturated power output greater than 10 W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
A peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%;
Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz; (L.N. 27 of 2015)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of electronic devices and circuits, specially designed for telecommunications and containing components manufactured from “superconductive” materials, specially designed for operation at temperatures below the “critical temperature” of at least one of the “superconductive” constituents, and having any of the following:
Current switching for digital circuits using “superconductive” gates with a product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10 -14 J;
Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10 000; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment controlled by 5A101;
Notes:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Category 5—Part 2 does not apply to products when accompanying their user for the user’s personal use.
Cryptography Note:
5A002, 5D002(a)(1), 5D002(b) and 5D002(c)(1) do not apply to items as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Items meeting all of the following:
Generally available to the public by being sold, without restriction, from stock at retail selling points by means of any of the following:
Over-the-counter transactions;
Mail order transactions;
Electronic transactions;
Telephone call transactions;
The cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user;
Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier;
Deleted;
When necessary, details of the items are accessible and will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described in paragraph (a)(1), (2) and (3) above;
Hardware components, or ‘executable software’, of existing items described in paragraph (a) of this Note, that have been designed for these existing items, meeting all of the following: (L.N. 27 of 2015)
“Information security” is not the primary function or set of functions of the component or ‘executable software’;
The component or ‘executable software’ does not change any cryptographic functionality of the existing items or add new cryptographic functionality to the existing items;
The feature set of the component or ‘executable software’ is fixed and is not designed or modified to customer specification;
When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country, details of the component or ‘executable software’ and relevant end-items are accessible and will be provided to the authority upon request, in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described in paragraph (b)(1), (2) and (3) above. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of the Cryptography Note, ‘executable software’ means “software” in executable form, from an existing hardware component excluded from 5A002 by the Cryptography Note. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Note:
‘Executable software’ does not include complete binary images of the “software” running on an end-item. (L.N. 27 of 2015)
Note to the Cryptography Note: 1.To meet paragraph (a) of Note 3, all of the following must apply: (a)The item is of potential interest to a wide range of individuals and businesses; (b)The price and information about the main functionality of the item are available before purchase without the need to consult the vendor or supplier. A simple price enquiry is not considered to be a consultation. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 2.In determining paragraph (a) of Note 3, national authorities may take into account relevant factors such as quantity, price, required technical skill, existing sales channels, typical customers, typical use or any exclusionary practices of the supplier. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes:
(Repealed L.N. 27 of 2015)
S , E C
“Information security” systems, equipment and components, as follows:
N.B.:
For “satellite navigation system” receiving equipment containing or employing decryption, see 7A005, and for related decryption “software” and “technology”, see 7D005 and 7E001.
Designed or modified to use ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Items having “information security” as a primary function;
Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not specified in 5A002(a)(1);
Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary function, and components of those items, not specified in 5A002(a)(1) or 5A002(a)(2);
N.B.:
For operating systems, see also 5D002(a)(1) and 5D002(c)(1).
Items, not specified in 5A002(a)(1), 5A002(a)(2) and 5A002(a)(3), where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ meets all of the following:
It supports a non-primary function of the item;
It is performed by incorporated equipment or “software” that would, as a stand-alone item, be specified in Category 5—Part 2;
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 5A002(a), ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ means “cryptography” that employs digital techniques for a cryptographic function or capability that is usable or can be made usable, other than any of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Authentication”;
Digital signature;
Data integrity;
Non-repudiation;
Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-protected “software”;
Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass commercial broadcasts or medical records management;
Wireless “personal area network” functionality implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Cryptographic operations specially designed for and limited to banking use or money transactions, including the collection and settlement of fares or credit functions; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Key management in support of and limited to functions and capabilities described in paragraphs (a) to (h) of this Note; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Cryptographic functions or capabilities that have not been activated or enabled, and can only be activated or enabled by means of secure “cryptographic activation”. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
For ‘cryptographic activation token’ items, see 5A002(b), 5D002(b) and 5E002(b). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
For the purposes of 5A002(a), ‘described security algorithm’ means any of the following:
A “symmetric algorithm” employing a key length in excess of 56 bits, not including parity bits;
An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
Factorization of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g. RSA);
Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g. Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ);
Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in paragraph (b)(2) of this Note in excess of 112 bits (e.g. Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve);
An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
Shortest vector or closest vector problems associated with lattices (e.g. NewHope, Frodo, NTRUEncrypt, Kyber, Titanium);
Finding isogenies between Supersingular elliptic curves (e.g. Supersingular Isogeny Key Encapsulation);
Decoding random codes (e.g. McEliece, Niederreiter).
Technical Note:
An algorithm described by Technical Note 2(c) may be referred to as being post-quantum, quantum-safe or quantum-resistant.
Notes:
When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country, details of items must be accessible and provided to the authority on request, in order to establish any of the following:
Whether the item meets the criteria of 5A002(a)(1) to 5A002(a)(4);
Whether the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ is usable without secure “cryptographic activation”. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
5A002(a) does not control any of the following items, or specially designed “information security” components of those items:
Smart cards and smart card ‘readers/writers’ as follows:
A smart card or an electronically readable personal document (e.g. token coin, e-passport) that meets any of the following:
The ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ meets all of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
It is restricted for use in equipment or systems to which 5A002(a) does not apply for reasons other than the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use;
Having all of the following:
It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of ‘personal data’ stored within;
Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions or individual identification;
Where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ is not user-accessible; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
‘Personal data’ includes any data specific to a particular person or entity, such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for “authentication”.
‘Readers/writers’; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
‘Readers/writers’ include equipment that communicates with smart cards or electronically readable documents through a network.
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
See paragraph (h) of Technical Note 1 to 5A002(a) for items previously described in this Note 2(b). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Portable or mobile radiotelephones designed for civil use, other than satellite telephones, that are not capable of any of the following:
Transmitting encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or equipment (other than Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment);
Passing encrypted data through RAN equipment (e.g. Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller (BSC)); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end encryption where the maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation (i.e. a single, unrelayed hop between terminal and home base station) is less than 400 metres according to the manufacturer’s specifications;
Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client wireless devices, designed for civil use, that have been customized for a specific civil industry application, meeting all of the following:
The non-customized devices satisfy the provisions of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2);
The ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ of the non-customised devices is not affected by the customisation, and implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
See paragraph (g) of Technical Note 1 to 5A002(a) for items previously described in this Note 2(f). (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment designed for civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2) to (4) of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2), having an RF output power limited to 0.1 W (20 dBm) or less, and supporting 32 or fewer concurrent users; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Routers, switches, gateways or relays, where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ is limited to the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”) implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
General purpose computing equipment or servers, where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ meets all of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards;
Is any of the following:
Integral to a CPU that meets the provisions of Note 3 in Category 5— Part 2;
Integral to an operating system to which 5D002 does not apply;
Limited to “OAM” of the equipment; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Items specially designed for a ‘connected civil industry application’, meeting all of the following:
Being any of the following:
A network-capable end-point device meeting any of the following:
The ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ is limited to securing ‘non-arbitrary data’ or the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”);
The device is limited to a specific ‘connected civil industry application’;
Networking equipment meeting all of the following:
Being specially designed to communicate with the devices specified in paragraph (j)(1)(a) of this Note;
The ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ is limited to supporting the ‘connected civil industry application’ of devices specified in paragraph (j)(1)(a) of this Note, or the tasks of “OAM” of this networking equipment or of other items specified in paragraph (j) of this Note;
Where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards, and the cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Connected civil industry application’ means a network-connected consumer or civil industry application other than “information security”, digital communication, general purpose networking or computing. 2.‘Non-arbitrary data’ means sensor or metering data directly related to the stability, performance or physical measurement of a system (e.g. temperature, pressure, flow rate, mass, volume, voltage, physical location, etc.), that cannot be changed by the user of the device.
Being a ‘cryptographic activation token’;
Technical Note: A ‘cryptographic activation token’ is an item designed or modified for any of the following: (a)Converting, by means of “cryptographic activation”, an item not specified in Category 5—Part 2 into an item specified in 5A002(a) or 5D002(c)(1), and not released by the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5—Part 2); (b)Enabling, by means of “cryptographic activation”, additional functionality specified in 5A002(a) of an item already specified in Category 5—Part 2.
Designed or modified to use or perform “quantum cryptography”;
Technical Note:
“Quantum cryptography” is also known as Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).
Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate channelizing codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes, for systems using ultra-wideband modulation techniques and having any of the following:
A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz;
A “fractional bandwidth” of 20% or more;
Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate the spreading code for “spread spectrum” systems, other than those specified in 5A002(d), including the hopping code for “frequency hopping” systems;
Systems, equipment and components, for non-cryptographic “information security”, as follows:
Communications cable systems designed or modified to use mechanical, electrical or electronic means to detect surreptitious intrusion; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
5A003(a) only controls physical layer security. For the purposes of 5A003(a), the physical layer includes Layer 1 of the Reference Model of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) (ISO/IEC 7498-1).
Specially designed or modified to reduce the compromising emanations of information-bearing signals beyond what is necessary for health, safety or electromagnetic interference standards;
Systems, equipment and components, for defeating, weakening or by-passing “information security”, as follows:
Designed or modified to perform ‘cryptanalytic functions’;
Note:
5A004(a) includes systems or equipment, designed or modified to perform ‘cryptanalytic functions’ by means of reverse engineering.
Technical Note:
‘Cryptanalytic functions’ are functions designed to defeat cryptographic mechanisms in order to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text, passwords or cryptographic keys.
Items, not specified in 4A005 or 5A004(a), designed to perform all of the following:
‘Extract raw data’ from a computing or communications device;
Circumvent “authentication” or authorization controls of the device, in order to perform the function described in 5A004(b)(1);
Technical Note:
‘Extract raw data’ from a computing or communications device means to retrieve binary data from a storage medium (e.g., RAM, flash or hard disk) of the device without interpretation by the device’s operating system or file system.
Notes:
5A004(b) does not control systems or equipment specially designed for the “development” or “production” of a computing or communications device.
5A004(b) does not include any of the following:
Debuggers, hypervisors;
Items limited to logical data extraction;
Data extraction items using chip-off or JTAG;
Items specially designed and limited to jailbreaking or rooting. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
T , I P E (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Information security” test, inspection and “production” equipment, as follows:
Equipment specially designed for the “development” or “production” of equipment specified in 5A002, 5A003, 5A004 or 5B002(b);
Measuring equipment specially designed to evaluate and validate the “information security” functions of the equipment specified in 5A002, 5A003 or 5A004, or of “software” specified in 5D002(a) or 5D002(c);
M
None;
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of any of the following:
Equipment specified in 5A002 or “software” specified in 5D002(c)(1);
Equipment specified in 5A003 or “software” specified in 5D002(c)(2);
Equipment or “software”, as follows:
Equipment specified in 5A004(a) or “software” specified in 5D002(c)(3)(a);
Equipment specified in 5A004(b) or “software” specified in 5D002(c)(3)(b); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” having the characteristics of a ‘cryptographic activation token’ specified in 5A002(b); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Software” having the characteristics of, or performing or simulating the functions of, any of the following:
Equipment specified in 5A002(a), 5A002(c), 5A002(d) or 5A002(e);
Note:
5D002(c)(1) does not control “software” limited to the tasks of “OAM” implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards.
Equipment specified in 5A003;
Equipment, as follows:
Equipment specified in 5A004(a);
Equipment specified in 5A004(b);
Note:
5D002(c)(3)(b) does not control “intrusion software”. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
T
“Technology” as follows:
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified by 5A002, 5A003, 5A004 or 5B002, or of “software” specified by 5D002(a) or 5D002(c); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
5E002(a) does not control “technology” for items specified in 5A004(b), 5D002(a)(3)(b) or 5D002(c)(3)(b). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” having the characteristics of a ‘cryptographic activation token’ specified in 5A002(b); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
5E002 includes “information security” technical data resulting from procedures carried out to evaluate or determine the implementation of functions, features or techniques specified in Category 5—Part 2. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
S , E C
Acoustic system, equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Marine acoustic systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Active (transmitting or transmitting-and-receiving) systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note:
6A001(a)(1) does not control equipment as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Depth sounders operating vertically below the apparatus, not including a scanning function exceeding +20°, and limited to measuring the depth of water, the distance of submerged or buried objects or fish finding;
Acoustic beacons, as follows:
Acoustic emergency beacons;
Pingers specially designed for relocating or returning to an underwater position.
Acoustic seabed survey equipment as follows:
Surface vessel survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and having all of the following:
Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
Designed to measure seabed topography at seabed depths exceeding 600 m;
‘Sounding resolution’ less than 2; and
‘Enhancement’ of the depth “accuracy” through compensation for all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Motion of the acoustic sensor;
In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
Sound speed at the sensor;
Technical Notes: 1.‘Sounding resolution’ is the swath width (degrees) divided by the maximum number of soundings per swath. 2.‘Enhancement’ includes the ability to compensate by external means.
Underwater survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and meeting any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
The acoustic sensor pressure rating determines the depth rating of the underwater survey equipment specified in 6A001(a)(1)(a)(2).
It meets both of the following descriptions:
Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 300 m;
‘Sounding rate’ greater than 3 800 m/s;
Technical Note:
‘Sounding rate’ is the product of the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate and the maximum number of soundings per swath assuming 100% coverage. For systems that produce soundings in 2 directions (3D sonars), the maximum of the ‘sounding rate’ in either direction is to be used for the purposes of 6A001(a)(1)(a)(2)(a)(2).
It is not specified in 6A001(a)(1)(a)(2)(a) and meets all of the following descriptions:
Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 100 m;
Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
Meets either of the following descriptions:
Operating frequency below 350 kHz;
Designed to measure seabed topography at a range exceeding 200 m from the acoustic sensor;
‘Enhancement’ of the depth “accuracy” through compensation of all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Motion of the acoustic sensor;
In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back;
Sound speed at the sensor; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Side Scan Sonar (SSS) or Synthetic Aperture Sonar (SAS), designed for seabed imaging and having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays for such sonars: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 500 m; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
An ‘area coverage rate’ of greater than 570 m2/s while operating at the maximum range that it can operate with an ‘along track resolution’ of less than 15 cm; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
An ‘across track resolution’ of less than 15 cm; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
‘Area coverage rate’ (m2/s) is twice the product of the sonar range (m) and the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate at that range.
‘Along track resolution’ (cm), for SSS only, is the product of azimuth (horizontal) beamwidth (degrees) and sonar range (m) and 0.873.
‘Across track resolution’ (cm) is 75 divided by the signal bandwidth (kHz). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or location, having any of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;
Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band from 10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;
Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band between 24 kHz and 30 kHz;
Forming beams of less than 1° on any axis and having an operating frequency of less than 100 kHz;
Designed to operate with an unambiguous display range exceeding 5 120 m; or
Designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths exceeding 1 000 m and having transducers with any of the following:
Dynamic compensation for pressure; or
Incorporating other than lead zirconate titanate as the transduction element;
Acoustic projectors, including transducers, incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive, electrodynamic or hydraulic elements operating individually or in a designed combination, and having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Notes:
The control status of acoustic projectors, including transducers, specially designed for other equipment not specified in 6A001, is determined by the control status of the other equipment. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
6A001(a)(1)(c) does not control electronic sources which direct the sound vertically only, or mechanical (e.g. air gun or vapour-shock gun) or chemical (e.g. explosive) sources. (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Piezoelectric elements specified in 6A001(a)(1)(c) include those made from lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PMN-PT) single crystals grown from solid solution or lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3-Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PIN-PMN- PT) single crystals grown from solid solution. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Operating at frequencies below 10 kHz and meeting either of the following descriptions:
Not designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a radiated ‘free-field Source Level (SL )’ exceeding (10 log(f) + 169.77) dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m), where f is the frequency in Hertz of the maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz;
Designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a continuously radiated ‘free-field Source Level (SL )’ at 100% duty cycle exceeding (10 log(f) + 159.77) dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m), where f is the frequency in Hertz of the maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz;
Technical Note:
The ‘free-field Source Level (SL )’ is defined along the maximum response axis and in the far field of an acoustic projector. It can be obtained from the TVR using the following equation: SL = (TVR + 20 log V ) dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m), where SL is the source level, TVR is the Transmitting Voltage Response and V is the Driving Voltage of the Projector. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dB; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Acoustic systems and equipment, designed to determine the position of surface vessels or submersible vehicles and having all of the following, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Detection range exceeding 1 000 m;
Determined position error of less than 10 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 1 000 m;
Note:
6A001(a)(1)(d) includes:
Equipment using coherent “signal processing” between two or more beacons and the hydrophone unit carried by the surface vessel or submersible vehicle; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Equipment capable of automatically correcting speed-of-sound propagation errors for calculation of a point. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Active individual sonars, specially designed or modified to detect, locate and automatically classify swimmers or divers, having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays for such sonars: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Detection range exceeding 530 m;
Determined position error of less than 15 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 530 m;
Transmitted pulse signal bandwidth exceeding 3 kHz;
N.B.:
For diver detection systems specially designed or modified for military use, see the Munitions List.
Note:
For 6A001(a)(1)(e), where multiple detection ranges are specified for various environments, the greatest detection range is used. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Passive systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Note:
6A001(a)(2) also applies to receiving equipment, whether or not related in normal application to separate active equipment, and specially designed components for the receiving equipment. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Hydrophones having any of the following characteristics: (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Note:
The control status of hydrophones specially designed for other equipment is determined by the control status of the other equipment. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Technical Notes:
Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single acoustic output channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to as a hydrophone group.
For the purposes of 6A001(a)(2)(a), underwater acoustic transducers designed to operate as passive receivers are hydrophones. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Incorporating continuous flexible sensing elements; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Incorporating flexible assemblies of discrete sensing elements with either a diameter or length less than 20 mm and with a separation between elements of less than 20 mm; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Having any of the following sensing elements:
Optical fibres;
‘Piezoelectric polymer films’ other than polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) and its co-polymers {P(VDF-TrFE) and P(VDF-TFE)};
‘Flexible piezoelectric composites’; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (i.e. Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (i.e. Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3-Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3) O3-PbTiO3, or PIN-PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A ‘hydrophone sensitivity’ greater (better) than -180 dB at any depth with no acceleration compensation; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m with acceleration compensation; or (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1 000 m and having a ‘hydrophone sensitivity’ greater (better) than -230 dB below 4 kHz; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Piezoelectric polymer film’ sensing elements consist of polarized polymer film that is stretched over and attached to a supporting frame or spool (mandrel). 2.‘Flexible piezoelectric composite’ sensing elements consist of piezoelectric ceramic particles or fibres combined with an electrically insulating, acoustically transparent rubber, polymer or epoxy compound, where the compound is an integral part of the sensing elements. 3.‘Hydrophone sensitivity’ is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydrophone sensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms pressure of 1 μPa. For example, a hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 V per μPa) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 V in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would yield only 10-9 V output. Thus, -160 dB is better than -180 dB. (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having any of the following:
Technical Note:
Hydrophone arrays consist of a number of hydrophones providing multiple acoustic output channels. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m or ‘able to be modified’ to have hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Designed or ‘able to be modified’ to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Heading sensors specified in 6A001(a)(2)(d); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Longitudinally reinforced array hoses;
An assembled array of less than 40 mm in diameter;
(Repealed L.N. 254 of 2008)
Hydrophone characteristics specified in 6A001(a)(2)(a); (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified in 6A001(a)(2)(g); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
‘Able to be modified’ in 6A001(a)(2)(b) means having provisions to allow a change of the wiring or interconnections to alter hydrophone group spacing or operating depth limits. These provisions are: spare wiring exceeding 10% of the number of wires, hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks or internal depth limiting devices that are adjustable or that control more than one hydrophone group. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Processing equipment, specially designed for towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having “user accessible programmability” and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes;
Heading sensors having all of the following:
An “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.5°; and (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
N.B.:
For inertial heading systems, see 7A003(c). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Bottom or bay-cable hydrophone arrays having any of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Incorporating hydrophones specified in 6A001(a)(2)(a);
Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules having all of the following characteristics:
Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; and
Capable of being operationally interchanged with towed acoustic hydrophone array modules; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Incorporating accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified in 6A001(a)(2)(g); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Processing equipment, specially designed for bottom or bay cable systems, having “user accessible programmability” and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors that meet all of the following descriptions:
Composed of 3 accelerometers arranged along 3 distinct axes;
Having an overall ‘acceleration sensitivity’ greater (better) than 48 dB (reference 1 000 mV rms per 1 g); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Designed to operate at depths greater than 35 m;
Operating frequency below 20 kHz;
Note: 6A001(a)(2)(g) does not control particle velocity sensors or geophones.
Technical Notes: 1.Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors are also known as vector sensors. 2.‘Acceleration sensitivity’ is defined as 20 times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydro-acoustic sensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms acceleration of 1 g (i.e. 9.81 m/s2). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment, designed to measure the horizontal speed of the equipment carrier relative to the sea bed, as follows:
Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment having any of the following characteristics:
Designed to operate at distances between the carrier and the sea bed exceeding 500 m;
Having speed “accuracy” less (better) than 1% of speed; and
Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment having speed “accuracy” less (better) than 1% of speed; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Notes:1.6A001(b) does not include depth sounders the function of which is limited to:(a)Measuring the depth of water;(b)Measuring the distance of submerged or buried objects; or(c)Fish finding.2.6A001(b) does not include equipment specially designed for installation on surface vessels. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Optical sensors or equipment and components for such sensors or equipment, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 6A102. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Optical detectors as follows:
“Space-qualified” solid-state detectors as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 300 nm;
A response of less than 0.1% relative to the peak response at a wavelength exceeding 400 nm;
“Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1 200 nm;
A response “time constant” of 95 ns or less; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Space-qualified” solid-state detectors having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 200 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm; and (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having more than 2 048 elements per array and having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Note:
For the purpose of 6A002(a)(1), solid-state detectors include “focal plane arrays”. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Image intensifier tubes and specially designed components for image intensifier tubes, as follows:
Note: 6A002(a)(2) does not include non-imaging photomultiplier tubes having an electron sensing device in the vacuum space limited solely to: (a)A single metal anode; or(b)Metal anodes with a centre to centre spacing greater than 500 μm.
Image intensifier tubes having all of the following characteristics:
A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1 050 nm;
Electron image amplification using:
A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or less; or
An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” other than by a microchannel plate; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Any of the following photocathodes:
Multialkali photocathodes (e.g. S-20 and S-25) having a luminous sensitivity exceeding 350 μΑ/lm; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes;
Other “III/V compound” semiconductor photocathodes having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W; (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Image intensifier tubes having all of the following characteristics:
A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 050 nm but not exceeding 1 800 nm;
Electron image amplification using:
A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or less; or
An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” other than by a microchannel plate; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“III/V compound” semiconductor (e.g. GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes, having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 15 mA/W; and (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Specially designed components as follows:
Microchannel plates having a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or less;
An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” other than by a microchannel plate; and (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“III/V compound” semiconductor (e.g. GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes; and (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Note: 6A002(a)(2)(c)(3) does not include compound semiconductor photocathodes designed to achieve a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of: (L.N. 161 of 2011) (a)10 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1 050 nm; or (b)15 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 050 nm but not exceeding 1 800 nm.
Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
N.B.:
‘Microbolometer’ non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” are only specified in 6A002(a)(3)(f).
Technical Note:
Linear or two-dimensional multi-element detector arrays are referred to as “focal plane arrays”.
Notes:
6A002(a)(3) includes photoconductive arrays and photovoltaic arrays.
6A002(a)(3) does not include:
Multi-element (not to exceed 16 elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells using either lead sulphide or lead selenide;
Pyroelectric detectors using:
Triglycine sulphate and variants;
Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and variants;
Lithium tantalate;
Polyvinylidene fluoride and variants; or
Strontium barium niobate and variants; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Focal plane arrays” specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” and limited by design to have a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified;
Any of the following characteristics:
The response limiting mechanism is integral to or combined with the detector element;
The “focal plane array” is only operable with the response limiting mechanism in place; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
A response limiting mechanism integral to the detector element is designed not to be removed or modified without rendering the detector inoperable.
Thermopile arrays having less than 5 130 elements. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1 050 nm;
Any of the following characteristics:
A response “time constant” of less than 0.5 ns;
Specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 050 nm but not exceeding 1 200 nm;
Any of the following characteristics:
A response “time constant” of 95 ns or less;
Specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Non-“space-qualified” non-linear (2-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 200 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm;
N.B.:
Silicon and other material based ‘microbolometer’ non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” are only specified in 6A002(a)(3)(f).
Non-“space-qualified” linear (1-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having all of the following:
Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1 200 nm but not exceeding 3 000 nm;
Any of the following:
A ratio of ‘scan direction’ dimension of the detector element to the ‘cross-scan direction’ dimension of the detector element of less than 3.8;
Signal processing in the detector elements; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
6A002(a)(3)(d) does not include “focal plane arrays” (not to exceed 32 elements) having detector elements limited solely to germanium material.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A002(a)(3)(d), ‘cross-scan direction’ means the axis parallel to the linear array of detector elements and ‘scan direction’ means the axis perpendicular to the linear array of detector elements.
Non-“space-qualified” linear (1-dimensional) “focal plane arrays” having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 3 000 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm;
Non-“space-qualified” non-linear (2-dimensional) infrared “focal plane arrays” based on ‘microbolometer’ material having individual elements with an unfiltered response in the wavelength range equal to or exceeding 8 000 nm but not exceeding 14 000 nm;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A002(a)(3)(f), ‘microbolometer’ means a thermal imaging detector that, as a result of a temperature change in the detector caused by the absorption of infrared radiation, is used to generate any usable signal.
Non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays” having all of the following characteristics:
Having individual detector elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
Specially designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication” and having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Greater than 32 elements;
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Monospectral imaging sensors” and “multispectral imaging sensors” designed for remote sensing applications, having any of the following:
An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) of less than 200 μrad (microradians); or
Note:
6A002(b)(1) does not include “monospectral imaging sensors” with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm and only incorporating any of the following non-“space-qualified” detectors or non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays”: (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) not designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication”;
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) devices not designed or modified to achieve “charge multiplication”. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Being specified for operation in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm and having all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Providing output imaging data in digital format; and
Being any of the following:
“Space-qualified”; or (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Designed for airborne operation, using other than silicon detectors, and having an IFOV of less than 2.5 mrad (milliradians);
‘Direct view’ imaging equipment incorporating any of the following: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 6A002(a)(2)(a) or 6A002(a)(2)(b); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Focal plane arrays” having the characteristics listed in 6A002(a)(3); or (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 226 of 2009)
Solid-state detectors specified in 6A002(a)(1); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note:
‘Direct view’ refers to imaging equipment that presents a visual image to a human observer without converting the image into an electronic signal for television display, and that cannot record or store the image photographically, electronically or by any other means. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
6A002(c) does not control the following equipment incorporating other than GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes:
Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
Medical equipment;
Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
Equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
Special support components for optical sensors, as follows:
“Space-qualified” cryocoolers; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Non-“space-qualified” cryocoolers, having a cooling source temperature below 218 K (-55°C), as follows:
Closed cycle type with a specified Mean-T(L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2013)ime-To-Failure (MTTF), or Mean-Time-Between-Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2 500 hours;
Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating minicoolers having bore (outside) diameters of less than 8 mm;
Optical sensing fibres specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by coating, to be acoustically, thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive;
Note:
6A002(d)(3) does not apply to encapsulated optical sensing fibres specially designed for bore hole sensing applications. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 226 of 2009)
‘Read-out integrated circuits’ (‘ROIC’) specially designed for “focal plane arrays” specified in 6A002(a)(3); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
6A002(f) does not control ‘read-out integrated circuits’ specially designed for civil automotive applications.
Technical Note:
A ‘Read-out integrated circuit’ (‘ROIC’) is an integrated circuit designed to underlie or be bonded to a “focal plane array” and used to read-out (i.e. extract and register) signals produced by the detector elements. At a minimum the ‘ROIC’ reads the charge from the detector elements by extracting the charge and applying a multiplexing function in a manner that retains the relative spatial position and orientation information of the detector elements for processing inside or outside the ‘ROIC’. (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cameras, systems or equipment, and components therefor, as follows: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
N.B.:
See also 6A203. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Instrumentation cameras and specially designed components therefor, as follows: (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Note:
Instrumentation cameras, controlled by 6A003(a)(3) to 6A003(a)(5), with modular structures should be evaluated by their maximum capability, using plug-ins available according to the camera manufacturer’s specifications. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Electronic streak cameras having temporal resolution less (better) than 50 ns; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Electronic framing cameras having a speed exceeding 1 000 000 frames/s;
Electronic cameras, having all of the following:
An electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of less than 1 μs per full frame; and
A read out time allowing a framing rate of more than 125 full frames per second;
Plug-ins, having all of the following characteristics:
Specially designed for instrumentation cameras which have modular structures and which are controlled by 6A003(a); and
Enabling these cameras to meet the characteristics specified in 6A003(a)(3), 6A003(a)(4) or 6A003(a)(5), according to the manufacturer’s specifications; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Imaging cameras, as follows:
Note:
6A003(b) does not control television or video cameras specially designed for television broadcasting.
Video cameras incorporating solid state sensors, having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm and having all of the following:
Having any of the following:
More than 4 × 10 “active pixels” per solid state array for monochrome (black and white) cameras;
More than 4 × 10 “active pixels” per solid state array for colour cameras incorporating three solid state arrays; or
More than 12 × 10 “active pixels” for solid state array colour cameras incorporating one solid state array; and
Having any of the following:
Optical mirrors controlled by 6A004(a);
Optical control equipment controlled by 6A004(d); or
The capability for annotating internally generated ‘camera tracking data’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes:
For the purpose of this entry, digital video cameras should be evaluated by the maximum number of “active pixels” used for capturing moving images.
For the purpose of this entry, ‘camera tracking data’ is the information necessary to define camera line of sight orientation with respect to the earth. This includes: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
the horizontal angle the camera line of sight makes with respect to the earth’s magnetic field direction; and
the vertical angle between the camera line of sight and the earth’s horizon. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, having all of the following:
A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 30 000 nm; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Linear detector arrays with more than 8 192 elements per array; and (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Mechanical scanning in one direction; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Note:
6A003(b)(2) does not apply to scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, specially designed for any of the following:
Industrial or civilian photocopiers;
Image scanners specially designed for civil, stationary, close proximity scanning applications (e.g. reproduction of images or print contained in documents, artwork or photographs);
Medical equipment. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Imaging cameras incorporating image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 6A002(a)(2)(a) or 6A002(a)(2)(b); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Imaging cameras incorporating “focal plane arrays” having any of the following characteristics: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Incorporating “focal plane arrays” specified in 6A002(a)(3)(a) to 6A002(a)(3)(e); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Incorporating “focal plane arrays” specified in 6A002(a)(3)(f); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Incorporating “focal plane arrays” specified in 6A002(a)(3)(g); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 226 of 2009)
Notes:
Imaging cameras described in 6A003(b)(4) include “focal plane arrays” combined with sufficient “signal processing” electronics, beyond the read out integrated circuit, to enable as a minimum the output of an analogue or digital signal once power is supplied.
6A003(b)(4)(a) does not control imaging cameras incorporating linear “focal plane arrays” with twelve elements or fewer, not employing time-delay-and-integration within the element, designed for any of the following:
Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
Industrial equipment used for inspection or monitoring of heat flows in buildings, equipment or industrial processes;
Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
Equipment specially designed for laboratory use; or
Medical equipment.
6A003(b)(4)(b) does not control imaging cameras having any of the following characteristics:
A maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz;
Having all of the following:
Having a minimum horizontal or vertical ‘Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)’ of at least 2 mrad (milliradians); (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Incorporating a fixed focal-length lens that is not designed to be removed;
Having any of the following:
No facility to obtain a viewable image of the detected field-of-view;
The camera is designed for a single kind of application and designed not to be user modified; or
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
The camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle and meets all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
The configuration of the camera and its placement within the vehicle are solely to assist its driver in the safe operation of the vehicle;
Is only operable when installed in:
A civilian passenger land vehicle that weighs less than 4 500 kg (gross vehicle weight), and for which the camera was intended; or
A specially designed, authorized maintenance test facility;
Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended.
Technical Notes:1.‘Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)’ in 6A003(b)(4) Note 3(b) is the lesser figure of the ‘Horizontal IFOV’ or the ‘Vertical IFOV’.N.B.:‘Horizontal IFOV’ = horizontal Field of View / number of horizontal detector elements.‘Vertical IFOV’ = vertical Field of View / number of vertical detector elements.2.‘Direct view’ in 6A003(b)(4) Note 3(b) refers to an imaging camera operating in the infrared spectrum that presents a visual image to a human observer using a near-to-eye micro display incorporating any light-security mechanism. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
6A003(b)(4)(c) does not include imaging cameras having any of the following characteristics:
Having all of the following characteristics:
Where the camera is specially designed for installation as an integrated component into indoor and wall-plug-operated systems or equipment, limited by design for a single kind of application, as follows:
Industrial process monitoring, quality control, or analysis of the properties of materials;
Laboratory equipment specially designed for scientific research;
Medical equipment; and
Financial fraud detection equipment;
Is only operable when installed in:
The system(s) or equipment for which it was intended; or (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A specially designed, authorized maintenance test facility;
Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the system(s) or equipment for which it was intended; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle or a passenger and vehicle ferry, and meets all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle or ferry is solely to assist its driver or operator in the safe operation of the vehicle or ferry; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Is only operable when installed in: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A civilian passenger land vehicle that weighs less than 4 500 kg (gross vehicle weight), and for which the camera was intended; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A passenger and vehicle ferry that has a length overall (LOA) of 65 m or greater, and for which the camera was intended; or (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A specially designed, authorized maintenance test facility; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended;
Limited by design to have a maximum “radiant sensitivity” of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified;
Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when the response limiting mechanism is removed;
Not specially designed or modified for underwater use; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Having all of the following characteristics:
Not incorporating a ‘direct view’ or electronic image display;
Has no facility to output a viewable image of the detected field of view;
The “focal plane array” is only operable when installed in the camera for which it was intended;
The “focal plane array” incorporates an active mechanism that forces it to be permanently inoperable when removed from the camera for which it was intended. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Imaging cameras incorporating solid-state detectors specified in 6A002(a)(1); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Optical equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Optical mirrors (reflectors), as follows:
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A004(a), Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) is measured according to ISO 21254/1 (2011).
N.B.:
For optical mirrors specially designed for lithography equipment, see 3B001. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Deformable mirrors’ having an active optical aperture greater than 10 mm and either of the following, and specially designed components for such mirrors: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 6 of 2025)
All of the following:
A mechanical resonant frequency of 750 Hz or more;
More than 200 actuators;
A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) that is:
Greater than 1 kW/cm2 when using a “CW laser”; or
Greater than 2 J/cm2 when using 20 ns “laser” pulses at a repetition rate of 20 Hz; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
For the purpose of 6A004(a)(1):
‘Deformable mirrors’ are mirrors having any of the following:
A single continuous optical reflecting surface which is dynamically deformed by the application of individual torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror; or
Multiple optical reflecting elements that can be individually and dynamically repositioned by the application of torques or forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror.
‘Deformable mirrors’ are also known as adaptive optic mirrors. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Lightweight monolithic mirrors having an average “equivalent density” of less than 30 kg/m2 and a total mass exceeding 10 kg;
Note:
6A004(a)(2) does not control mirrors specially designed to direct solar radiation for terrestrial heliostat installations. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Lightweight “composite” or foam mirror structures with an average “equivalent density” of less than 30 kg/m2 and a total mass exceeding 2 kg;
Note:
6A004(a)(3) does not control mirrors specially designed to direct solar radiation for terrestrial heliostat installations. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Mirrors specially designed for beam steering mirror stages specified in 6A004(d)(2)(a), with a flatness of λ/10 or better (λ is equal to 633 nm) and meeting either of the following descriptions: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Having a diameter or major axis length that is equal to or greater than 100 mm;
Having all of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
A diameter or major axis length that is greater than 50 mm but less than 100 mm;
A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) that is:
Greater than 10 kW/cm2 when using a “CW laser”; or
Greater than 20 J/cm2 when using 20 ns “laser” pulses at a repetition rate of 20 Hz; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Optical components made from zinc selenide (ZnSe) or zinc sulphide (ZnS) with transmission in the wavelength range exceeding 3 000 nm but not exceeding 25 000 nm and having any of the following:
Exceeding 100 cm3 in volume; or
Exceeding 80 mm in diameter or length of major axis and 20 mm in thickness (depth);
“Space-qualified” components for optical systems, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2013)
Components lightweighted to less than 20% “equivalent density” compared with a solid blank of the same aperture and thickness; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Raw substrates, processed substrates having surface coatings (single-layer or multi-layer, metallic or dielectric, conducting, semiconducting or insulating) or having protective films; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Segments or assemblies of mirrors designed to be assembled in space into an optical system with a collecting aperture equivalent to or larger than a single optic 1 m in diameter;
Components manufactured from “composite” materials having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion equal to or less than 5 × 10-6/K in any coordinate direction; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Optical control equipment, as follows:
Equipment specially designed to maintain the surface figure or orientation of the “space-qualified” components specified in 6A004(c)(1) or 6A004(c)(3); (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 89 of 2013)
Steering, tracking, stabilization and resonator alignment equipment, as follows:
Beam steering mirror stages designed to carry mirrors that have a diameter or major axis length that is greater than 50 mm, and having all of the following, and specially designed electronic control equipment for such mirror stages: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A maximum angular travel of +26 mrad or more;
A mechanical resonant frequency of 500 Hz or more;
An angular “accuracy” of 10 μrad (microradians) or less (better);
Resonator alignment equipment having bandwidths equal to or more than 100 Hz and an “accuracy” of 10 μrad or less (better); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gimbals having all of the following:
A maximum slew exceeding 5°;
A bandwidth of 100 Hz or more;
Angular pointing errors of 200 μrad (microradians) or less; and
Having any of the following:
Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 2 rad (radians)/s2; or
Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 0.5 rad (radians)/s2;
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Aspheric optical elements’ having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The largest dimension of the optical-aperture is greater than 400 mm;
The surface roughness is less than 1 nm (rms) for sampling lengths equal to or greater than 1 mm; and
The coefficient of linear thermal expansion’s absolute magnitude is less than 3 × 10-6/K at 25°C;
Technical Notes:(1)An ‘aspheric optical element’ is any element used in an optical system whose imaging surface or surfaces are designed to depart from the shape of an ideal sphere.(2)Manufacturers are not required to measure the surface roughness listed in 6A004(e)(2) unless the optical element was designed or manufactured with the intent to meet, or exceed, the control parameter.
Note: 6A004(e) does not control ‘aspheric optical elements’ having any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023) (a)A largest optical-aperture dimension less than 1 m and a focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 4.5:1; (b)A largest optical-aperture dimension equal to or greater than 1 m and a focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 7:1; (c)Being designed as Fresnel, flyeye, stripe, prism or diffractive optical elements; (d)Being fabricated from borosilicate glass having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion greater than 2.5 × 10-6/K at 25°C; or (e)Being an X-ray optical element having inner mirror capabilities (e.g. tube-type mirrors).
N.B.:
For ‘aspheric optical elements’ specially designed for lithography equipment, see 3B001. (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Dynamic wavefront measuring equipment having all of the following:
‘Frame rates’ equal to or more than 1 kHz;
A wavefront accuracy equal to or less (better) than λ/20 at the designed wavelength;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A004(f), ‘frame rate’ is a frequency at which all “active pixels” in the “focal plane array” are integrated for recording images projected by the wavefront sensor optics. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Lasers”, other than those specified in 0B001(g)(5) or 0B001(h)(6), components and optical equipment, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 6A205.
Notes:
Pulsed “lasers” include those that run in a continuous wave (CW) mode with pulses superimposed.
Excimer, semiconductor, chemical, CO, CO2, and ‘non-repetitive pulsed’ Nd:glass “lasers” are only specified in 6A005(d).
Technical Note:
‘Non-repetitive pulsed’ refers to “lasers” that produce either a single output pulse or that have a time interval between pulses exceeding 1 minute. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
6A005 includes fibre “lasers”.
The status of “lasers” incorporating frequency conversion (i.e. wavelength change) by means other than one “laser” pumping another “laser” is determined by applying the specified parameters for both the output of the source “laser” and the frequency-converted optical output.
6A005 does not include the following “lasers”:
Ruby with output energy below 20 J;
Nitrogen; and
Krypton.
For the purposes of 6A005(a) and 6A005(b), ‘single transverse mode’ refers to “lasers” with a beam profile having an M2-factor of less than 1.3, while ‘multiple transverse mode’ refers to “lasers” with a beam profile having an M2-factor of 1.3 or higher. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
In 6A005, ‘Wall-plug efficiency’ is defined as the ratio of “laser” output power (or “average output power”) to total electrical input power required to operate the “laser”, including the power supply or conditioning and thermal conditioning or heat exchanger. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Non-“tunable” continuous wave “(CW) lasers” having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;
Note:
6A005(a)(2) does not include Argon “lasers” having an output power equal to or less than 50 W.
Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Single transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 150 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Single transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 80 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1 150 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Single transverse mode’ output and:
Output power exceeding 1 000 W; or
Output power exceeding 500 W and spectral bandwidth less than 40 GHz; or (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 1 000 W; or
Output power exceeding 2 kW;
Notes: 1.6A005(a)(6)(b) does not include ‘multiple transverse mode’, industrial “lasers” with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total mass greater than 1 200 kg. For the purposes of this Note, total mass includes all components required to operate the “laser”, e.g. “laser”, power supply, heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning or delivery, or both. 2.6A005(a)(6)(b) does not include ‘multiple transverse mode’, industrial “lasers” that meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 85 of 2023)(a)(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)(b)Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.25 mm•mrad;(c)Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.7 mm•mrad;(d)Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW and having a BPP exceeding 2.5 mm•mrad;(e)Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 3.5 mm•mrad;(f)-(g)(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)(h)Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and having a BPP exceeding 12 mm•mrad;(i)Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and having a BPP exceeding 24 mm•mrad.Technical Note:(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Output wavelength exceeding 1 150 nm but not exceeding 1 555 nm and having either of the following:
‘Single transverse mode’ and output power exceeding 50 W;
‘Multiple transverse mode’ and output power exceeding 80 W; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength exceeding 1 555 nm but not exceeding 1 850 nm and output power exceeding 1 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output wavelength exceeding 1 850 nm but not exceeding 2 100 nm and any of the following:
‘Single transverse mode’ and output power exceeding 1 W;
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 120 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output wavelength exceeding 2 100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Non-“tunable” “pulsed lasers” having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength less than 150 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 30 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 30 W;
Note:
6A005(b)(2)(b) does not include Argon “lasers” having an “average output power” equal to or less than 50 W.
Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Single transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 80 W; or (L.N. 6 of 2025)
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 150 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 150 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and:
“Pulse duration” less than 1 ps and:
Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 GW; or
“Average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
“Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and:
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 30 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 30 W; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Pulse duration” less than 1 ps and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 GW; or
‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W;
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 μs and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
“Pulse duration” exceeding 1 μs and:
Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 80 W; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1 150 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Pulse duration” of less than 1 ps and:
Output “peak power” exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
“Average output power” exceeding 30 W; or (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
“Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns and:
Output “peak power” exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
“Average output power” exceeding 50 W; or (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
“Pulse duration” equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 μs and:
‘Single transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Peak power” exceeding 100 MW;
“Average output power” exceeding 20 W limited by design to a maximum pulse repetition frequency less than or equal to 1 kHz;
‘Wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 12%, “average output power” exceeding 100 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
“Average output power” exceeding 150 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Peak power” exceeding 400 MW;
‘Wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and “average output power” exceeding 500 W;
“Average output power” exceeding 2 kW; or
Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
“Pulse duration” exceeding 1 μs and:
‘Single transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Peak power” exceeding 500 kW;
‘Wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 12% and “average output power” exceeding 100 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 150 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Peak power” exceeding 1 MW;
‘Wall-plug efficiency’ exceeding 18% and “average output power” exceeding 500 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 2 kW;
Output wavelength exceeding 1 150 nm but not exceeding 1 555 nm and:(L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Pulse duration” not exceeding 1 μs and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
“Pulse duration” exceeding 1 μs and: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 80 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 1 555 nm but not exceeding 1 850 nm and: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
“Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 1 850 nm but not exceeding 2 100 nm and:
‘Single transverse mode’ and any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W;
“Average output power” exceeding 1 W; or
‘Multiple transverse mode’ and any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 10 kW;
“Average output power” exceeding 120 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Output wavelength exceeding 2 100 nm and any of the following:
Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W;
“Average output power” exceeding 1 W; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Tunable” “lasers” having any of the following characteristics:
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Output wavelength less than 600 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
Note: 6A005(c)(1) does not apply to dye “lasers” or other liquid “lasers”, having a multimode output and a wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 600 nm and all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023) (1)Output energy less than 1.5 J per pulse or a “peak power” less than 20 W; (2)Average or CW output power less than 20 W. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Output wavelength of 600 nm or more but not exceeding 1 400 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 1 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 20 W; or
Average or CW output power exceeding 20 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 1 400 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
Other “lasers”, not specified in 6A005(a), 6A005(b) or 6A005(c), as follows:
Semiconductor “lasers” as follows:
Notes:
6A005(d)(1) includes semiconductor “lasers” having optical output connectors (e.g. fibre optic pigtails).
The status of semiconductor “lasers” specially designed for other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.
Individual single-transverse mode semiconductor “lasers” having:
Wavelength equal to or less than 1 570 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 2.0 W; or
Wavelength greater than 1 570 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 500 mW; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Individual multiple-transverse mode semiconductor “lasers” having:
Wavelength of less than 1 400 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 25 W; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Wavelength equal to or greater than 1 400 nm and less than 1 900 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 2.5 W; or
Wavelength equal to or greater than 1 900 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
Individual semiconductor “laser” ‘bars’ having any of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Wavelength of less than 1 400 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 100 W; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Wavelength equal to or greater than 1 400 nm and less than 1 900 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 25 W; or
Wavelength equal to or greater than 1 900 nm and average or CW output power exceeding 10 W; and
Semiconductor “laser” ‘stacked arrays’ (two-dimensional arrays) having any of the following:
Wavelength less than 1 400 nm and having any of the following:
Average or CW total output power less than 3 kW and having average or CW output ‘power density’ greater than 500 W/cm2;
Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 3 kW but less than or equal to 5 kW, and having average or CW output ‘power density’ greater than 350W/cm2;
Average or CW total output power exceeding 5 kW;
Peak pulsed ‘power density’ exceeding 2 500 W/cm2;
Note:
6A005(d)(1)(d)(1)(d) does not control epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, greater than 150 W;
Wavelength greater than or equal to 1 400 nm but less than 1 900 nm, and having any of the following:
Average or CW total output power less than 250 W and average or CW output ‘power density’ greater than 150 W/cm2;
Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 250 W but less than or equal to 500 W, and having average or CW output ‘power density’ greater than 50 W/ cm2;
Average or CW total output power exceeding 500 W;
Peak pulsed ‘power density’ exceeding 500 W/cm2;
Note:
6A005(d)(1)(d)(2)(d) does not control epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 15 W;
Wavelength greater than or equal to 1 900 nm and having any of the following:
Average or CW output ‘power density’ greater than 50 W/cm2;
Average or CW output power greater than 10 W;
Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 1.5 W;
At least one “laser” ‘bar’ specified by 6A005(d)(1)(c);
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A005(d)(1)(d), ‘power density’ means the total “laser” output power divided by the emitter surface area of the ‘stacked array’. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Semiconductor “laser” ‘stacked arrays’, other than those specified by 6A005(d)(1)(d), having all of the following:
Specially designed or modified to be combined with other ‘stacked arrays’ to form a larger ‘stacked array’;
Integrated connections, common for both electronics and cooling;
Notes:
‘Stacked arrays’, formed by combining semiconductor “laser” ‘stacked arrays’ specified by 6A005(d)(1)(e), that are not designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 6A005(d)(1)(d).
‘Stacked arrays’, formed by combining semiconductor “laser” ‘stacked arrays’ specified by 6A005(d)(1)(e), that are designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 6A005(d)(1)(e).
6A005(d)(1)(e) does not control modular assemblies of single ‘bars’ designed to be fabricated into end-to-end stacked linear arrays. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Notes:
Semiconductor “lasers” are commonly called “laser” diodes.
A ‘bar’ (also called a semiconductor “laser” ‘bar’, a “laser” diode ‘bar’ or diode ‘bar’) consists of multiple semiconductor “lasers” in a one-dimensional array.
A ‘stacked array’ consists of multiple ‘bars’ forming a two-dimensional array of semiconductor “lasers”. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Carbon monoxide (CO) “lasers” having:
Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 kW; or
Average or CW output power exceeding 5 kW;
Carbon dioxide (CO2) “lasers” having:
CW output power exceeding 15 kW;
Pulsed output with a “pulse duration” exceeding 10 μs and having:
“Average output power” exceeding 10 kW; or
“Peak power” exceeding 100 kW; or
Pulsed output with a “pulse duration” equal to or less than 10 μs and having:
Pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse; or
“Average output power” exceeding 2.5 kW;
Excimer “lasers” having:
Output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse; or
“Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but not exceeding 190 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
“Average output power” exceeding 120 W;
Output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but not exceeding 360 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or
“Average output power” exceeding 500 W; or
Output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and having:
Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
“Average output power” exceeding 30 W;
N.B.:
For excimer “lasers” specially designed for lithography equipment, see 3B001.
“Chemical lasers” as follows:
Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) “lasers”;
Deuterium Fluoride (DF) “lasers”;
“Transfer lasers” as follows:
Oxygen Iodine (O2-I) “lasers”;
Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-CO2) “lasers”;
‘Non-repetitive pulsed’ Nd: glass “lasers” having:
“Pulse duration” not exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 50 J per pulse; or
“Pulse duration” exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;
Note:
‘Non-repetitive pulsed’ refers to “lasers” that produce either a single output pulse or that have a time interval between pulses exceeding one minute.
Components as follows:
Mirrors cooled either by ‘active cooling’ or by heat pipe cooling;
Technical Note:
‘Active cooling’ is a cooling technique for optical components using flowing fluids within the subsurface (nominally less than 1 mm below the optical surface) of the optical component to remove heat from the optic.
Optical mirrors or transmissive or partially transmissive optical or electro-optical components, other than fused tapered fibre combiners or Multi-Layer Dielectric gratings (MLDs), specially designed for use with specified “lasers”;
Note:
Fibre combiners and MLDs are specified in 6A005(e)(3).
Fibre “laser” components, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Multimode-to-multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having:
An insertion loss better (less) than or equal to 0.3 dB maintained at a rated total average or CW output power exceeding 1 000 W, excluding any output power transmitted through the single mode core (if any); and
At least 3 input fibres;
Single mode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having:
An insertion loss better (less) than 0.5 dB maintained at a rated total average or CW output power exceeding 4 600 W;
At least 3 input fibres; and
Any of the following:
A Beam Parameter Product (BPP) measured at an output not exceeding 1.5 mm mrad for less than or equal to 5 input fibres; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
A BPP measured at an output not exceeding 2.5 mm mrad for more than 5 input fibres; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
MLDs:
that are designed for the spectral or coherent beam combination of 5 or more fibre “lasers”; and
that have a CW “Laser” Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) that is equal to or greater than 10 kW/cm2; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Optical equipment as follows:
N.B.:
For shared aperture optical elements, capable of operating in “Super High Power Laser” (“SHPL”) applications, see Note 2(d) to ML19.
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
Optical equipment and components, specially designed for coherent beam combination in a phased-array “SHPL” system and having any of the following:
An “accuracy” of 0.1 μm or less (better), for wavelengths greater than 1 μm; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
An “accuracy” of λ/10 or less (better) at the designed wavelength, for wavelengths equal to or less than 1 μm; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Laser acoustic detection equipment’ having all of the following:
CW “laser” output power equal to or exceeding 20 mW;
“Laser” frequency stability equal to or less (better) than 10 MHz; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Laser” wavelengths equal to or exceeding 1 000 nm but not exceeding 2 000 nm;
Optical system resolution less (better) than 1 nm; and (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Optical Signal to Noise ratio equal to or exceeding 103;
Technical Note:
‘Laser acoustic detection equipment’ is sometimes referred to as a Laser Microphone or Particle Flow Detection Microphone. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Magnetometers”, “magnetic gradiometers”, “intrinsic magnetic gradiometers”, underwater electric field sensors, “compensation systems”, and specially designed components therefor, as follows: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 7A103(d). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
6A006 does not control instruments specially designed for fishery applications or biomagnetic measurements for medical diagnostics.
“Magnetometers” and subsystems, as follows:
“Magnetometers” using “superconductive” (SQUID) “technology” and having any of the following characteristics:
SQUID systems designed for stationary operation, without specially designed subsystems designed to reduce in-motion noise, and having a ‘sensitivity’ equal to or less (better) than 50 fT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; or
SQUID systems having an in-motion-“magnetometer” ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz and specially designed to reduce in-motion noise;
“Magnetometers” using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser) “technology” having a ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Magnetometers” using fluxgate “technology” having a ‘sensitivity’ equal to or less (better) than 10 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
Induction coil “magnetometers” having a ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than any of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
0.05 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz;
1 × 10-3 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of 1 Hz or more but not exceeding 10 Hz; or
1 × 10-4 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies exceeding 10 Hz;
Fibre optic “magnetometers” having a ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 1 nT (rms) per square root Hz;
Underwater electric field sensors having a ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 8 nanovolt per meter per square root Hz when measured at 1 Hz;
“Magnetic gradiometers”, as follows:
“Magnetic gradiometers” using multiple “magnetometers” specified in 6A006(a);
Fibre optic “intrinsic magnetic gradiometers” having a magnetic gradient field ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 0.3 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
“Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers”, using “technology” other than fibre-optic “technology”, having a magnetic gradient field ‘sensitivity’ less (better) than 0.015 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
“Compensation systems” for magnetic or underwater electric field sensors resulting in a performance equal to or better than the control parameters of 6A006(a), 6A006(b) or 6A006(c); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Underwater electromagnetic receivers incorporating magnetic field sensors specified by 6A006(a) or underwater electric field sensors specified by 6A006(b); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A006, the term ‘sensitivity’ (noise level) means the root mean square of the device-limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be measured. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity gradiometers, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 6A107.
Gravity meters designed or modified for ground use and having a static “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 μGal; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Note:
6A007(a) does not control ground gravity meters of the quartz element (Worden) type.
Gravity meters designed for mobile platforms and, having all of the following: (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 42 of 2017)
A static “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal;
An in-service (operational) “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal having a ‘time-to-steady-state registration’ of less than 2 minutes under any combination of attendant corrective compensations and motional influences;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A007(b)(2), ‘time-to-steady-state registration’ (also referred to as the gravimeter’s response time) is the time over which the disturbing effects of platform induced accelerations (high frequency noise) are reduced. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gravity gradiometers;
Radar systems, equipment and assemblies having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
N.B.:
See also 6A108.
Note:
6A008 does not include: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Secondary surveillance radar (SSR);
Civil Automotive Radar; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Displays or monitors used for air traffic control (ATC); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Meteorological (weather) radar; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Precision Approach Radar (PAR) equipment conforming to ICAO standards and employing electronically steerable linear (1-dimensional) arrays or mechanically positioned passive antennae. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230 GHz and having:
An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
Locating “accuracy” of 1 m or less (better) in range and 0.2 degree or less (better) in azimuth; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Having a tunable bandwidth exceeding +6.25% of the ‘centre operating frequency’;
Technical Note:
The ‘centre operating frequency’ equals one half of the sum of the highest plus the lowest specified operating frequencies. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Capable of operating simultaneously on more than two carrier frequencies;
Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR), inverse synthetic aperture (ISAR) radar mode, or sidelooking airborne (SLAR) radar mode;
Incorporating electronically scanned array antennae;
Technical Note:
Electronically scanned array antennae are also known as electronically steerable array antennae. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Capable of heightfinding non-cooperative targets; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Specially designed for airborne (balloon or airframe mounted) operation and having Doppler “signal processing” for the detection of moving targets;
Employing processing of radar signals using any of the following:
“Radar spread spectrum” techniques; or
“Radar frequency agility” techniques;
Providing ground-based operation with a maximum ‘instrumented range’ exceeding 185 km; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
6A008(i) does not control:
Fishing ground surveillance radar;
Ground radar equipment specially designed for enroute air traffic control, provided that all of the following conditions are met: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
It has a maximum ‘instrumented range’ of 500 km or less; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
It is configured so that radar target data can be transmitted only one way from the radar site to one or more civil ATC centres;
It contains no provisions for remote control of the radar scan rate from the enroute ATC centre; and
It is to be permanently installed;
Weather balloon tracking radars. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6A008(i), ‘instrumented range’ is the specified unambiguous display range of a radar. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Being “laser” radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment, having any of the following:
“Space-qualified”; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 161 of 2011)
Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne detection techniques and having an angular resolution of less (better) than 20 μrad (microradians);
Designed for carrying out airborne bathymetric littoral surveys to International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) Order 1a Standard (5th Edition February 2008) for Hydrographic Surveys or better, and using one or more “lasers” with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 600 nm; (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Notes:1.LIDAR equipment specially designed for surveying is only specified in 6A008(j)(3).2.6A008(j) does not include LIDAR equipment specially designed for meteorological observation.3.Parameters in the IHO Order 1a Standard (5th Edition February 2008) are summarized as follows:—Horizontal Accuracy (95% confidence level) = 5 m + 5% of depth—Depth Accuracy for Reduced Depths (95% confidence level) = + √(a2 + (b*d)2), where:a = 0.5 m = constant depth error,
(i.e. the sum of all constant depth errors)
b = 0.013 = factor of depth dependent error
b*d = depth dependent error,
(i.e. the sum of all depth dependent errors)
d = depth—Feature Detection = Cubic features > 2 m in depths up to 40 m;10% of depth beyond 40 m. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Having “signal processing” sub-systems using “pulse compression”, with any of the following:
A “pulse compression” ratio exceeding 150; or
A compressed pulse width of less than 200 ns;
Note:
6A008(k)(2) does not control 2-dimensional ‘marine radar’ or ‘vessel traffic service’ radar, that meets all of the following descriptions:
“Pulse compression” ratio not exceeding 150;
Compressed pulse width of greater than 30 ns;
Single and rotating mechanically scanned antenna;
Peak output power not exceeding 250 W;
Not capable of “frequency hopping”. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Having data processing sub-systems that meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Automatic target tracking” providing, at any antenna rotation, the predicted target position beyond the time of the next antenna beam passage;
Note:
6A008(l)(1) does not control conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or ‘marine radar’. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of target data within six seconds from two or more “geographically dispersed” radar sensors to improve the aggregate performance beyond that of any single sensor specified by 6A008(f) or 6A008(i);
N.B.:
See also the Munitions List.
Note:
6A008(l)(4) does not control systems, equipment and assemblies designed for ‘vessel traffic service’. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes: 1.For the purposes of 6A008, ‘marine radar’ is a radar that is designed to navigate safely at sea, inland waterways or near-shore environments. 2.For the purposes of 6A008, ‘vessel traffic service’ is a vessel traffic monitoring and control service similar to air traffic control for “aircraft”. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Radiation hardened ‘detectors’, other than those controlled by 6A002, specially designed or modified for protecting against nuclear effects (e.g. electromagnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects), and usable for “missiles”, designed or rated to withstand radiation levels which meet or exceed a total irradiation does of 5 × 105 rads (Si); (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Technical Note:
In 6A102, a ‘detector’ is defined as a mechanical, electrical, optical or chemical device that automatically identifies and records, or registers a stimulus such as an environmental change in pressure or temperature, an electrical or electromagnetic signal or radiation from a radioactive material. This includes devices that sense by one time operation or failure. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Gravity meters (gravimeters) and components for gravity meters and gravity gradiometers, as follows:
Gravity meters, other than those specified in 6A007(b), designed or modified for airborne or marine use, and having a static or operational accuracy equal to or less (better) than 0.7 milligal (mgal), and having a time-to-steady-state registration of two minutes or less; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Specially designed components for gravity meters specified in 6A007(b) or 6A107(a) and gravity gradiometers specified in 6A007(c); (L.N. 183 of 1999)
Radar systems, tracking systems and radomes, other than those controlled by 6A008, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Radar and laser radar systems designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
6A108(a) includes the following:
Terrain contour mapping equipment;
Scene mapping and correlation (both digital and analogue) equipment; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Doppler navigation radar equipment; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Passive interferometer equipment; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Imaging sensor equipment (both active and passive). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Precision tracking systems, usable for ‘missiles’ , as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Tracking systems which use a code translator in conjunction with either surface or airborne references or navigation satellite systems to provide real time measurements of in-flight position and velocity; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Range instrumentation radars including associated optical/infrared trackers with all of the following capabilities:
Angular resolution better than 1.5 milliradians; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Range of 30 km or greater with a range resolution better than 10 m rms;
Velocity resolution better than 3 m/s; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Note:
In 6A108(b), the term ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Radomes designed to withstand a combined thermal shock greater than 4.184 × 106 J/m2 accompanied by a peak over pressure of greater than 50 kPa, and usable in “missiles” for protecting against nuclear effects (e.g. electromagnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Photomultiplier tubes having both of the following characteristics:
Photocathode area of greater than 20 cm2; and
Anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns;
Cameras and components, other than those specified in 6A003, as follows:
N.B.:
“Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of a camera or an imaging device to meet the characteristics of 6A203(a), 6A203(b) or 6A203(c) is specified in 6D203.
“Technology” in the form of keys or codes to enhance or release the performance of a camera or an imaging device to meet the characteristics of 6A203(a), 6A203(b) or 6A203(c) is specified in 6E203.
Note:
6A203(a), 6A203(b) and 6A203(c) does not control cameras or imaging devices that have hardware, “software” or “technology” constraints limiting their performance to less than that specified in 6A203(a), 6A203(b) and 6A203(c), if such cameras or imaging devices meet any of the following descriptions: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
They need to be returned to the original manufacturer to make the enhancements or release the constraints;
They require “software” as specified in 6D203 to enhance or release the performance to meet the characteristics of 6A203;
They require “technology” in the form of keys or codes as specified in 6E203 to enhance or release the performance to meet the characteristics of 6A203.
Streak cameras, and specially designed components for such cameras, as follows:
Streak cameras with writing speeds greater than 0.5 mm/μs;
Electronic streak cameras capable of 50 ns or less time resolution;
Streak tubes for cameras specified in 6A203(a)(2);
Plug-ins specially designed for use with streak cameras that have modular structures and that enable the streak cameras to achieve the performance specifications in 6A203(a)(1) or 6A203(a)(2); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 6A203(a)(1);
Framing cameras, and specially designed components for such cameras, as follows:
Framing cameras with recording rates greater than 225 000 frames per second;
Framing cameras capable of 50 ns or less frame exposure time;
Framing tubes and solid-state imaging devices having a fast-image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in 6A203(b)(1) or 6A203(b)(2);
Plug-ins specially designed for use with framing cameras that have modular structures and that enable the framing cameras to achieve the performance specifications in 6A203(b)(1) or 6A203(b)(2); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines, mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 6A203(b)(1) or 6A203(b)(2);
Technical Note:
In 6A203(b), high speed single frame cameras can be used alone to produce a single image of a dynamic event, or several such cameras can be combined in a sequentially-triggered system to produce multiple images of an event.
Solid-state cameras or electron tube cameras, and specially designed components for such cameras, as follows:
Solid-state cameras or electron tube cameras having a fast-image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
Solid-state imaging devices and image intensifier tubes having a fast-image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in 6A203(c)(1);
Electro-optical shuttering devices (Kerr or Pockels cells) having a fast-image gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
Plug-ins specially designed for use with cameras that have modular structures and that enable the cameras to achieve the performance specifications in 6A203(c)(1); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses for such cameras, specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 50 × 103 Gy (Silicon) (5 × 106 rad (Silicon)) without operational degradation;
Technical Note:
The term Gy (Silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionizing radiation.
“Lasers”, “laser” amplifiers and oscillators, other than those controlled by 0B001(g)(5), 0B001(h)(6) and 6A005, as follows: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Argon ion “lasers” having both of the following characteristics:
Operating at wavelengths between 400 nm and 515 nm; and
An “average output power” greater than 40 W; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Tunable pulsed single-mode dye laser oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
Operating at wavelengths between 300 nm and 800 nm;
An “average output power” greater than 1 W;
A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
Pulse width less than 100 ns; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Tunable pulsed dye laser amplifiers and oscillators having all of the following characteristics:
Operating at wavelengths between 300 nm and 800 nm;
An “average output power” greater than 30 W;
A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Note:
6A205(c) does not control single mode oscillators. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Pulsed carbon dioxide (CO2) “lasers” having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Operating at wavelengths between 9 000 nm and 11 000 nm;
A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
An “average output power” greater than 500 W; and
Pulse width less than 200 ns; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Para-hydrogen Raman shifters designed to operate at 16 μm output wavelength and at a repetition rate greater than 250 Hz; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Neodymium-doped (other than glass) “lasers” with an output wavelength between 1 000 nm and 1 100 nm, having any of the following characteristics:
Pulse-excited and Q-switched with a pulse duration equal to or more than 1 ns, and having:
A single-transverse mode output with an “average output power” greater than 40 W; or
A multiple-transverse mode output with an average power greater than 50 W;
Incorporating frequency doubling to give an output wavelength between 500 nm and 550 nm with an “average output power” greater than 40 W; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Pulsed carbon monoxide (CO) “lasers”, other than those specified in 6A005(d)(2), that meet all of the following descriptions: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Operating at wavelengths between 5 000 nm and 6 000 nm;
A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
An “average output power” greater than 200 W;
Pulse width of less than 200 ns; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
For copper vapour lasers, see 6A005(b). (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Velocity interferometers for measuring velocities exceeding 1 km/s during time intervals of less than 10 microseconds;
Note:
6A225 includes velocity interferometers such as VISARs (Velocity Interferometer Systems for Any Reflector), DLIs (Doppler Laser Interferometers) and PDV (Photonic Doppler Velocimeters) also known as Het-V (Heterodyne Velocimeters). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Pressure sensors, as follows:
Shock pressure gauges capable of measuring pressures greater than 10 GPa, including gauges made with manganin, ytterbium, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)/polyvinyl difluoride (PVF2); or (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Quartz pressure transducers for pressures greater than 10 GPa; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 42 of 2017)
T , I P E
Masks and reticles, specially designed for optical sensors specified in 6A002(a)(1)(b) or 6A002(a)(1)(d);
Optical equipment, as follows:
Equipment for measuring absolute reflectance to an “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 0.1% of the reflectance value; (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Equipment other than optical surface scattering measurement equipment, having an unobscured aperture of more than 10 cm, specially designed for the non-contact optical measurement of a non-planar optical surface figure (profile) to an “accuracy” of 2 nm or less (better) against the required profile;
Note:
6B004 does not control microscopes.
Equipment to produce, align and calibrate land-based gravity meters with a static “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.1 mGal;
Pulse radar cross-section measurement systems having transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less and specially designed components therefor;
N.B.:
See also 6B108.
Systems, other than those controlled by 6B008, specially designed for radar cross-section measurement usable for ‘missiles’ and their subsystems; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note:
In 6B108, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
M
Optical sensor materials, as follows:
Elemental tellurium (Te) of purity levels of 99.9995% or more;
Single crystals (including epitaxial wafers) of any of the following:
Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe) with zinc content of less than 6% by ‘mole fraction’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cadmium telluride (CdTe) of any purity level; or
Mercury cadmium telluride (HgCdTe) of any purity level; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Technical Note:
‘Mole fraction’ is defined as the ratio of moles of ZnTe to the sum of the moles of CdTe and ZnTe present in the crystal. (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Optical materials, as follows:
Zinc selenide (ZnSe) and zinc sulphide (ZnS) “substrate blanks” produced by the chemical vapour deposition process and having any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A volume greater than 100 cm3; or
A diameter greater than 80 mm and a thickness of 20 mm or more; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Electro-optic materials and non-linear optical materials, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA) (CAS 59400-80-5);
Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe2, also known as AGSE) (CAS 12002-67-4); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Thallium arsenic selenide (Tl3AsSe3, also known as TAS) (CAS 16142-89-5); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Zinc germanium phosphide (ZnGeP2, also known as ZGP, zinc germanium biphosphide or zinc germanium diphosphide); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gallium selenide (GaSe) (CAS 12024-11-2); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Non-linear optical materials, other than those specified in 6C004(b), that meet any of the following descriptions:
Having all of the following:
Dynamic (also known as non-stationary) third order non-linear susceptibility (χ(3), chi 3) of 10–6 m2/V2 or more;
Response time of less than 1 ms;
Second order non-linear susceptibility (χ(2), chi 2) of 3.3 × 10–11 m/V or more; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Substrate blanks” of silicon carbide or beryllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materials exceeding 300 mm in diameter or major axis length;
Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass, fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF4) (CAS 7783-64-4) and hafnium fluoride (HfF4) (CAS 13709-52-9), having all of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less than 5 ppm;
Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1 ppm; and
High homogeneity (index of refraction variance) less than 5 × 10-6;
Synthetically produced diamond material with an absorption of less than 10-5 cm-1 for wavelengths exceeding 200 nm but not exceeding 14 000 nm;
“Laser” materials, as follows:
Synthetic crystalline “laser” host material in unfinished form, as follows:
Titanium doped sapphire;
Rare-earth-metal doped double-clad fibres that have:
A nominal “laser” wavelength of 975 nm to 1 150 nm, with: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An average core diameter that is equal to or greater than 25 μm; and
A core ‘Numerical Aperture’ (‘NA’) that is less than 0.065; or
Note:
6C005(b)(1) does not control double-clad fibres that have an inner glass cladding diameter exceeding 150 μm but not exceeding 300 μm.
A nominal “laser” wavelength exceeding 1 530 nm, with: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An average core diameter that is equal to or greater than 20 μm; and
A core ‘Numerical Aperture’ (‘NA’) that is less than 0.1;
Note:
6C005(b) includes fibres assembled with end caps. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 6C005(b), core ‘Numerical Aperture’ (‘NA’) is measured at the emission wavelengths of the fibre. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: (Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
S
“Software” specially designed for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 6A004, 6A005, 6A008 or 6B008;
“Software” specially designed for the “use” of equipment controlled by 6A002(b), 6A008 or 6B008;
Other “software”, as follows:
“Software” specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the “real time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
“Source code” for the “real time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
“Software” specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the “real time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
“Source code” for the “real time processing” of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems; (L.N. 183 of 1999)
“Software” or “source code”, specially designed for all of the following:
“Real time processing” of acoustic data from sonar systems specified by 6A001(a)(1)(e);
Automatically detecting, classifying and determining the location of divers or swimmers;
N.B.:
For diver detection “software” or “source code”, specially designed or modified for military use, see the Munitions List. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Deleted; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Software” designed or modified for cameras incorporating “focal plane arrays” specified in 6A002(a)(3)(f) and designed or modified to remove a frame rate restriction and allow the camera to exceed the frame rate specified in 6A003(b)(4) Note 3(a); (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Software” specially designed to maintain the alignment and phasing of segmented mirror systems that consist of mirror segments with a diameter or major axis length that is equal to or greater than 1 m; (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Deleted; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Software” specially designed for magnetic and electric field “compensation systems” for magnetic sensors designed to operate on mobile platforms; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” specially designed for magnetic and electric field anomaly detection on mobile platforms; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
“Software” specially designed for “real time processing” of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 6A006(e); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Source code” for “real time processing” of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 6A006(e); (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Software” specially designed to correct motional influences of gravity meters or gravity gradiometers;
Air Traffic Control (ATC) “software” designed to be hosted on general purpose computers located at Air Traffic Control centres and capable of accepting radar target data from more than four primary radars; (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” for the design or “production” of radomes which:
Are specially designed to protect the electronically scanned array antennae controlled by 6A008(e); and (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Result in an antenna pattern having an ‘average side lobe level’ more than 40 dB below the peak of the main beam level;
Technical Note:
‘Average side lobe level’ in 6D003(h)(2)(b) is measured over the entire array excluding the angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on either side of the main beam.
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of goods controlled by 6A108;
“Software” which processes post-flight, recorded data, enabling determination of vehicle position throughout its flight path, specially designed or modified for ‘missiles’; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Technical Note:
In 6D103, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of a camera or an imaging device to meet the characteristics of 6A203(a), 6A203(b) or 6A203(c);
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of equipment, materials or “software” controlled by 6A, 6B, 6C or 6D;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment or materials controlled by 6A, 6B or 6C;
Other “technology”, as follows:
Optical surface coating and treatment “technology” “required” to achieve an ‘optical thickness’ uniformity of 99.5% or better for optical coatings 500 mm or more in diameter or major axis length and with a total loss (absorption and scatter) of less than 5 × 10-3; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
N.B.:
See also 2E003(f).
Technical Note:
‘Optical thickness’ is the mathematical product of the index of refraction and the physical thickness of the coating. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Technology” for the fabrication of optics using single point diamond turning techniques to produce surface finish “accuracies” of less (better) than 10 nm rms on non-planar surfaces exceeding 0.5 m2; (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment or “software” controlled by 6A002, 6A007(b) and (c), 6A008, 6A102, 6A107, 6A108, 6B108, 6D102 or 6D103;
Note:
6E101 only controls “technology” for equipment controlled by 6A002, 6A007 and 6A008 when it is designed for airborne applications and is usable in “missiles”. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment specified in 6A003, 6A005(a)(2), 6A005(b)(2), 6A005(b)(3), 6A005(b)(4), 6A005(b)(6), 6A005(c)(2), 6A005(d)(3)(c), 6A005(d)(4)(c), 6A202, 6A203, 6A205, 6A225 or 6A226;
Notes:
6E201 only controls “technology” for cameras specified in 6A003 if the cameras are also specified in any of the control parameters of 6A203.
6E201 only controls “technology” for “lasers” in 6A005(b)(6) that are neodymium-doped and specified in any of the control parameters of 6A205(f). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology” in the form of keys or codes to enhance or release the performance of a camera or an imaging device to meet the characteristics of 6A203(a), 6A203(b) and 6A203(c);
S , E C
N.B.:
For automatic pilots for submersible vehicles, see Category 8. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
For radar, see Category 6. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
Accelerometers as follows and specially designed components for accelerometers:
N.B.:
For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 7A001(b). See also 7A101.
Linear accelerometers having any of the following characteristics:
Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 15 g and having:
A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 130 micro g with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year; or
A “scale factor” “stability” of less (better) than 130 ppm with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year;
Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 15 g but less than or equal to 100 g and having all of the following: (L.N. 161 of 2011)
A “bias” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1 250 micro g over a period of one year; and
A “scale factor” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1 250 ppm over a period of one year; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Designed for use in inertial navigation or guidance systems and specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
7A001(a)(1) and 7A001(a)(2) do not apply to accelerometers limited to measurement of only vibration or shock. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Angular or rotational accelerometers, specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g;
Gyros or angular rate sensors, having any of the following characteristics and specially designed components for gyros or angular rate sensors:
N.B.:
See also 7A102. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 7A001(b).
Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100 g and having any of the following:
An angular rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and having any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 0.5 degree per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of one month, and with respect to a fixed calibration value;
An “angle random walk” of less (better) than or equal to 0.0035 degree per square root hour;
Note:
7A002(a)(1)(b) does not control “spinning mass gyros”.
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
An angular rate range greater than or equal to 500 degrees per second and having any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed calibration value;
An “angle random walk” of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour;
Note:
7A002(a)(2)(b) does not control “spinning mass gyros”. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ that meet any of the following descriptions:
N.B.:
See also 7A103.
Note:
7A003 does not apply to ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ which are certified for use on “civil aircraft” by civil aviation authorities of one or more “Participating States”. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ incorporate accelerometers or gyroscopes to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once aligned. ‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ include the following:—Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);—Gyrocompasses;—Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);—Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);—Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs);—Inertial Reference Units (IRUs). 2.‘Positional aiding references’ independently provide position, and include all of the following:(a)“Satellite navigation system”;(b)“Data-Based Referenced Navigation” (“DBRN”). (L.N. 6 of 2025) (a)Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing position without the use of ‘positional aiding references’, and having any of the following “accuracies” subsequent to normal alignment: (L.N. 85 of 2023)(1)0.8 nautical miles per hour (nm/hr) “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) rate or less (better);(2)0.5% distanced travelled “CEP” or less (better);(3)Total drift of 1 nautical mile “CEP” or less (better) in a 24-hour period;Technical Note:The performance parameters in 7A003(a)(1), 7A003(a)(2) and 7A003(a)(3) typically apply to ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ designed for “aircraft”, vehicles and vessels, respectively. These parameters result from the utilization of specialized non-‘positional aiding references’ (e.g. altimeter, odometer, velocity log). As a consequence, the specified performance values cannot be readily converted between these parameters. Equipment designed for multiple platforms are evaluated against each applicable entry 7A003(a)(1), 7A003(a)(2) or 7A003(a)(3). (L.N. 6 of 2025) (b)Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, with an embedded ‘positional aiding reference’ and providing position after loss of all ‘positional aiding references’ for a period of up to 4 minutes, having an “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 metres “CEP”;Note: (L.N. 6 of 2025)7A003(b) refers to systems in which ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ and other independent ‘positional aiding references’ are built into a single unit (i.e. embedded) in order to achieve improved performance. (c)Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing heading or True North determination and meeting any of the following descriptions:(1)Having a maximum operating angular rate less (lower) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of ‘positional aiding references’ equal to or less (better) than 0.07 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent to 6 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude);(2)Having a maximum operating angular rate equal to or greater (higher) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of ‘positional aiding references’ equal to or less (better) than 0.2 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent to 17 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude); (d)Providing acceleration measurements or angular rate measurements, in more than one dimension, and meeting any of the following descriptions:(1)Having performance specified in 7A001 or 7A002 along any axis, without the use of any aiding references;(2)Being “space-qualified” and providing angular rate measurements having an “angle random walk” along any axis of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour; Note: 7A003(d)(2) does not control ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ that contain “spinning mass gyros” as the only type of gyro.
‘Star trackers’ and their components, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 7A104. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Star trackers’ with a specified azimuth “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 20 seconds of arc throughout the specified lifetime of the equipment; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Components specially designed for equipment specified in 7A004(a) as follows:
Optical heads or baffles;
Data processing units;
Technical Note:
‘Star trackers’ are also referred to as stellar attitude sensors or gyro-astro compasses.
“Satellite navigation system” receiving equipment having any of the following and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 7A105. For equipment specially designed for military use, see ML11.
Employing a decryption algorithm specially designed or modified for government use to access the ranging code for position and time;
Employing ‘adaptive antenna systems’;
Note:
7A005(b) does not apply to “satellite navigation system” receiving equipment that only uses components designed to filter, switch, or combine signals from multiple omni-directional antennae that do not implement adaptive antenna techniques. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 7A005(b) ‘adaptive antenna systems’ dynamically generate one or more spatial nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the time domain or frequency domain.
Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive, having any of the following characteristics:
N.B.:
See also 7A106.
“Power management”; or
Using phase shift key modulation;
(Repealed L.N. 95 of 2006)
Underwater sonar navigation systems using Doppler-velocity or correlation-velocity logs integrated with a heading source and having a positioning “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 3% of distance travelled “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) and specially designed components for those systems; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
7A008 does not include systems specially designed for installation on surface vessels or systems requiring acoustic beacons or buoys to provide positioning data.
N.B.:
See 6A001(a) for acoustic systems, and 6A001(b) for correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment. See 8A002 for other marine systems.
Linear accelerometers, other than those specified in 7A001, designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, usable in ‘missiles’, having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components for those linear accelerometers: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
A “bias” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1 250 micro g;
A “scale factor” “repeatability” of less (better) than 1 250 ppm;
Note:
7A101 does not control accelerometers specially designed and developed as MWD (Measurement While Drilling) Sensors for use in downhole well service operations. (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes:
In 7A101, the term ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
In 7A101, the measurement of “bias” and “scale factor” refers to a one sigma standard deviation with respect to a fixed calibration over a period of one year.
All types of gyros, other than those controlled by 7A002, usable in ‘missiles’, with a rated “drift rate” ‘stability’ of less than 0.5° (1 sigma or rms) per hour in a 1 g environment and specially designed components therefor; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Notes:
In 7A102, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
In 7A102, ‘stability’ means a measure of the ability of a specific mechanism or performance coefficient to remain invariant when continuously exposed to a fixed operating condition (IEEE STD 528-2001 paragraph 2.247). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Instrumentation, navigation equipment and systems, other than those controlled by 7A003, as follows; and specially designed components therefor:
‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’, using accelerometers or gyros as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Accelerometers specified in 7A001(a)(3), 7A001(b) or 7A101 or gyros specified in 7A002 or 7A102; or
Note:
7A103(a)(1) does not control equipment containing accelerometers controlled by 7A001(a)(3) that are designed to measure vibration or shock. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Accelerometers specified in 7A001(a)(1) or 7A001(a)(2) designed for use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of all types, and usable in ‘missiles’; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
7A103(a)(2) does not include equipment containing accelerometers specified in 7A001(a)(1) or 7A001(a)(2) where such accelerometers are specially designed and developed as MWD (Measurement While Drilling) Sensors for use in downhole well service operations. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ controlled by 7A103(a) incorporate accelerometers or gyros to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once aligned. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’ in 7A103(a) include:
—Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs)
—Gyrocompasses
—Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs)
—Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs)
—Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs)
—Inertial Reference Units (IRUs) (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Integrated flight instrument systems, which include gyrostabilisers or automatic pilots, designed or modified for use in ‘missiles’; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 254 of 2008)
‘Integrated navigation systems’, designed or modified for ‘missiles’ and capable of providing a navigational accuracy of 200 m ‘CEP’ or less; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Notes: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An ‘integrated navigation system’ typically incorporates the following components: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
An inertial measurement device (e.g. an attitude and heading reference system, inertial reference unit, or inertial navigation system);
One or more external sensors used to update the position or velocity or both, either periodically or continuously throughout the flight (e.g. satellite navigation receiver, radar altimeter, or Doppler radar); and
Integration hardware and software. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
In 7A103(c), ‘CEP’ (Circular Error Probable or Circle of Equal Probability) is a measure of accuracy, defined as the radius of the circle inside of which there is a 50% probability of being located. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Three axis magnetic heading sensors, designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation systems, other than those specified in 6A006, having all of the following characteristics, and specially designed components for those sensors: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Internal tilt compensation in pitch (+90 degrees) and roll (+180 degrees) axes;
Capable of providing azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms at latitude of +80 degrees, reference to local magnetic field;
Note:
Flight control and navigation systems in 7A103(d) include gyrostabilizers, automatic pilots and inertial navigation systems. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Technical Note:
In 7A103, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Gyro-astro compasses and other devices, other than those controlled by 7A004, which derive position or orientation by means of automatically tracking celestial bodies or satellites and specially designed components therefor;
Receiving equipment for ‘navigation satellite systems’, other than those specified in 7A005, having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004, sounding rockets controlled by 9A104 or unmanned aerial vehicles controlled by 9A012 or 9A112(a); (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Designed or modified for airborne applications and having any of the following characteristics:
Capable of providing navigation information at speeds in excess of 600 m/s; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Employing decryption, designed or modified for military or governmental services, to gain access to a ‘navigation satellite system’ secured signal/data; or (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Being specially designed to employ anti-jam features (e.g. null steering antenna or electronically steerable antenna) to function in an environment of active or passive countermeasures;
Note:
7A105(b)(2) and 7A105(b)(3) do not control equipment designed for commercial, civil or ‘Safety of Life’ (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) ‘navigation satellite system’ services. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
In 7A105, ‘navigation satellite system’ includes Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS; e.g. GPS, GLONASS, Galileo or BeiDou) and Regional Navigation Satellite Systems (RNSS; e.g. NavIC, QZSS). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Altimeters, other than those controlled by 7A006, of radar or laser radar type, designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104;
Passive sensors for determining bearing to specific electromagnetic source (direction finding equipment) or terrain characteristics, designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
Equipment controlled by 7A105, 7A106 and 7A115 includes the following:
Terrain contour mapping equipment;
Scene mapping and correlation (both digital and analogue) equipment;
Doppler navigation radar equipment;
Passive interferometer equipment;
Imaging sensor equipment (both active and passive). (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Flight control systems and servo valves, as follows; designed or modified for use in space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104 or “missiles”: (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Pneumatic, hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electro-mechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Attitude control equipment;
Flight control servo valves designed or modified for the systems controlled by 7A116(a) or 7A116(b) and designed or modified to operate in a vibration environment greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
For conversion of manned aircraft to operate as “missiles”, 7A116 includes the systems, equipment and valves designed or modified to enable operation of manned aircraft as unmanned aerial vehicles. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Guidance sets”, usable in “missiles”, capable of achieving system accuracy of 3.33% or less of the range (e.g. a ‘CEP’ of 10 km or less at a range of 300 km); (E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
In 7A117, ‘CEP’ (Circular Error Probable or Circle of Equal Probability) is a measure of accuracy, defined as the radius of the circle centred at the target, at a specific range, in which 50% of the payloads impact. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
T , I P E
Test, calibration or alignment equipment specially designed for equipment controlled by 7A;
Note:
7B001 does not control test, calibration or alignment equipment for ‘Maintenance Level I’ or ‘Maintenance Level II’.
Technical Notes:
‘Maintenance Level I’ (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The failure of an inertial navigation unit is detected on the “aircraft” by indications from the control and display unit (CDU) or by the status message from the corresponding sub-system. By following the manufacturer’s manual, the cause of the failure may be localized at the level of the malfunctioning line replaceable unit (LRU). The operator then removes the LRU and replaces it with a spare. (E.R. 6 of 2020)
‘Maintenance Level II’ (L.N. 85 of 2023)
The defective LRU is sent to the maintenance workshop (the manufacturer’s or that of the operator responsible for level II maintenance). At the maintenance workshop, the malfunctioning LRU is tested by various appropriate means to verify and localize the defective shop replaceable assembly (SRA) module responsible for the failure. This SRA is removed and replaced by an operative spare. The defective SRA (or possibly the complete LRU) is then shipped to the manufacturer. ‘Maintenance Level II’ does not include the disassembly or repair of specified accelerometers or gyro sensors. (L.N. 161 of 2011; E.R. 6 of 2020)
Equipment, as follows, specially designed to characterize mirrors for ring “laser” gyros:
N.B.:
See also 7B102.
Scatterometers having a measurement “accuracy” of 10 ppm or less (better);
Profilometers having a measurement “accuracy” of 0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less (better); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Equipment specially designed for the “production” of equipment specified in 7A;
Note:
7B003 includes:
Gyro tuning test stations;
Gyro dynamic balance stations;
Gyro run-in/motor test stations;
Gyro evacuation and fill stations;
Centrifuge fixtures for gyro bearings;
Accelerometer axis align stations; and
Fibre optic gyro coil winding machines. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
(Repealed L.N. 65 of 2004)
Reflectometers specially designed to characterize mirrors, for “laser” gyros, having a measurement accuracy of 50 ppm or less (better);
“Production facilities” and “production equipment” as follows:
“Production facilities” specially designed for equipment controlled by 7A117;
“Production equipment”, and other test, calibration and alignment equipment, other than that controlled by 7B001 to 7B003, designed or modified to be used with equipment controlled by 7A;
(Repealed L.N. 65 of 2004)
M None
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development” or “production” of equipment controlled by 7A or 7B;
“Source code” for the operation or maintenance of any inertial navigation equipment, including inertial equipment not specified in 7A003 or 7A004, or Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (‘AHRS’);
Note:
7D002 does not apply to “source code” for the operation or maintenance of gimballed ‘AHRS’.
Technical Note:
‘AHRS’ generally differs from Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) in that an ‘AHRS’ provides attitude and heading information and normally does not provide the acceleration, velocity and position information associated with an INS.
Other “software”, as follows:
“Software” specially designed or modified to improve the operational performance or reduce the navigational error of systems to the levels specified in 7A003, 7A004 or 7A008; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Source code” for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational performance or reduces the navigational error of systems to the levels specified in 7A003 or 7A008 by continuously combining heading data with any of the following: (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Doppler radar or sonar velocity data; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Satellite navigation system” references data; or (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Data from “Data-Based Referenced Navigation” (“DBRN”) Systems; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Computer-aided-design (CAD) “software” specially designed for the “development” of “active flight control systems”, helicopter multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers or helicopter “circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems” whose “technology” is controlled by 7E004(b)(1), 7E004(b)(3), 7E004(b)(4), 7E004(b)(5), 7E004(b)(7), 7E004(b)(8), 7E004(c)(1) or 7E004(c)(2);
“Source code” incorporating “development” “technology” controlled by 7E004(a)(2), 7E004(a)(3), 7E004(a)(5), 7E004(a)(6) or 7E004(b), for any of the following:
Digital flight management systems for “total control of flight”;
Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;
“Fly-by-wire systems” or “fly-by-light systems”;
Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring “active flight control systems”;
Not used;
Air data systems based on surface static data;
3-dimensional displays;
Note:
7D004 does not control “source code” associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g. input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer “program” and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Software” specially designed to decrypt “satellite navigation system” ranging code designed for government use;
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A006, 7A101 to 7A106, 7A115, 7A116(a), 7A116(b), 7B001, 7B002, 7B003, 7B102 or 7B103;
Integration “software” as follows:
Integration “software” for the equipment controlled by 7A103(b);
Integration “software” specially designed for the equipment controlled by 7A003 or 7A103(a); (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Integration “software” designed or modified for the equipment controlled by 7A103(c); (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Note:
A common form of integration “software” employs Kalman filtering. (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Software” specially designed for modelling or simulation of the “guidance sets” controlled by 7A117 or for their design integration with the space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets controlled by 9A104; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Note:
“Software” controlled by 7D103 remains controlled when combined with specially designed hardware controlled by 4A102. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of “guidance sets” controlled by 7A117;
Note:
7D104 includes “software”, specially designed or modified to enhance the performance of “guidance sets” to achieve or exceed the accuracy controlled by 7A117.
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of equipment or “software”, specified in 7A, 7B, 7D001, 7D002, 7D003, 7D005, 7D101, 7D102 and 7D103;
Note:
7E001 includes key management “technology” exclusively for equipment specified in 7A005(a). (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment controlled by 7A or 7B;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the repair, refurbishing or overhaul of equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A004;
Note:
7E003 does not control maintenance “technology” directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable LRUs and SRAs of a “civil aircraft” as described in ‘Maintenance Level I’ or ‘Maintenance Level II’. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See Technical Notes to 7B001.
Other “technology”, as follows:
“Technology” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
Air data systems based on surface static data only, i.e. which dispense with conventional air data probes; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Three dimensional displays for “aircraft”; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Electric actuators (i.e. electromechanical, electrohydrostatic and integrated actuator package) specially designed for “primary flight control”;
“Flight control optical sensor array” specially designed for implementing “active flight control systems”;
“Data-Based Referenced Navigation” (“DBRN”) Systems designed to navigate underwater, using sonar or gravity databases, that provide a positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 0.4 nautical miles; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Development” “technology”, as follows, for “active flight control systems” (including “fly-by-wire systems” or “fly-by-light systems”): (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Photonic-based “technology” for sensing “aircraft” or flight control component state, transferring flight control data, or commanding actuator movement, “required” for “fly-by-light systems” or “active flight control systems”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Real-time algorithms to analyze component sensor information to predict and preemptively mitigate impending degradation and failures of components within an “active flight control system”;
Note:
7E004(b)(3) does not control algorithms for off-line maintenance. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Real-time algorithms to identify failures of components and reconfigure force and moment controls to mitigate “active flight control system” degradation and failures;
Note:
7E004(b)(4) does not control algorithms for the elimination of fault effects through comparison of redundant data sources, or off-line pre-planned responses to anticipated failures. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data into a digital flight management system for “total control of flight”;
Note:
7E004(b)(5) does not control:
“Technology” for integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data into a digital flight management system for “flight path optimisation”.
“Technology” for “aircraft” flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements for “fly-by-wire systems” having all of the following— (L.N. 85 of 2023)
that have ‘inner-loop’ airframe stability controls requiring a loop closure rate of 40 Hz or greater;
Technical Note:
‘Inner-loop’ refers to functions of “active flight control systems” that automate airframe stability controls.
that meet any of the following descriptions:
Correct an aerodynamically unstable airframe, measured at any point in a design flight envelope, that would lose recoverable control if not corrected within 0.5 seconds;
Combine controls in 2 or more axes while compensating for ‘abnormal changes in aircraft state’;
Technical Note:
‘Abnormal changes in aircraft state’ include in-flight structural damage, loss of engine thrust, disabled control surface and destabilizing shifts in cargo load.
Perform the functions specified in 7E004(b)(5);
Note:
7E004(b)(7)(b)(3) does not control autopilots.
Enable an “aircraft” to have a stable controlled flight, other than during take-off or landing, at an angle of attack greater than 18 degrees, a side slip at 15 degrees, a pitch rate or yaw rate of 15 degrees per second, or a roll rate of 90 degrees per second; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements for “fly-by-wire systems” to achieve—
No loss of control of the “aircraft” in the event of a consecutive sequence of any 2 individual faults within the “fly-by-wire system”; and
A probability of loss of control of the “aircraft” that is less (better) than 1 × 10–9 failures per flight hour; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
7E004(b) does not control “technology” associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g. input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer “program” and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function. (L.N. 42 of 2017; E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” for the “development” of helicopter systems, as follows:
Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers which combine the functions of at least two of the following into one controlling element:
Collective controls;
Cyclic controls;
Yaw controls;
“Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled directional control systems”;
Rotor blades incorporating ‘variable geometry aerofoils’ for use in systems using individual blade control;
Technical Note:
‘Variable geometry aerofoils’ use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of which can be controlled in flight. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of equipment controlled by 7A001 to 7A006, 7A101 to 7A106, 7A115 to 7A117, 7B001, 7B002, 7B003, 7B102, 7B103, 7D101 to 7D103;
“Technology” for protection of avionics and electrical sub-systems against electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards, from external sources, as follows:
Design “technology” for shielding systems;
Design “technology” for the configuration of hardened electrical circuits and sub-systems;
Design “technology” for the determination of hardening criteria of 7E102(a) and (b);
“Technology” for the integration of the flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a flight management system for optimization of rocket system trajectory;
S , E C
Submersible vehicles and surface vessels, as follows:
N.B.: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
For the control status of equipment for submersible vehicles, see:
Category 6 for sensors;
Categories 7 and 8 for navigation equipment;
Category 8A for underwater equipment.
Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed to operate at depths exceeding 1 000 m;
Manned, untethered submersible vehicles, having any of the following:
Designed to ‘operate autonomously’ and having a lifting capacity of all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
10% or more of their weight in air; and
15 kN or more;
Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1 000 m; or
Having all of the following:
Designed to continuously ‘operate autonomously’ for 10 hours or more;
‘Range’ of 25 nautical miles or more; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Notes:
For the purpose of 8A001(b), ‘operate autonomously’ means fully submerged, without snorkel, all systems working and cruising at minimum speed at which the submersible vehicle can safely control its depth dynamically by using its depth planes only, with no need for a support vessel or support base on the surface, sea-bed or shore, and containing a propulsion system for submerged or surface use.
For the purposes of 8A001(b), ‘range’ means half the maximum distance a submersible vehicle can ‘operate autonomously’. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Unmanned submersible vehicles as follows:
Unmanned submersible vehicles having any of the following:
Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference without real time human assistance;
Acoustic data or command link;
Wireless optical data or command link exceeding 1 000 m; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Unmanned submersible vehicles, not specified in 8A001(c)(1), having all of the following:
Designed to operate with a tether;
Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1 000 m;
Having any of the following:
Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using propulsion motors or thrusters specified in 8A002(a)(2);
Fibre optic data link; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ocean salvage systems with a lifting capacity exceeding 5 MN for salvaging objects from depths exceeding 250 m and having any of the following:
Dynamic positioning systems capable of position keeping within 20 m of a given point provided by the navigation system; or
Seafloor navigation and navigation integration systems for depths exceeding 1 000 m with positioning “accuracies” to within 10 m of a predetermined point; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Marine systems, equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
N.B.: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
For underwater communications systems, see Category 5, Part 1—Telecommunications. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Systems, equipment and components, specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles and designed to operate at depths exceeding 1 000 m, as follows: (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a maximum inside chamber diameter exceeding 1.5 m;
Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;
Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using optical fibre and having synthetic strength members;
Components manufactured from material specified in 8C001;
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion of submersible vehicles controlled by 8A001 using navigation data, having closed loop servo-controls and having any of the following: (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Enabling a vehicle to move within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column;
Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m while following a cable on or under the sea-bed;
Fibre optic pressure hull penetrators; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Underwater vision systems having all of the following:
Specially designed or modified for remote operation with a submersible vehicle; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Employing any of the following techniques to minimize the effects of back scatter:
Range-gated illuminators;
Range-gated laser systems; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
Light systems, as follows, specially designed or modified for underwater use:
Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light output energy of more than 300 J per flash and a flash rate of more than 5 flashes per second;
Argon arc light systems specially designed for use below 1 000 m;
“Robots” specially designed for underwater use, controlled by using a dedicated computer, having any of the following: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Systems that control the “robot” using information from sensors which measure force or torque applied to an external object, distance to an external object, or tactile sense between the “robot” and an external object; or
The ability to exert a force of 250 N or more or a torque of 250 Nm or more and using titanium based alloys or “composite” “fibrous or filamentary materials” in their structural members; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles, having any of the following:
Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which measure any of the following:
Torque or force applied to an external object;
Tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; or (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques and having 5 degrees of ‘freedom of movement’ or more; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Note:
Only functions having proportionally related motion control using positional feedback are counted when determining the number of degrees of ‘freedom of movement’. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Air independent power systems, specially designed for underwater use, as follows:
Brayton or Rankine cycle engine air independent power systems having any of the following:
Chemical scrubber or absorber systems specially designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
Devices or enclosures specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
Systems specially designed:
To pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
To store the products of the reaction; and
To discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
Diesel cycle engine air independent systems, having all of the following:
Chemical scrubber or absorber systems specially designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
Devices or enclosures specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
Specially designed exhaust systems that do not exhaust continuously the products of combustion;
“Fuel cell” air independent power systems with an output exceeding 2 kW having any of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Devices or enclosures specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
Systems specially designed:
To pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
To store the products of the reaction; and
To discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
Stirling cycle engine air independent power systems, having all of the following:
Devices or enclosures specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
Specially designed exhaust systems which discharge the products of combustion against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Propellers, power transmission systems, power generation systems, and noise reduction systems and related equipment, as follows: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Water-screw propeller, power generation systems or transmission systems designed for use on vessels, as follows:
Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated at more than 30 MW;
Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion motors with a power output exceeding 2.5 MW; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Superconductive” propulsion motors, with a power output exceeding 0.1 MW; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Power transmission systems, incorporating “composite” shafts and designed to transmit power exceeding 10 MW; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systems rated at more than 2.5 MW;
Noise reduction systems and related equipment, designed for use on vessels of 1 000 tonnes displacement or more, as follows: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Systems that attenuate underwater noise at frequencies below 500 Hz and consist of compound acoustic mounts for the acoustic isolation of diesel engines, diesel generator sets, gas turbines, gas turbine generator sets, propulsion motors or propulsion reduction gears, specially designed for sound or vibration isolation, having an intermediate mass exceeding 30% of the equipment to be mounted;
‘Active noise reduction or cancellation systems’ or magnetic bearings, specially designed for power transmission systems;
Technical Note:
‘Active noise reduction or cancellation systems’ incorporate electronic control systems capable of actively reducing equipment vibration by the generation of anti-noise or anti-vibration signals directly to the source. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Permanent magnet electric propulsion motors specially designed for submersible vehicles, having a power output exceeding 0.1 MW;
Note:
8A002(o)(4) includes rim-driven propulsion systems. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Pumpjet propulsion systems having all of the following:
Power output exceeding 2.5 MW;
Using divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques to improve propulsive efficiency or reduce propulsion-generated underwater-radiated noise; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Underwater swimming and diving equipment as follows:
Closed circuit rebreathers;
Semi-closed circuit rebreathers;
Note:
8A002(q) does not apply to individual rebreathers for personal use when accompanying their users. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
N.B.:
For equipment and devices specially designed for military use, see the Munitions List. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Diver deterrent acoustic systems specially designed or modified to disrupt divers and having a sound pressure level equal to or exceeding 190 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) at frequencies of 200 Hz and below;
Notes:
8A002(r) does not apply to diver deterrent systems based on underwater explosive devices, air guns or combustible sources.
8A002(r) includes diver deterrent acoustic systems that use spark gap sources, also known as plasma sound sources. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
T , I P E
Water tunnels designed to have a background noise of less than 100 dB (reference 1 μPa, 1 Hz) within the frequency range exceeding 0 Hz but not exceeding 500 Hz and designed for measuring acoustic fields generated by a hydro-flow around propulsion system models;
M
‘Syntactic foam’ designed for underwater use, having all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Designed for marine depths exceeding 1000 m; and
A density less than 561 kg/m3;
Technical Note:
‘Syntactic foam’ consists of hollow spheres of plastic or glass embedded in a resin “matrix”. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 8A002(a)(4). (L.N. 254 of 2008)
S
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment or materials controlled by 8A, 8B or 8C;
Specific “software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production”, repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction;
T
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of equipment or materials controlled by 8A, 8B or 8C;
Other “technology”, as follows:
“Technology” for the “development”, “production”, repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction;
“Technology” for the overhaul or refurbishing of equipment controlled by 8A001, 8A002(b), 8A002(j), 8A002(o) or 8A002(p);
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of any of the following characteristics:
Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) having all of the following characteristics:
A maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 30 knots in a significant wave height of 1.25 m or more;
A cushion pressure exceeding 3 830 Pa;
A light-ship-to-full-load displacement ratio of less than 0.70;
Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 40 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
Hydrofoil vessels with active systems for automatically controlling foil systems, with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knots or more in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
‘Small waterplane area vessels’ having any of the following characteristics:
A full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
A full load displacement exceeding 1 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave height of 4 m or more; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
A ‘small waterplane area vessel’ is defined by the following formula: waterplane area at an operational design draft that is less than 2 × (displaced volume at the operational design draft)2/3. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
S , E C
(For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transient ionizing radiation, see the Munitions List.)
Aero gas turbine engines having any of the following:
N.B.:
See also 9A101.
Incorporating any of the “technologies” specified by 9E003(a), 9E003(h) or 9E003(i); or (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Notes: 1.9A001(a) does not control aero gas turbine engines that meet both of the following descriptions:(a)Certified by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States”;(b)Intended to power non-military manned “aircraft” for which any of the following has been issued by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States” for the “aircraft” with this specific engine type:(1)A civil Type Certificate;(2)An equivalent document recognized by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). 2.9A001(a) does not control aero gas turbine engines designed for Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) approved by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States”. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
‘Marine gas turbine engines’ designed to use liquid fuel and having all of the following, and specially designed assemblies and components of those items:
Maximum continuous power when operating in “steady state mode” at standard reference conditions specified in ISO 3977-2 (1997) (or national equivalent) of 24 245 kW or more;
‘Corrected specific fuel consumption’ not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh at 35% of the maximum continuous power when using liquid fuel;
Note:
The term ‘marine gas turbine engines’ includes those industrial, or aero-derivative, gas turbine engines adapted for a ship’s electric power generation or propulsion.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9A002, ‘corrected specific fuel consumption’ is the specific fuel consumption of the engine corrected to a marine distillate liquid fuel having a net specific energy (i.e. net heating value) of 42 MJ/kg (ISO 3977-2 (1997)).
Specially designed assemblies and components, incorporating any of the “technologies” specified by 9E003(a), 9E003(h), 9E003(i) or 9E003(k), for any of the following aero gas turbine engines: (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Specified by 9A001;
Whose design or production origins are either non-“Participating States” or unknown to the manufacturer; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Space launch vehicles, “spacecraft”, “spacecraft buses”, “spacecraft payloads”, “spacecraft” on-board systems or equipment, terrestrial equipment, air-launch platforms and “sub-orbital craft”, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 9A104.
Space launch vehicles;
“Spacecraft”;
“Spacecraft buses”;
“Spacecraft payloads” incorporating the items specified in 3A001(b)(1)(a)(4), 3A002(g), 5A001(a)(1), 5A001(b)(3), 5A002(c), 5A002(e), 6A002(a)(1), 6A002(a)(2), 6A002(b), 6A002(d), 6A003(b), 6A004(c), 6A004(e), 6A008(d), 6A008(e), 6A008(k), 6A008(l) or 9A010(c); (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
On-board systems or equipment, specially designed for “spacecraft” and having any of the following functions:
‘Command and telemetry data handling’;
Note:
For the purposes of 9A004(e)(1), ‘command and telemetry data handling’ includes bus data management, storage and processing.
‘Payload data handling’;
Note:
For the purposes of 9A004(e)(2), ‘payload data handling’ includes payload data management, storage and processing.
‘Attitude and orbit control’;
Note:
For the purposes of 9A004(e)(3), ‘attitude and orbit control’ includes sensing and actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a “spacecraft”.
N.B.:
For equipment specially designed for military use, see ML11(c). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Terrestrial equipment, specially designed for “spacecraft”, as follows:
Telemetry and telecommand equipment specially designed for any of the following data processing functions:
Telemetry data processing of frame synchronization and error corrections, for monitoring of operational status (also known as health and safe status) of the “spacecraft bus”;
Command data processing for formatting command data being sent to the “spacecraft” to control the “spacecraft bus”; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Simulators specially designed for ‘verification of operational procedures’ of “spacecraft”;
Technical Note: For the purposes of 9A004(f)(2), ‘verification of operational procedures’ is any of the following: (a)Command sequence confirmation; (b)Operational training; (c)Operational rehearsals; (d)Operational analysis. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Aircraft” specially designed or modified to be air-launch platforms for space launch vehicles or “sub-orbital craft”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Sub-orbital craft”; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing any of the systems or components controlled by 9A006;
N.B.:
See also 9A105 and 9A119.
Systems and components specially designed for liquid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 9A106, 9A108 and 9A120. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Cryogenic refrigerators, flightweight dewars, cryogenic heat pipes or cryogenic systems, designed to restrict cryogenic fluid losses to less than 30% per year; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Cryogenic containers or closed-cycle refrigeration systems, designed to maintain or produce temperatures less than or equal to 100 K (-173.15°C); (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Slush hydrogen storage or transfer systems;
High pressure (exceeding 17.5 MPa) turbo pumps, pump components or their associated gas generator or expander cycle turbine drive systems;
High-pressure (exceeding 10.6 MPa) thrust chambers and nozzles therefor;
Propellant storage systems using the principle of capillary containment or positive expulsion (i.e. with flexible bladders); (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Liquid propellant injectors, with individual orifices of 0.381 mm or smaller in diameter (an area of 1.14 × 10-3 cm2 or smaller for non-circular orifices) and specially designed for liquid rocket engines; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
One-piece carbon-carbon thrust chambers or one-piece carbon-carbon exit cones with densities exceeding 1.4 g/cm3 and tensile strengths exceeding 48 MPa;
Solid rocket propulsion systems with any of the following:
N.B.:
See also 9A107 and 9A119. (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs;
Specific impulse of 2.4 kNs/kg or more when the nozzle flow is expanded to ambient sea level conditions for an adjusted chamber pressure of 7 MPa;
Stage mass fractions exceeding 88% and propellant solid loadings exceeding 86%;
Any of the components controlled by 9A008; or
Insulation and propellant bonding systems using direct-bonded motor designs to provide a ‘strong mechanical bond’ or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation material;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9A007(e), a ‘strong mechanical bond’ means bond strength equal to or more than propellant strength.
Components, as follows, specially designed for solid rocket propulsion systems:
N.B.:
See also 9A108.
Insulation and propellant bonding systems using liners to provide a ‘strong mechanical bond’ or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation material;
Technical Note:
For the purpose of 9A008(a), a ‘strong mechanical bond’ means bond strength equal to or more than propellant strength.
Filament-wound “composite” motor cases exceeding 0.61 m in diameter or having ‘structural efficiency ratios (PV/W)’ exceeding 25 km;
Technical Note:
The ‘structural efficiency ratio (PV/W)’ is the burst pressure (P) multiplied by the vessel volume (V) divided by the total pressure vessel weight (W). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Nozzles with thrust levels exceeding 45 kN or nozzle throat erosion rates of less than 0.075 mm/s;
Movable nozzle or secondary fluid injection thrust vector control systems capable of any of the following:
Omni-axial movement exceeding +5°;
Angular vector rotations of 20°/s or more; or
Angular vector accelerations of 40°/s2 or more;
Hybrid rocket propulsion systems with:
N.B.:
See also 9A109 and 9A119.
Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; or
Thrust levels exceeding 220 kN in vacuum exit conditions;
Specially designed components, systems and structures for launch vehicles, launch vehicle propulsion systems or “spacecraft”, as follows:
N.B.:
See also 1A002 and 9A110.
Components and structures, each exceeding 10 kg and specially designed for launch vehicles, and manufactured using any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
A “composite” material consisting of any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010(e) and any resin specified in or controlled by 1C008 or 1C009(b);
A metal “matrix” “composite” reinforced by:
Any of the materials specified in 1C007;
Any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010; or
Any of the aluminides specified in 1C002(a);
A ceramic-“matrix” “composite” material specified in 1C007;
Note:
The weight cut-off is not relevant for nose cones.
Components and structures, specially designed for any of the launch vehicle propulsion systems specified in 9A005 to 9A009, and manufactured using any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010(e) and any resins specified in or controlled by 1C008 or 1C009(b);
A metal “matrix” “composite” reinforced by:
Any of the materials specified in 1C007;
Any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010; or
Any of the aluminides specified in 1C002(a);
A ceramic-“matrix” “composite” material specified in 1C007;
Structural components and isolation systems, specially designed to control actively the dynamic response or distortion of “spacecraft” structures;
Pulsed liquid rocket engines with thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more than 1 kN/kg and a ‘response time’ of less than 30 ms; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9A010(d), ‘response time’ is the time required to achieve 90% of total rated thrust from start-up. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Ramjet, scramjet or ‘combined cycle engines’ and specially designed components therefor; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 9A111 and 9A118.
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 9A011, ‘combined cycle engines’ combine two or more of the following types of engines: (1)Gas turbine engine (turbojet, turboprop and turbofan); (2)Ramjet or scramjet; (3)Rocket motor or engine (liquid/gel/solid-propellant and hybrid); (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Unmanned aerial vehicles” (“UAVs”), unmanned “airships”, related equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 9A112.
For “UAVs” that are “sub-orbital craft”, see 9A004(h). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, designed to have controlled flights out of the direct ‘natural vision’ of the ‘operator’ and meeting either of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Meeting both of the following requirements:
Having a maximum ‘endurance’ that is equal to or greater than 30 minutes but less than 1 hour;
Designed for take-off and having stable controlled flight in wind gusts equal to or exceeding 46.3 km/h (25 knots);
Having a maximum ‘endurance’ of 1 hour or greater;
Technical Notes: For the purposes of 9A012(a): (1)‘Operator’ is a person who initiates or commands a “UAV” or unmanned “airship” flight. (2)‘Endurance’ is to be calculated for ISA conditions (ISO 2533 (1975)) at sea level with zero wind. (3)‘Natural vision’ means unaided human sight, with or without corrective lenses.
Related equipment and components, as follows: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Equipment or components, specially designed to convert a manned “aircraft” or a manned “airship” to a “UAV” or unmanned “airship”, specified in 9A012(a);
Air breathing reciprocating or rotary internal combustion type engines, specially designed or modified to propel “UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, at altitudes above 15 240 metres (50 000 feet);
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
Turbojet and turbofan engines, other than those specified in 9A001, as follows: (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 254 of 2008)
Engines having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘Maximum thrust value’ greater than 400 N excluding civil certified engines with a ‘maximum thrust value’ greater than 8 890 N; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Specific fuel consumption of 0.15 kg N-1 hr-1 or less; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Dry weight’ less than 750 kg; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
‘First-stage rotor diameter’ less than 1 m; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9A101(a)(1), ‘maximum thrust value’ is the manufacturer’s demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type un-installed at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere. The civil type certified thrust value will be equal to or less than the manufacturer’s demonstrated maximum thrust for the engine type un-installed. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Dry weight’ is the weight of the engine without fluids (fuel, hydraulic fluid, oil, etc.) and does not include the nacelle (housing).
‘First-stage rotor diameter’ is the diameter of the first rotating stage of the engine, whether a fan or compressor, measured at the leading edge of the blade tips. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Specific fuel consumption is determined at maximum continuous thrust for engine type un-installed at sea level static conditions using the ICAO standard atmosphere. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Engines designed or modified for use in “missiles” or unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a);
‘Turboprop engine systems’ specially designed for unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a), and specially designed components for those systems, having a ‘maximum power’ greater than 10 kW; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
9A102 does not control civil certified engines. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
For the purposes of 9A102, a ‘turboprop engine system’ incorporates all of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Turboshaft engine;
Power transmission system to transfer the power to a propeller.
For the purposes of 9A102, ‘maximum power’ is achieved un-installed at sea level static conditions using the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standard atmosphere. (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Sounding rockets, capable of a range of at least 300 km;
N.B.:
See also 9A004.
Liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors, as follows: (L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See also 9A119.
Liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors, usable in “missiles”, other than those specified in 9A005, integrated, or designed or modified to be integrated, into a liquid propellant or gel propellant propulsion system that has a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 1.1 MNs;
Liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors, usable in complete rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles, capable of a range of 300 km, other than those specified in 9A005 or 9A105(a), integrated, or designed or modified to be integrated, into a liquid propellant or gel propellant propulsion system that has a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 0.841 MNs; (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Systems or components, other than those controlled by 9A006, as follows, specially designed for liquid rocket propulsion or gel propellant rocket systems: (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
Thrust vector control sub-systems, usable in “missiles”;
Technical Note:
Examples of methods of achieving thrust vector control controlled by 9A106(c) are:
Flexible nozzle;
Fluid or secondary gas injection;
Movable engine or nozzle;
Deflection of exhaust gas stream (jet vanes or probes); or
Thrust tabs.
Liquid, slurry and gel propellant (including oxidizers) control systems, and specially designed components therefor, usable in “missiles”, and designed or modified to operate in vibration environments greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz; (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Note:
The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines controlled by 9A106(d) are the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 litres per minute, at an absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an actuator response time of less than 100 ms; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Pumps, for liquid propellants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8 000 rpm at the maximum operating mode, or with discharge pressures equal to or greater than 7 MPa; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbo pumps, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8 000 rpm at the maximum operating mode; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Combustion chambers and nozzles for liquid propellant rocket engines or gel propellant rocket motors specified in 9A005 or 9A105; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Solid propellant rocket motors, usable in complete rocket systems or “unmanned aerial vehicles”, capable of a range of at least 300 km, other than those controlled by 9A007, having total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 0.841 MNs; (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 9A119.
Components, other than those specified in 9A008, as follows, specially designed for solid and hybrid rocket propulsion systems: (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Rocket motor cases and “insulation” components for the rocket motor cases, usable in subsystems controlled by 9A007, 9A009, 9A107 or 9A109(a);
Rocket nozzles, usable in subsystems controlled by 9A007, 9A009, 9A107 or 9A109(a);
Thrust vector control subsystem, usable in “missiles”; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Technical Note:
Examples of methods of achieving thrust vector control controlled by 9A108(c) are:
Flexible nozzle;
Fluid or secondary gas injection;
Movable engine or nozzle;
Deflection of exhaust gas stream (jet vanes or probes); or
Thrust tabs.
Hybrid rocket motors and specially designed components as follows:
Hybrid rocket motors usable in complete rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles, capable of 300 km, other than those specified in 9A009, having a total impulse capacity equal to or greater than 0.841 MNs, and specially designed components for the hybrid rocket motors; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Specially designed components for hybrid rocket motors specified in 9A009 that are usable in “missiles”;
N.B.:
See also 9A009 and 9A119.
Composite structures, laminates and manufactures other than those specified in 9A010, specially designed for use in ‘missiles’ or the subsystem specified in 9A005, 9A007, 9A105, 9A106(c), 9A107, 9A108(c), 9A116 or 9A119;
N.B.:
See also 1A002.
Technical Note:
In 9A110, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Pulse jet or detonation engines, usable in “missiles” or unmanned aerial vehicles specified in 9A012 or 9A112(a), and specially designed components for the pulse jet or detonation engines; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 9A011 and 9A118.
Technical Note:
In 9A111, detonation engines utilise detonation to produce a rise in effective pressure across the combustion chamber. Examples of detonation engines include pulse detonation engines, rotating detonation engines or continuous wave detonation engines. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Unmanned aerial vehicles” (“UAVs”), other than those specified in 9A012, as follows:
“UAVs” capable of a range of 300 km;
“UAVs” that meet both of the following descriptions:
Having either of the following:
An autonomous flight control and navigation capability;
A capability of controlled flight out of the direct visual range involving a human operator;
Meeting either of the following descriptions:
Incorporating an aerosol dispensing system or mechanism with a capacity greater than 20 litres;
Designed or modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensing system or mechanism with a capacity greater than 20 litres;
Technical Notes: 1.An aerosol consists of particulate or liquids, other than fuel components, by-products or additives, as part of the payload to be dispersed into the atmosphere. Examples of aerosols include pesticides for crop dusting and dry chemicals for cloud seeding. 2.An aerosol dispensing system or mechanism contains all those devices (mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, etc.) that are necessary for the storage of an aerosol and its dispersion into the atmosphere. This includes the possibility of aerosol injection into the combustion exhaust vapour and into the propeller slip stream. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Launch support equipment as follows:
Apparatus and devices for handling, control, activation or launching, designed or modified for space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, sounding rockets specified in 9A104 or ‘missiles’; (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
In 9A115(a), ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
Apparatus and devices specified in 9A115(a) include those installed on a manned aircraft or an unmanned aerial vehicle. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Vehicles for transport, handling, control, activation or launching, designed or modified for space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, sounding rockets specified in 9A104 or “missiles”; (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Re-entry vehicles, usable in “missiles”, and equipment designed or modified therefor, as follows: (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Re-entry vehicles; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Heat shields and components therefor fabricated of ceramic or ablative materials;
Heat sinks and components therefor fabricated of light-weight, high heat capacity materials;
Electronic equipment specially designed for re-entry vehicles; (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Staging mechanisms, separation mechanisms, and interstages, usable in “missiles”;
N.B.:
See also 9A121. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Devices to regulate combustion, usable in engines that meet both of the following descriptions: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
specified in 9A011 or 9A111;
usable in “missiles” or “unmanned aerial vehicles” controlled by 9A012 or 9A112(a);
Individual rocket stages, usable in complete rocket systems or unmanned aerial vehicles, capable of a range of at least 300 km, other than those controlled by 9A005, 9A007, 9A009, 9A105, 9A107 and 9A109;
Liquid or gel propellant tanks, other than those specified in 9A006, specially designed for propellants specified in 1C111 or ‘other liquid or gel propellants’ used in rocket systems capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
In 9A120, ‘other liquid or gel propellants’ includes, but is not limited to, propellants specified in the Munitions List.
Umbilical and ‘interstage electrical connectors’ specially designed for “missiles”, space launch vehicles controlled by 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104;
Technical Note:
‘Interstage electrical connectors’ also include electrical connectors installed between the “missile”, space launch vehicle or sounding rocket and their payload.
Spraying or fogging systems, specially designed or modified for fitting to “aircraft”, “lighter-than-air vehicles” or unmanned aerial vehicles, and specially designed components for the spraying or fogging systems, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Complete spraying or fogging systems capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet the ‘VMD’ of which is less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute;
Spray booms or arrays of ‘aerosol generating units’ capable of delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet the ‘VMD’ of which is less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute;
‘Aerosol generating units’ specially designed for fitting to systems controlled by 9A350(a) and 9A350(b);
Notes:
‘Aerosol generating units’ are devices specially designed or modified for fitting to “aircraft” such as nozzles, rotary drum atomizers and similar devices.
9A350 does not control spraying or fogging systems and components that are demonstrated not to be capable of delivering “biological agents” in the form of infectious aerosols. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Notes:
Droplet size for spray equipment or nozzles specially designed for use on “aircraft”, “lighter-than-air vehicles” or unmanned aerial vehicles should be measured using either of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Doppler laser method;
Forward laser diffraction method.
In 9A350, ‘VMD’ means Volume Median Diameter and, for water-based system, this equates to Mass Median Diameter (MMD).
T , I P E
Manufacturing equipment, tooling or fixtures, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
See also 2B226. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment designed for “superalloys”;
Casting tooling, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Cores;
Shells (moulds);
Combined core and shell (mould) units; (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing equipment designed for “superalloys”; (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 132 of 2001)
On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing equipment, having all of the following:
Specially designed for the “development” of gas turbine engines, assemblies or components; and
Incorporating “technology” specified by 9E003(h) or 9E003(i);
Equipment specially designed for the “production” or test of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate at tip speeds exceeding 335 m/s, and temperatures in excess of 773 K (500°C), and specially designed components or accessories therefor;
Tools, dies or fixtures for the solid state joining of “superalloy”, titanium or intermetallic aerofoil-to-disk combinations described in 9E003(a)(3) or 9E003(a)(6) for gas turbines;
On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing equipment, specially designed for use with any of the following wind tunnels or devices:
N.B.:
See also 9B105.
Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or more;
Note:
9B005(a) does not control wind tunnels specially designed for educational purposes and having a ‘test section size’ (measured laterally) of less than 250 mm. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
‘Test section size’ in 9B005(a) means the diameter of the circle, or the side of a square, or the longest side of the rectangle, at the largest test section location. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Devices for simulating flow-environments at speeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shot tunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; or
Wind tunnels or devices, other than two-dimensional sections, capable of simulating Reynolds number flows exceeding 25 × 106;
Acoustic vibration test equipment capable of producing sound pressure levels of 160 dB or more (referenced to 20 μPa) with a rated output of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperature exceeding 1 273K (1 000°C), and specially designed quartz heaters therefor;
N.B.:
See also 9B106.
Equipment specially designed for inspecting the integrity of rocket motors using non-destructive test (NDT) techniques other than planar X-ray or basic physical or chemical analysis;
Direct measurement wall skin friction transducers specially designed to operate at a test flow total (stagnation) temperature exceeding 833 K (560°C);
Tooling specially designed for producing gas turbine engine powder metallurgy rotor components having all of the following:
Designed to operate at stress levels of 60% of Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) or more measured at a temperature of 873 K (600°C);
Designed to operate at 873 K (600°C) or more;
Note:
9B009 does not control tooling for the “production” of powder. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Equipment specially designed for the “production” of the items specified in 9A012;
‘Aerodynamic test facilities’ for speeds of Mach 0.9 or more, usable for ‘missiles’ and their sub-systems; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 42 of 2017)
N.B.:
See also 9B005.
Note:
9B105 does not control wind tunnels for speeds of Mach 3 or less with dimension of the ‘test cross section size’ equal to or less than 250 mm. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes:
In 9B105, ‘aerodynamic test facilities’ include wind tunnels and shock tunnels for the study of airflow over objects.
In 9B105, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
In the Note to 9B105, ‘test cross section size’ means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle, or the major axis of the ellipse at the largest ‘test cross section’ location. ‘Test cross section’ is the section perpendicular to the flow direction. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Environmental chambers and anechoic chambers, as follows:
Environmental chambers having all of the following: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Capable of simulating any of the following flight conditions: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Altitude equal to or greater than 15 km;
Temperature range from below 223 K (-50°C) to above 398 K (+125°C); and
Incorporating, or ‘designed or modified’ to incorporate, a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment to produce vibration environments equal to or greater than 10 g rms, measured ‘bare table’, between 20 Hz and 2 kHz while imparting forces equal to or greater than 5 kN;
Technical Notes: 1.9B106(a)(2) describes systems that are capable of generating a vibration environment with a single wave (e.g. a sine wave) and systems capable of generating a broadband random vibration (i.e. power spectrum). 2.In 9B106(a)(2), ‘designed or modified’ means the environmental chamber provides appropriate interfaces (e.g. sealing devices) to incorporate a shaker unit or other vibration test equipment as specified in 2B116. (L.N. 254 of 2008) 3.In 9B106(a)(2), ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with no fixture or fittings. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Environmental chambers capable of simulating the following flight conditions: (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Acoustic environments at an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB or greater (referenced to 20 μPa) or with a total rated acoustic power output of 4 kW or greater; and (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Altitudes equal to or greater than 15 km; or (L.N. 95 of 2006)
Temperature range from below 223 K (-50°C) to above 398 K (+125°C); (L.N. 254 of 2008)
Note:
(Repealed L.N. 42 of 2017)
‘Aerothermodynamic test facilities’, usable for ‘missiles’, ‘missile’ rocket propulsion systems, and re-entry vehicles and equipment specified in 9A116, having any of the following characteristics:
An electrical power supply equal to or greater than 5 MW;
A gas supply total pressure equal to or greater than 3 MPa;
Technical Notes:
‘Aerothermodynamic test facilities’ include plasma arc jet facilities and plasma wind tunnels for the study of thermal and mechanical effects of airflow on objects.
In 9B107, ‘missile’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
Specially designed “production equipment” for the systems, sub-systems and components controlled by 9A005 to 9A009, 9A011, 9A101, 9A102, 9A105 to 9A109, 9A111, 9A116 to 9A120;
Specially designed “production facilities” for the space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, or systems, subsystems, or components specified in 9A005 to 9A009, 9A011, 9A101, 9A102, 9A104 to 9A109, 9A111 or 9A116 to 9A120, or ‘missiles’;
Technical Note:
In 9B116, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and “unmanned aerial vehicle” systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
Test benches or test stands, for solid or liquid propellant rockets or rocket motors, having any of the following characteristics: (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023)
The capacity to handle more than 68 kN of thrust;
Capable of simultaneously measuring the three axial thrust components;
M (L.N. 132 of 2001)
“Insulation” material in bulk form and “interior lining”, other than those specified in 9A008, for rocket motor cases usable in “missiles” or specially designed for solid propellant rocket engines specified in 9A007 or 9A107;
Resin impregnated fibre prepregs and metal coated fibre preforms therefor, for composite structures, laminates and manufactures controlled by 9A110, made either with organic “matrix” or metal “matrix” utilizing fibrous or filamentary reinforcements having a “specific tensile strength” greater than 7.62 × 104 m and a “specific modulus” greater than 3.18 × 106 m; (L.N. 95 of 2006)
N.B.:
See also 1C010 and 1C210.
Note:
The only resin impregnated fibre prepregs controlled by 9C110 are those using resins with a glass transition temperature (Tg), after cure, exceeding 418 K (145°C) as determined by ASTM D4065 or equivalent. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006)
S
“Software”, not specified in 9D003 or 9D004, specially designed or modified for the “development” of equipment or “technology” controlled by 9A001 to 9A119, 9B or 9E003;
“Software”, not specified in 9D003 or 9D004, specially designed or modified for the “production” of equipment controlled by 9A001 to 9A119, or 9B;
“Software” incorporating “technology” specified by 9E003(h) and used in “FADEC Systems” for systems specified by 9A or equipment specified by 9B;
Other “software”, as follows:
2D or 3D viscous “software” validated with wind tunnel or flight test data required for detailed engine flow modelling;
“Software” for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, having all of the following:
Specially designed for testing any of the following:
Aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, incorporating “technology” specified in 9E003(a), 9E003(h) or 9E003(i);
Multistage compressors providing either bypass or core flow, specially designed for aero gas turbine engines incorporating “technology” specified in 9E003(a) or 9E003(h);
Specially designed for all of the following:
Acquisition and processing of data, in real time;
Feedback control of the test article or test conditions (e.g. temperature, pressure, flow rate) while the test is in progress;
Note:
9D004(b) does not control software for operation of the test facility or operator safety (e.g. overspeed shutdown, fire detection and suppression), or “production”, repair or maintenance acceptance-testing limited to determining if the item has been properly assembled or repaired. (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Software” specially designed to control directional solidification or single crystal material growth in the equipment specified in 9B001(a) or 9B001(c); (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2013)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the operation of the items specified in 9A012; (L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Software” specially designed to design the internal cooling passages of aero gas turbine engine blades, vanes and “tip shrouds”; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Software” having all of the following characteristics:
Specially designed to predict aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions in aero gas turbine engines;
Theoretical modelling predictions of the aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions, which have been validated with actual aero gas turbine engine (experimental or production) performance data; (L.N. 254 of 2008)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the operation of the items specified in 9A004(e) or 9A004(f);
N.B.:
For “software” for items specified in 9A004(d) that are incorporated into “spacecraft payloads”, see the appropriate Categories for those items. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of goods controlled by 9B105, 9B106, 9B116 or 9B117;
“Software” specially designed for modelling, simulation or design integration of the space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, sounding rockets specified in 9A104, “missiles” or the subsystems specified in 9A005, 9A007, 9A105, 9A106(c), 9A107, 9A108(c), 9A116 or 9A119; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
“Software” specified in 9D103 remains controlled when combined with specially designed hardware controlled by 4A102.
“Software” as follows:
“Software” specially designed or modified for the “use” of goods specified in 9A001, 9A005, 9A006(d), 9A006(g), 9A007(a), 9A009(a), 9A010(d), 9A011, 9A101, 9A102, 9A105, 9A106(d), 9A107, 9A109, 9A111, 9A115(a), 9A117 or 9A118;
“Software” specially designed or modified for the operation or maintenance of subsystems or equipment specified in 9A008(d), 9A106(c), 9A108(c) or 9A116(d);
“Software” specially designed or modified to coordinate the function of more than one subsystem, other than that specified in 9D004(e), in space launch vehicles specified in 9A004 or sounding rockets specified in 9A104 or ‘missiles’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note: 9D105 includes “software” specially designed for a manned “aircraft” converted to operate as “unmanned aerial vehicle”, as follows: 1.“Software” specially designed or modified to integrate the conversion equipment with the “aircraft” system functions; 2.“Software” specially designed or modified to operate the “aircraft” as an “unmanned aerial vehicle”. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Technical Note:
In 9D105, ‘missiles’ means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
(L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
T
Note:
“Development” or “production” “technology” specified in 9E001, 9E002 and 9E003 for gas turbine engines remains controlled when used for repair or overhaul. Excluded from control are: technical data, drawings or documentation for maintenance activities directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable line replaceable units, including replacement of whole engines or engine modules. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 42 of 2017)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of equipment or “software” specified in 9A004 to 9A012, 9A350, 9B or 9D;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of equipment specified in 9A004 to 9A011, 9A350 or 9B; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 6 of 2025)
N.B.:
For “technology” for the repair of controlled structures, laminates or materials, see 1E002(f). (L.N. 132 of 2001)
Other “technology”, as follows:
“Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following gas turbine engine components or systems:
Gas turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds” made from directionally solidified (DS) or single crystal (SC) alloys having (in the 001 Miller Index Direction) a stress-rupture life exceeding 400 hours at 1 273 K (1 000°C) at a stress of 200 MPa, based on the average property values; (L.N. 161 of 2011)
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9E003(a)(1), stress-rupture life testing is typically conducted on a test specimen. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Combustors having any of the following:
‘Thermally decoupled liners’ designed to operate at ‘combustor exit temperature’ exceeding 1 883 K (1 610°C); (L.N. 89 of 2021)
Non-metallic liners;
Non-metallic shells;
Liners designed to operate at ‘combustor exit temperature’ exceeding 1 883 K (1 610°C) and having holes that meet the parameters specified in 9E003(c);
Utilising ‘pressure gain combustion’;
Technical Note:
In ‘pressure gain combustion’, the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor outlet is greater than the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor inlet due primarily to the combustion process, when the engine is running in a “steady state mode” of operation. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Note:
The “required” “technology” for holes in 9E003(a)(2) is limited to the derivation of the geometry and location of the holes.
Technical Note:
‘Thermally decoupled liners’ are liners that feature at least a support structure designed to carry mechanical loads and a combustion facing structure designed to protect the support structure from the heat of combustion. The combustion facing structure and support structure have independent thermal displacement (mechanical displacement due to thermal load) with respect to one another, i.e. they are thermally decoupled.
‘Combustor exit temperature’ is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine inlet guide vane (i.e. measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP 755A) when the engine is running in a ‘steady state mode’ of operation at the certificated maximum continuous operating temperature. (L.N. 89 of 2021)
N.B.:
See 9E003(c) for “technology” “required” for manufacturing cooling holes. (L.N. 89 of 2013)
Components that are any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
Manufactured from any organic “composite” material designed to operate at a temperature above 588 K (315°C);
Manufactured from either of the following:
A metal “matrix” “composite” reinforced by:
Any of the materials specified in 1C007;
Any of the “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified in 1C010; or
Any of the aluminides specified in 1C002(a);
A ceramic-“matrix” “composite” material specified in 1C007; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Stators, vanes, blades, tip seals (shrouds), rotating blings, rotating blisks or ‘splitter ducts’, and that meet all of the following descriptions:
Not specified in 9E003(a)(3)(a);
Designed for compressors or fans;
Manufactured from any of the materials specified in 1C010(e) that has a resin specified in 1C008;
Technical Note:
A ‘splitter duct’ performs the initial separation of the air-mass flow between the bypass and the core sections of an engine. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Uncooled turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, designed to operate at a ‘gas path temperature’ of 1 373 K (1 100°C) or above; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017; E.R. 6 of 2020)
Cooled turbine blades, vanes, “tip shrouds” other than those described in 9E003(a)(1), designed to operate at a ‘gas path temperature’ of 1 693 K (1 420°C) or more; (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Technical Notes: 1.‘Gas path temperature’ is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature at the leading edge plane of the turbine component when the engine is running in a ‘steady state mode’ of operation at the certificated or specified maximum continuous operating temperature. 2.The term ‘steady state mode’ defines engine operation conditions, where the engine parameters, such as thrust or power, rpm and others, have no appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure at the engine inlet are constant. (L.N. 42 of 2017)
Aerofoil-to-disk blade combinations using solid state joining; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
(Repealed L.N. 85 of 2023)
‘Damage tolerant’ gas turbine engine rotor components using powder metallurgy materials specified by 1C002(b);
Technical Note:
‘Damage tolerant’ components are designed using methodology and substantiation to predict and limit crack growth. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
(Repealed L.N. 161 of 2011)
‘Fan blades’ having all of the following:
20% or more of the total volume being one or more closed cavities containing vacuum or gas only;
One or more closed cavities having a volume of 5 cm3 or larger;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 9E003(a)(11), a ‘fan blade’ is the aerofoil portion of the rotating stage or stages, which provide both compressor and bypass flow in a gas turbine engine. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 89 of 2021)
“Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non-intrusive sensors capable of transmitting data from the sensors to the data acquisition system; or
“Composite” propeller blades or propfans capable of absorbing more than 2 000 kW at flight speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;
“Technology” “required” for manufacturing cooling holes in gas turbine engine components incorporating any of the “technologies” specified in 9E003(a)(1), 9E003(a)(2) or 9E003(a)(5), and having any of the following: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Having all of the following:
Minimum ‘cross-sectional area’ less than 0.45 mm2;
‘Hole shape ratio’ greater than 4.52;
‘Incidence angle’ equal to or less than 25°;
Having all of the following:
Minimum ‘cross-sectional area’ less than 0.12 mm2;
‘Hole shape ratio’ greater than 5.65;
‘Incidence angle’ more than 25°;
Note:9E003(c) does not apply to “technology” for manufacturing constant radius cylindrical holes that are straight through and enter and exit on the external surfaces of the component.Technical Notes: 1.For the purposes of 9E003(c), the ‘cross-sectional area’ is the area of the hole in the plane perpendicular to the hole axis.2.For the purposes of 9E003(c), ‘hole shape ratio’ is the nominal length of the axis of the hole divided by the square root of its minimum ‘cross-sectional area’.3.For the purposes of 9E003(c), ‘incidence angle’ is the acute angle measured between the plane tangential to the aerofoil surface and the hole axis at the point where the hole axis enters the aerofoil surface. (L.N. 89 of 2013)4.Methods for manufacturing holes in 9E003(c) include “laser” beam machining, water jet machining, Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM). (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of helicopter power transfer systems or tilt rotor or tilt wing “aircraft” power transfer systems; (L.N. 132 of 2001)
“Technology” for the “development” or “production” of reciprocating diesel engine ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of the following:
A ‘box volume’ of 1.2 m3 or less;
An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents; and
A power density of more than 700 kW/m3 of ‘box volume’; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
Technical Note: ‘Box volume’: The product of three perpendicular dimensions is measured in the following way: (L.N. 85 of 2023)
| Length: | The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face; | |
| Width: | The widest of the following: | |
| (a) | The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover; | |
| (b) | The dimensions of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or | |
| (c) | The diameter of the flywheel housing; | |
| Height: | The largest of the following: | |
| (a) | The dimension of the crankshaft centre-line to the top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus twice the stroke; or | |
| (b) | The diameter of the flywheel housing. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | |
“Technology” “required” for the “production” of specially designed components, as follows, for “high output diesel engines”: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” “required” for the “production” of engine systems having all of the following components employing ceramics materials controlled by 1C007:
Cylinder liners;
Pistons;
Cylinder heads; and
One or more other components (including exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve guides, valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);
“Technology” “required” for the “production” of turbocharger systems, with single-stage compressors having all of the following:
Operating at pressure ratios of 4:1 or higher;
A mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg per minute; and
Variable flow area capability within the compressor or turbine sections;
“Technology” “required” for the “production” of fuel injection systems with a specially designed multifuel (e.g. diesel or jet fuel) capability covering a viscosity range from diesel fuel (2.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)) down to gasoline fuel (0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)), having both of the following: (E.R. 6 of 2020)
Injection amount in excess of 230 mm3 per injection per cylinder; and
Specially designed electronic control features for switching governor characteristics automatically depending on fuel property to provide the same torque characteristics by using the appropriate sensors; (L.N. 65 of 2004)
“Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of “high output diesel engines” for solid, gas phase or liquid film (or combinations thereof) cylinder wall lubrication, permitting operation to temperatures exceeding 723 K (450°C), measured on the cylinder wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston; (L.N. 6 of 2025)
Technical Note:
(Repealed L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” for gas turbine engine “FADEC Systems” as follows:
“Development” “technology” for deriving the functional requirements for the components necessary for the “FADEC Systems” to regulate engine thrust or shaft power (e.g. feedback sensor time constants and accuracies, fuel valve slew rate);
“Development” or “production” “technology” for control and diagnostic components unique to the “FADEC Systems” and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
“Development” “technology” for the control law algorithms, including “source code”, unique to the “FADEC Systems” and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
Note:
9E003(h) does not apply to technical data related to engine-“aircraft” integration required by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States” to be published for general airline use (e.g. installation manuals, operating instructions, instructions for continued airworthiness) or interface functions (e.g. input/output processing, airframe thrust or shaft power demand). (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology” for adjustable flow path systems designed to maintain engine stability for gas generator turbines, fan or power turbines, or propelling nozzles, as follows:
“Development” “technology” for deriving the functional requirements for the components that maintain engine stability;
“Development” or “production” “technology” for components unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
“Development” “technology” for the control law algorithms, including “source code”, unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
Note: 9E003(i) does not apply to “technology” for any of the following: (L.N. 89 of 2021) (a)Inlet guide vanes; (b)Variable pitch fans or prop-fans; (c)Variable compressor vanes; (d)Compressor bleed valves; (e)Adjustable flow path geometry for reverse thrust. (L.N. 161 of 2011)
“Technology” “required” for the “development” of wing-folding systems designed for fixed wing “aircraft” powered by gas turbine engines; (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023)
N.B.:
For “technology” “required” for the “development” of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-wing “aircraft” specified in ML10, see ML22. (L.N. 85 of 2023)
“Technology”, not specified in 9E003(a), 9E003(h), or 9E003(i), “required” for the “development” of any of the following components or systems, specially designed for aero gas turbine engines to enable “aircraft” to cruise at Mach 1 or greater for more than 30 minutes:
Propulsion inlet systems;
Propulsion exhaust systems;
‘Reheat systems’;
‘Active thermal management systems’ to condition fluids used to lubricate or cool ‘engine rotor supports’;
Oil-free ‘engine rotor supports’;
Systems to remove heat from ‘compression system’ core gas path flow.
Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 9E003(k):
Propulsion inlet systems include core flow pre-coolers.
‘Reheat systems’ provide additional thrust by combusting fuel in exhaust or bypass flow downstream of the last turbomachinery stage. ‘Reheat systems’ are also referred to as afterburners.
‘Active thermal management systems’ employ methods other than passive oil-to-air cooling or oil-to-fuel cooling, such as vapour cycle systems.
‘Compression system’ is any stage or combination of stages between the engine inlet face and the combustor that increases gas path pressure through mechanical work.
An ‘engine rotor support’ is the bearing supporting the main engine shaft that drives the compression system or turbine rotors.
N.B.:
See 9E003(h) for engine control technology.
See 9E003(i) for adjustable flow path systems technology. (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” as follows: (L.N. 6 of 2025)
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development” of goods specified in 9A101, 9A102, 9A104 to 9A111, 9A112(a) or 9A115 to 9A121;
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “production” of ‘UAV’s specified in 9A012 or goods specified in 9A101, 9A102, 9A104 to 9A111, 9A112(a) or 9A115 to 9A121;
Technical Note:
In 9E101(b), ‘UAV’ means unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km.
“Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “use” of space launch vehicles specified in 9A004, goods specified in 9A005 to 9A011, ‘UAV’s specified in 9A012 or goods specified in 9A101, 9A102, 9A104 to 9A111, 9A112(a), 9A115 to 9A121, 9B105, 9B106, 9B115, 9B116, 9B117, 9D101 or 9D103; (L.N. 226 of 2009)
Technical Note:
In 9E102, ‘UAV’ means unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range exceeding 300 km. (L.N. 226 of 2009)
(L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 95 of 2006; L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 42 of 2017)
Notes:
Definitions apply throughout both the Munitions List and Dual-use Goods List. The references are purely advisory and have no effect on the universal application of defined terms throughout these Lists.
Words and terms contained in the Definitions of Terms only take the defined meaning where this is indicated by their being enclosed in quotations marks (“ ”). Elsewhere, words and terms take their commonly accepted (dictionary) meanings, unless a local definition for a particular control is given. (L.N. 183 of 1999)
| 3 6 | “III/V compounds” (III/V化合物) Polycrystalline or binary or complex monocrystalline products consisting of elements of groups IIIA and VA of Mendeleyev’s periodic classification table (e.g. gallium arsenide, gallium-aluminium arsenide, indium phosphide). (L.N. 254 of 2008; E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 2 3 6 7 8 | “Accuracy” (精度) (L.N. 85 of 2023) (Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy) is the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard or true value. | ||
| 7 | “Active flight control systems” (主動飛控系統) Function to prevent undesirable “aircraft” and missile motions or structural loads by autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventive commands to effect automatic control. | ||
| 6 | “Active pixel” (工作像元) (L.N. 89 of 2021) A minimum (single) element of the solid state array which has a photoelectric transfer function when exposed to light (electromagnetic) radiation. | ||
| ML8 | “Additives” (添加劑) Substances used in explosive formulations to improve their properties. | ||
| 1 6 7 9 ML1 ML8 ML10 ML14 Def. | “Aircraft” (飛機) (L.N. 85 of 2023) A fixed wing, swivel wing, rotary wing (helicopter), tilt rotor or tilt-wing airborne vehicle. (See also “civil aircraft”) | ||
| 9 | “Airship” (飛船) A power-driven airborne vehicle that is kept buoyant by a body of gas (usually helium, formerly hydrogen) that is lighter than air. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 2 | “All compensations available” (所有補償機制) “All compensations available” means after all feasible measures available to the manufacturer to minimize all systematic positioning errors for the particular machine-tool model or measuring errors for the particular coordinate measuring machine are considered. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 3 5 | “Allocated by the ITU” (由國際電信聯盟指配) The allocation of frequency bands according to the current edition of the ITU Radio Regulations for primary, permitted and secondary services. (L.N. 95 of 2006) N.B.: Additional and alternative allocations are not included. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 7 | “Angle random walk” (角度隨機遊走) The angular error build-up with time that is due to white noise in angular rate (IEEE STD 528-2001). (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| 2 | “Angular position deviation” (角位置誤差) The maximum difference between angular position and the actual, very accurately measured angular position after the workpiece mount of the table has been turned out of its initial position. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 0 1 9 | “ASTM” The American Society for Testing and Materials. | ||
| 5 | “Asymmetric algorithm” (非對稱演算法) A cryptographic algorithm using different, mathematically-related keys for encryption and decryption. Technical Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) A common use of “asymmetric algorithms” is key management. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 5 | “Authentication” (核證) Verifying the identity of a user, process or device, often as a prerequisite to allowing access to resources in an information system. This includes verifying the origin or content of a message or other information, and all aspects of access control where there is no encryption of files or text except as directly related to the protection of passwords, Personal Identification Numbers (PINs) or similar data to prevent unauthorized access. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| ML11 | “Automated Command and Control Systems” (自動化指揮及控制系統) Electronic systems, through which information essential to the effective operation of the grouping, major formation, tactical formation, unit, ship, sub-unit or weapons under command is entered, processed and transmitted. This is achieved by the use of computer and other specialised hardware designed to support the functions of a military command and control organization. The main functions of an automated command and control system are: the efficient automated collection, accumulation, storage and processing of information; the display of the situation and the circumstances affecting the preparation and conduct of combat operations; operational and tactical calculations for the allocation of resources among force groupings or elements of the operational order of battle or battle deployment according to the mission or stage of the operation; the preparation of data for appreciation of the situation and decision-making at any point during operation or battle; computer simulation of operations. (L.N. 226 of 2009) | ||
| 6 | “Automatic target tracking” (自動目標追蹤) A processing technique that automatically determines and provides as output an extrapolated value of the most probable position of the target in real time. | ||
| 6 | “Average output power” (平均輸出功率) The total “laser” output energy, in joules, divided by the period over which a series of consecutive pulses is emitted, in seconds. For a series of uniformly-spaced pulses it is equal to the total “laser” output energy in a single pulse, in joules, multiplied by the pulse frequency of the “laser”, in Hertz. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 3 | “Basic gate propagation delay time” (基本閘傳遞延遲時間) The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic gate used in a “monolithic integrated circuit”. For a ‘family’ of “monolithic integrated circuits”, this may be specified either as the propagation delay time per typical gate within the given ‘family’ or as the typical propagation delay time per gate within the given ‘family’. Technical Notes: 1.“Basic gate propagation delay time” is not to be confused with the input/output delay time of a complex “monolithic integrated circuit”. 2.‘Family’ consists of all integrated circuits to which all of the following are applied as their manufacturing methodology and specifications except their respective functions:(a)The common hardware and software architecture;(b)The common design and process technology; and(c)The common basic characteristics. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| GTN NTN ML22 | “Basic scientific research” (基本科學研究) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena or observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or objective. | ||
| 7 | “Bias” (accelerometer) (原偏置) (加速度計) The average over a specified time of accelerometer output measured at specified operating conditions that has no correlation with input acceleration or rotation. “Bias” is expressed in [m/s2, g] (IEEE STD 528-2001) (micro g equals 1 × 10-6 g). (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| 7 | “Bias” (gyro) (原偏置) (陀螺儀) The average over a specified time of gyro output measured at specified operating conditions that has no correlation with input rotation or acceleration. “Bias” is typically expressed in degrees per hour (deg/h) (IEEE STD 528-2001). (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| ML7 ML22 | “Biocatalysts” (生物催化劑) (L.N. 42 of 2017) ‘Enzymes’ for specific chemical or biochemical reactions or other biological compounds which bind to and accelerate the degradation of CW agents. (L.N. 42 of 2017) Technical Note: ‘Enzymes’ means “biocatalysts” for specific chemical or biochemical reactions. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 1 9 ML7 | “Biological agents” (生物劑) Pathogens or toxins, selected or modified (such as altering purity, shelf life, virulence, dissemination characteristics, or resistance to UV radiation) to produce casualties in humans or animals, degrade equipment or damage crops or the environment. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| ML7 | “Biopolymers” (生物聚合物) Biological macromolecules as follows: (a)Enzymes for specific chemical or biochemical reactions; (b)‘Anti-idiotypic antibodies’, ‘monoclonal antibodies’ or ‘polyclonal antibodies’; (L.N. 42 of 2017) (c)Specially designed or specially processed ‘receptors’; (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| Technical Notes: (L.N. 132 of 2001) 1.‘Anti-idiotypic antibodies’ means antibodies which bind to the specific antigen binding sites of other antibodies. 2.‘Monoclonal antibodies’ means proteins which bind to one antigenic site and are produced by a single clone of cells. 3.‘Polyclonal antibodies’ means a mixture of proteins which bind to the specific antigen and are produced by more than one clone of cells. 4.‘Receptors’ means biological macromolecular structures capable of binding ligands, the binding of which affects physiological functions. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 42 of 2017) | |||
| 2 | “Camming” (axial displacement) (軸向移位) Axial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle faceplate, at a point next to the circumference of the spindle faceplate (Reference: ISO 230/1 1986, paragraph 5.63). | ||
| 1 | “Carbon fibre preforms” (碳纖維預製成形品) An ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibres intended to constitute a framework of a part before the “matrix” is introduced to form a “composite”. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 6 | “Charge multiplication” (電荷倍增) A form of electronic image amplification defined as the generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization gain process. “Charge multiplication” sensors may take the form of an image intensifier tube, solid state detector or “focal plane array”. (L.N. 6 of 2025) | ||
| 6 | “Chemical laser” (化學雷射器) A “laser” in which the excited species is produced by the output energy from a chemical reaction. | ||
| 1 | “Chemical mixture” (化學品混合物) A solid, liquid or gaseous product made up of two or more components which do not react together under the conditions under which the mixture is stored. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| Def. | “Circuit element” (電路元件) A single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit which may be a diode, a transistor, a resistor or a capacitor. | ||
| 7 | “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) (圓形機率誤差) In a circular normal distribution, the radius of the circle containing 50% of the individual measurements being made, or the radius of the circle within which there is a 50% probability of being located. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 7 | “Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled directional control systems” (循環控制式反力矩或循環控制式方向控制系統) Systems that use air blown over aerodynamic surfaces to increase or control the forces generated by the surfaces. | ||
| 1 3 4 7 ML4 ML10 | “Civil aircraft” (民用飛機) Those “aircraft” listed by designation in published airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation authority or authorities of one or more “Participating States” to fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 | “Commingled” (混合) Filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibres and reinforcement fibres in order to produce a fibre reinforcement “matrix” mix in total fibre form. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 1 | “Comminution” (粉碎) A process to reduce a material to particles by crushing or grinding. | ||
| 4 | “Communications channel controller” (通訊頻道控制器) The physical interface which controls the flow of synchronous or asynchronous digital information. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide communications access. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 6 | “Compensation systems” (補償系統) Consist of the primary scalar sensor, one or more reference sensors (e.g. vector magnetometers) together with software that permit reduction of the rigid body rotation noise of the platform. (L.N. 254 of 2008; L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 1 2 6 8 9 | “Composite” (複合、複合物) A “matrix” and an additional phase or additional phases consisting of particles, whiskers, fibres or any combination thereof, present for a specific purpose or purposes. | ||
| 2 | “Compound rotary table” (合成旋轉台) A table allowing the workpiece to rotate and tilt about two non-parallel axes, which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring control”. | ||
| 2 | “Contouring control” (輪廓控制) Two or more “numerically controlled” motions operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to each other so that a desired contour is generated (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806-1980). | ||
| 1 3 5 Def. | “Critical temperature” (臨界溫度) (L.N. 89 of 2021) (Sometimes referred to as the transition temperature) of a specific “superconductive” material is the temperature at which the material loses all resistance to the flow of direct electrical current. | ||
| 5 | “Cryptographic activation” (啟動密碼) Any technique that activates or enables cryptographic capability of an item, by means of a secure mechanism implemented by the manufacturer of the item, where this mechanism is uniquely bound to any of the following: (L.N. 42 of 2017) (a)A single instance of the item; (b)One customer, for multiple instances of the item. | ||
| Technical Notes: 1.“Cryptographic activation” techniques and mechanisms may be implemented as hardware, “software” or “technology”. 2.Mechanisms for “cryptographic activation” can, for example, be serial number-based licence keys or authentication instruments such as digitally signed certificates. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | |||
| 5 Def. | “Cryptography” (密碼學) (L.N. 85 of 2023) The discipline which embodies principles, means and methods for the transformation of data in order to hide its information content, prevent its undetected modification or prevent its unauthorized use. “Cryptography” is limited to the transformation of information using one or more ‘secret parameters’ (e.g. crypto variables) or associated key management. (E.R. 6 of 2020) Note: 1.“Cryptography” does not include ‘fixed’ data compression or coding techniques. (L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023) 2.“Cryptography” includes decryption. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| Technical Notes: (L.N. 89 of 2021) 1.‘Secret parameter’: a constant or key kept from the knowledge of others or shared only within a group. (L.N. 89 of 2021) 2.‘Fixed’: the coding or compression algorithm cannot accept externally supplied parameters (e.g. cryptographic or key variables) and cannot be modified by the user. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | |||
| 6 | “(CW) Laser” ((連續波) 雷射器) A “laser” that produces a nominally constant output energy for greater than 0.25 seconds. (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| 4 ML21 | “Cyber incident response” (網絡事故回應) The process of exchanging necessary information on a cybersecurity incident with individuals or organizations responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation to address the cybersecurity incident. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 7 | “Data-Based Referenced Navigation” (“DBRN”) Systems (資料庫參考導航 (“DBRN”) 系統) Systems which use various sources of previously measured geo-mapping data integrated to provide accurate navigation information under dynamic conditions. Data sources include bathymetric maps, stellar maps, gravity maps, magnetic maps or 3-D digital terrain maps. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | ||
| 0 | “Depleted uranium” (貧化鈾) Uranium depleted in the isotope 235 below that occurring in nature. | ||
| GTN NTN All | “Development” (發展) Is related to all stages prior to serial production, such as: design, design research, design analyses, design concepts, assembly and testing of prototypes, pilot production schemes, design data, process of transforming design data into a product, configuration design, integration design, layouts. | ||
| 1 2 | “Diffusion bonding” (擴散接合) (L.N. 85 of 2023) A solid state joining of at least 2 separate pieces of metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent to that of the weakest material, in which the principal mechanism is interdiffusion of atoms across the interface. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 4 5 ML21 | “Digital computer” (數字式電腦) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables: (a)Accept data; (b)Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices; (c)Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and (d)Provide output of data. Technical Note:(L.N. 132 of 2001) Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections. | ||
| 5 | “Digital transfer rate” (數字傳送率) The total bit rate of the information that is directly transferred on any type of medium. (See also “total digital transfer rate”) | ||
| Def. | “Discrete component” (分立零件) A separately packaged “circuit element” with its own external connections. | ||
| 7 | “Drift rate” (gyro) (漂移率)(陀螺儀) The component of gyro output that is functionally independent of input rotation. It is expressed as an angular rate. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 0 1 | “Effective gram”, “Effective gramme” (有效克) (a)For plutonium isotopes and uranium-233, the isotope weight in grams or grammes; (b)For uranium enriched 1 percent or greater in the isotope uranium-235, the element weight in grams or grammes multiplied by the square of its enrichment expressed as a decimal weight fraction; (c)For uranium enriched below 1 percent in the isotope uranium-235, the element weight in grams or grammes multiplied by 0.0001. (L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 2 3 4 | “Electronic assemblies” (電子組件) (L.N. 89 of 2021) A number of electronic components (including “circuit elements”, “discrete components” and integrated circuits) connected together to perform a specific function, which are replaceable as an entity and are normally capable of being disassembled. | ||
| 2 ML17 | “End-effectors” (末端效應器) “End-effectors” include grippers, ‘active tooling units’ and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of a “robot” manipulator arm. Technical Note: ‘Active tooling units’ are devices for applying motive power, process energy or sensing to a workpiece. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 ML8 | “Energetic materials” (高能物料) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Substances or mixtures that react chemically to release energy required for their intended application. “Explosives”, “pyrotechnics” and “propellants” are subclasses of energetic materials. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | ||
| 6 | “Equivalent density” (等效密度) The mass of an optic per unit optical area projected onto the optical surface. | ||
| 1 ML6 ML13 | “Equivalent standards” (同等標準) Comparable national or international standards recognized by one or more “Participating States” and applicable to the relevant entry. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 1 ML8 ML18 Def. | “Explosives” (炸藥) (L.N. 65 of 2004; L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023) Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of substances which, in their application as primary, booster, or main charges in warheads, demolition and other applications, are required to detonate. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | ||
| ML7 | “Expression vectors” (傳遞病媒) Carriers (e.g. plasmid or virus) used to introduce genetic material into host cells. (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 9 | “FADEC Systems” (FADEC系統) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Full Authority Digital Engine Control Systems—A digital electronic control system for a gas turbine engine that is able to autonomously control the engine throughout its whole operating range from demanded engine start until demanded engine shut-down, in both normal and fault conditions. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 0 1 2 8 9 ML13 | “Fibrous or filamentary materials” (纖維或絲狀物料) (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023) Include: (a)Continuous “monofilaments”; (b)Continuous “yarns” and “rovings”; (c)“Tapes”, fabrics, random mats and braids; (d)Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre blankets; (e)Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of any length; (f)Aromatic polyamide pulp. | ||
| 3 | “Film type integrated circuit” (薄膜型集成電路) An array of ‘circuit elements’ and metallic interconnections formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating “substrate”. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| ML15 | “First generation image intensifier tubes” (第一代影像強化管) Electrostatically focused tubes, employing input and output fibre optic or glass face plates, multi-alkali photocathodes (S-20 or S-25), but not microchannel plate amplifiers. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 7 | “Flight control optical sensor array” (飛行控制光感測器陣列) A network of distributed optical sensors, using “laser” beams, to provide real time flight control data for on-board processing. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 7 | “Flight path optimization” (飛行航線優化) A procedure that minimizes deviations from a four-dimensional (space and time) desired trajectory based on maximizing performance or effectiveness for mission task. | ||
| 7 | “Fly-by-light system” (光傳飛控系統) A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control an aircraft during a flight, where the commands to the effectors or actuators are optical signals. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 7 | “Fly-by-wire system” (電傳飛控系統) A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control an aircraft during a flight, where the commands to the effectors or actuators are electrical signals. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 6 | “Focal plane array” (聚焦平面陣列) A linear or two-dimensional planar layer, or combination of planar layers, of individual detector elements, with or without readout electronics, which work in the focal plane. Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) This definition does not include a stack of single detector elements or any two, three or four element detectors provided time delay and integration is not performed within the element. | ||
| 3 5 | “Fractional bandwidth” (分頻寬) (L.N. 89 of 2021) The “instantaneous bandwidth” divided by the centre frequency, expressed as a percentage. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 6 | “Frequency agility” (radar) (頻率跳頻) (雷達)—see “Radar frequency agility” | ||
| 5 6 | “Frequency hopping” (跳頻) (L.N. 42 of 2017) A form of “spread spectrum” in which the transmission frequency of a single communication channel is made to change by a random or pseudo-random sequence of discrete steps. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 3 | “Frequency switching time” (頻率切換時間) The time (i.e. delay) taken by a signal when switched from an initial specified output frequency, to arrive at or within any of the following: (a)±100 Hz of a final specified output frequency of less than 1 GHz; (b)±0.1 part per million of a final specified output frequency equal to or greater than 1 GHz. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 3 | “Frequency synthesiser” (頻率合成器) Any kind of frequency source, regardless of the actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 8 ML17 | “Fuel cell” (燃料電池) An electrochemical device that converts chemical energy directly into Direct Current (DC) electricity by consuming fuel from an external source. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 1 | “Fusible” (熔融) Capable of being cross-linked or polymerized further (cured) by the use of heat, radiation, catalysts, etc. or capable of being melted without pyrolysis (charring). (L.N. 226 of 2009) | ||
| 1 | “Gas atomization” (氣體霧化) (L.N. 65 of 2004) A process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy to droplets of 500 μm diameter or less by a high pressure gas stream. | ||
| 3 | “Gate-All-Around Field-Effect Transistor” (“GAAFET”) (全環柵晶體管) A device having a single or multiple semiconductor conduction channel element(s) with a common gate structure that surrounds and controls current in all of the semiconductor conduction channel elements. Note: This definition includes nanosheet or nanowire field-effect and surrounding gate transistors and other “GAAFET” semiconductor channel element structures. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 6 | “Geographically dispersed” (地理上分散式) Sensors are considered “geographically dispersed” when each location is distant from any other more than 1 500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are always considered “geographically dispersed”. | ||
| 7 | “Guidance set” (制導裝置) Systems that integrate the process of measuring and computing a vehicles position and velocity (i.e. navigation) with that of computing and sending commands to the vehicles flight control systems to correct the trajectory. | ||
| 5 | “Hard selectors” (硬選擇器) Data or set of data, related to an individual (e.g. family name, given name, e-mail address, street address, phone number or group affiliations). (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 9 | “High output diesel engines” (高輸出功率柴油引擎) Diesel engines with a specified brake mean effective pressure of 1.8 MPa or more at a speed of 2 300 r.p.m., provided the rated speed is 2 300 r.p.m. or more. (L.N. 6 of 2025) | ||
| 3 Def. | “Hybrid integrated circuit” (混合集成電路) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Any combination of integrated circuit(s), integrated circuits with ‘circuit elements’ or ‘discrete components’ connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), and having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023) (a)Containing at least one unencapsulated device; (b)Connected together using typical integrated circuit production methods; (c)Replaceable as an entity; and (d)Not normally capable of being disassembled. N.B.: 1.‘Circuit element’: a single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc. 2.‘Discrete component’: a separately packaged ‘circuit element’ with its own external connections. | ||
| 4 | “Image enhancement” (影像增強) The processing of externally derived information-bearing images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g. fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform). This does not include algorithms using only linear or rotational transformation of a single image, such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false coloration. (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 1 | “Immunotoxin” (抗毒素) A conjugate of one cell specific monoclonal antibody and a “toxin” or “sub-unit of toxin”, that selectively affects diseased cells. | ||
| GTN NTN GSN ML22 | “In the public domain” (在公共領域內) (L.N. 85 of 2023) As it applies to these Lists, means “technology” or “software” which has been made available without restrictions upon its further dissemination. Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) Copyright restrictions do not remove “technology” or “software” from being “in the public domain”. | ||
| NSN GSN GISN 4 5 | “Information security” (資訊安全) (L.N. 89 of 2021) All the means and functions ensuring the accessibility, confidentiality or integrity of information or communication, excluding the means and functions intended to safeguard against malfunctions. This includes “cryptography”, “cryptographic activation”, ‘cryptanalysis’, protection against compromising emanations and computer security. (L.N. 161 of 2011) Technical Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) ‘cryptanalysis’: the analysis of a cryptographic system or its inputs and outputs to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text. (ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18) | ||
| 3 5 | “Instantaneous bandwidth” (瞬間頻寬) The bandwidth over which output power remains constant within 3 dB without adjustment of other operating parameters. | ||
| 9 | “Insulation” (絕緣襯片) Material intended to provide protection from the effects of heat during the operation of rocket motors. The material includes cured or semi-cured compounded rubber sheet stock containing an insulating or refractory material. It is applied to the components of a rocket motor, i.e. the case, nozzle, inlets, case closures. | ||
| 9 | “Interior lining” (內襯套) Suited for the bond interface between the solid propellant and the case or insulating liner. Usually a liquid polymer based dispersion of refractory or insulating materials, e.g. carbon filled hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene (HTPB) or other polymer with added curing agents sprayed or screeded over a case interior. | ||
| 3 | “Interleaved Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” (交叉模擬-數字轉換器) A device that has multiple ADC units that sample the same analogue input at different times such that when the outputs are aggregated, the analogue input has been effectively sampled and converted at a higher sampling rate. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 6 | “Intrinsic magnetic gradiometer” (固有磁梯度計) A single magnetic field gradient sensing element and associated electronics, the output of which is a measure of magnetic field gradient. (See also “Magnetic gradiometer”) | ||
| 4 5 | “Intrusion software” (入侵軟件) (L.N. 85 of 2023) “Software” specially designed or modified to avoid detection by ‘monitoring tools’, or to defeat ‘protective countermeasures’, of a computer or network-capable device, and performing any of the following: (a)The extraction of data or information, from a computer or network-capable device, or the modification of system or user data; (b)The modification of the standard execution path of a “program” or process in order to allow the execution of externally provided instructions. (L.N. 6 of 2025) Notes: 1.“Intrusion software” does not include any of the following:(a)Hypervisors, debuggers or Software Reverse Engineering (SRE) tools;(b)Digital Rights Management (DRM) “software”;(c)“Software” designed to be installed by manufacturers, administrators or users, for the purposes of asset tracking or recovery. 2.Network-capable devices include mobile devices and smart meters. Technical Notes: 1.‘Monitoring tools’: “software” or hardware devices, that monitor system behaviours or processes running on a device. This includes antivirus (AV) products, end point security products, Personal Security Products (PSP), Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS) or firewalls. 2.‘Protective countermeasures’: techniques designed to ensure the safe execution of code, such as Data Execution Prevention (DEP), Address Space Layout Randomisation (ASLR) or sandboxing. (L.N. 27 of 2015) | ||
| 1 2 5 6 9 | “ISO” (L.N. 42 of 2017) The International Standards Organisation. | ||
| 1 | “Isolated live cultures” (獨立的活培養物) Includes live cultures in dormant form and in dried preparations. | ||
| 2 | “Isostatic presses” (均壓裝置) Equipment capable of pressurising a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material. | ||
| 3 5 | “ITU” International Telecommunication Union. (36 of 2000 s. 28) | ||
| “Laser” (雷射器)—see also “Chemical laser” “(CW) Laser” “Pulsed laser” “Super High Power Laser”“Transfer laser” | |||
| 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 9 ML9 ML13 ML17 ML19 Def. | “Laser” (雷射器) (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025) An assembly of components which produce both spatially and temporally coherent light that is amplified by stimulated emission of radiation. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 1 ML17 | “Libraries” (parametric technical database) (圖書資料) (參數技術資料庫) A collection of technical information, reference to which may enhance the performance of relevant systems, equipment or components. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 9 ML10 | “Lighter-than-air vehicles” (輕於空氣載具) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Balloons and airships that rely on hot air or on lighter-than-air gases such as helium or hydrogen for their lift. (L.N. 95 of 2006) | ||
| 2 | “Linearity” (線性度) (Usually measured in terms of non-linearity) is the maximum deviation of the actual characteristic (average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and minimise the maximum deviations. | ||
| 4 5 Def. | “Local area network” (區域網絡) (L.N. 226 of 2009; L.N. 85 of 2023) A data communication system having all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 42 of 2017) (a)Allows an arbitrary number of independent ‘data devices’ to communicate directly with each other; (L.N. 42 of 2017) (b)Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g. office building, plant, campus, warehouse). (E.R. 6 of 2020) Technical Note: ‘Data device’ means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 6 | “Magnetic gradiometers” (磁梯度計) Instruments designed to detect the spatial variation of magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of multiple “magnetometers” and associated electronics, the output of which is a measure of magnetic field gradient. (See also “Intrinsic magnetic gradiometer”) | ||
| 6 | “Magnetometers” (磁動計) Instruments designed to detect magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of a single magnetic field sensing element and associated electronics, the output of which is a measure of the magnetic field. | ||
| 0 | “Materials resistant to corrosion by UF6” (可抵抗UF6腐蝕的物料) Include copper, copper alloys, stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys containing 60% or more nickel by weight and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 2 8 9 | “Matrix” (基材) A substantially continuous phase that fills the space between particles, whiskers or fibres. | ||
| 2 | “Measurement uncertainty” (測量精度誤差) The characteristic parameter which specifies in what range around the output value the correct value of the measurable variable lies with a confidence level of 95%. It includes the uncorrected systematic deviations, the uncorrected backlash and the random deviations (Reference: ISO 10360-2). (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 | “Mechanical alloying” (機械合金法) An alloying process resulting from the bonding, fracturing and rebonding of elemental and master alloy powders by mechanical impact. Non-metallic particles may be incorporated in the alloy by addition of the appropriate powders. | ||
| 1 | “Melt extraction” (熔態抽取) A process to ‘solidify rapidly’ and extract a ribbon-like alloy product by the insertion of a short segment of a rotating chilled block into a bath of a molten metal alloy. N.B.: ‘Solidify rapidly’: solidification of molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1 000 K/sec. | ||
| 1 | “Melt spinning” (熔態旋分) A process to ‘solidify rapidly’ a molten metal stream impinging upon a rotating chilled block, forming a flake, ribbon or rod-like product. N.B.: ‘Solidify rapidly’: solidification of molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1 000 K/sec. | ||
| 3 | “Microcomputer microcircuit” (微電腦微電路) A “monolithic integrated circuit” or “multichip integrated circuit” containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing general purpose instructions from an internal storage, on data contained in the internal storage. Technical Note: The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| 1 2 | “Microorganisms” (微生物) Bacteria, viruses, mycoplasms, rickettsiae, chlamydiae or fungi, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures. | ||
| 3 | “Microprocessor microcircuit” (微處理器微電路) A “monolithic integrated circuit” or “multichip integrated circuit” containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing a series of general purpose instructions from an external storage. Technical Note: The “microprocessor microcircuit” normally does not contain integral user-accessible storage, although storage present on-the-chip may be used in performing its logic function. Note: This definition includes chip sets which are designed to operate together to provide the function of a “microprocessor microcircuit”. (L.N. 132 of 2001) | ||
| Def. | “Microprogramme” (微程式) A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register. | ||
| 1 2 3 6 7 9 | “Missiles” (導彈) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle systems, capable of delivering at least 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km. (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| 1 | “Monofilament” or filament (單絲) 或絲 The smallest increment of fibre, usually several micrometres in diameter. | ||
| 3 | “Monolithic integrated circuit” (單塊集成電路) A combination of passive or active ‘circuit elements’ or both which: (a)Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implantation processes or deposition processes in or on a single semiconducting piece of material, a so-called ‘chip’; (b)Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and (c)Perform the function(s) of a circuit. N.B.: ‘Circuit element’: a single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc. | ||
| 3 5 | “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) (單塊微波集成電路) A “monolithic integrated circuit” that operates at microwave or millimetre wave frequencies. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 6 | “Monospectral imaging sensors” (單光譜影像感測器) Capable of acquisition of imaging data from one discrete spectral band. | ||
| 3 | “Multichip integrated circuit” (多晶粒集成電路) Two or more “monolithic integrated circuits” bonded to a common “substrate”. | ||
| 3 | “Multiple channel Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” (多頻道模擬-數字轉換器) A device that integrates more than one ADC, designed so that each ADC has a separate analogue input. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 6 | “Multispectral imaging sensors” (多光譜影像感測器) Are capable of simultaneous or serial acquisition of imaging data from two or more discrete spectral bands. Sensors having more than twenty discrete spectral bands are sometimes referred to as hyperspectral imaging sensors. | ||
| 0 | “Natural uranium” (天然鈾) Uranium containing the mixtures of isotopes occurring in nature. | ||
| 4 | “Network access controller” (網絡存取控制器) A physical interface to a distributed switching network. It uses a common medium which operates throughout at the same “digital transfer rate” using arbitration (e.g. token or carrier sense) for transmission. Independently from any other, it selects data packets or data groups (e.g. IEEE 802) addressed to it. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide communications access. (L.N. 183 of 1999; E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 4 | “Neural computer” (類神經式電腦) A computational device designed or modified to mimic the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i.e. a computational device which is distinguished by its hardware capability to modulate the weights and numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational components based on previous data. (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 0 1 ML9 ML17 | “Nuclear reactor” (核反應堆) (L.N. 89 of 2021) A complete reactor capable of operation so as to maintain a controlled self-sustaining fission chain reaction. A “nuclear reactor” includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and the components which normally contain, come into direct contact with or control the primary coolant of the reactor core. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 2 | “Numerical control” (數值控制) The automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in progress (Ref. ISO 2382). | ||
| NSN GSN Def. | “Object code” (目標碼) (L.N. 89 of 2021) “Object code”: An equipment executable form of a convenient expression of one or more processes (“source code” (or source language)) which has been compiled by a programming system. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 5 | “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”) (操作、管理或維修) Means performing one or more of the following tasks: (a)Establishing or managing any of the following:(1)Accounts or privileges of users or administrators;(2)Settings of an item;(3)Authentication data in support of the tasks described in subparagraph (1) or (2); (b)Monitoring or managing the operating condition or performance of an item; (c)Managing logs or audit data in support of the tasks described in paragraph (a) or (b). | ||
| Note: “OAM” does not include any of the following tasks or their associated key management functions: (a)Provisioning or upgrading any cryptographic functionality that is not directly related to establishing or managing authentication data in support of the tasks described in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) above; (b)Performing any cryptographic functionality on the forwarding or data plane of an item. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | |||
| 4 | “Optical computer” (光學式電腦) A computer designed or modified to use light to represent data and whose computational logic elements are based on directly coupled optical devices. | ||
| 3 | “Optical integrated circuit” (光集成電路) A “monolithic integrated circuit” or a “hybrid integrated circuit”, containing one or more parts designed to function as a photosensor or photoemitter or to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-optical function(s). | ||
| 5 | “Optical switching” (光學式切換功能) The routing of, or switching of, signals in optical form without conversion to electrical signals. | ||
| 3 | “Overall current density” (總電流密度) The total number of ampere-turns in the coil (i.e. the sum of the number of turns multiplied by the maximum current carried by each turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the superconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in which the superconducting filaments are embedded, the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.). (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 0 7 9 ML1 ML4 ML10 ML101 Def. | “Participating State” (參與國) (L.N. 42 of 2017; L.N. 85 of 2023) A state participating in the Wassenaar Arrangement. | ||
| 6 | “Peak power” (峰值功率) The highest power attained in the “pulse duration”. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 5 | “Personal area network” (個人區域網絡) A data communication system having all of the following characteristics: (a)Allows an arbitrary number of independent or interconnected ‘data devices’ to communicate directly with each other; (b)Is confined to the communication between devices within the immediate physical vicinity of an individual person or device controller (e.g. single room, office, or automobile). (E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| Technical Notes: (L.N. 85 of 2023) 1.‘Data device’ means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information. (L.N. 89 of 2013; L.N. 85 of 2023) 2.The “local area network” extends beyond the geographical area of the “personal area network”. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | |||
| 1 2 | “Plasma atomization” (等離子原子化) A process to reduce a molten stream or solid metal to droplets with a diameter of 500 μm or less, using plasma torches in an inert gas environment. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 7 | “Power management” (功率管理) Changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal so that received power at the “aircraft” altitude is always at the minimum necessary to determine the altitude. | ||
| ML8 | “Precursors” (先質) Specialty chemicals used in the manufacture of explosives. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | ||
| 0 1 | “Previously separated” (預先分開) The application of any process intended to increase the concentration of the controlled isotope. | ||
| 7 | “Primary flight control” (主飛行控制) An “aircraft” stability or manoeuvering control using force/moment generators, i.e. aerodynamic control surfaces or propulsive thrust vectoring. (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| 4 | “Principal element” (主要組成元件) As applied in Category 4, an element is a “principal element” when its replacement value is more than 35% of the total value of the system of which it is an element. Element value is the price paid for the element by the manufacturer of the system, or by the system integrator. Total value is the normal international selling price to unrelated parties at the point of manufacture or consolidation of shipment. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| NTN GTN All | “Production” (生產) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Means all production stages, such as: product engineering, manufacture, integration, assembly (mounting), inspection, testing, quality assurance. | ||
| 1 7 9 | “Production equipment” (生產裝備) Tooling, templates, jigs, mandrels, moulds, dies, fixtures, alignment mechanisms, test equipment, other machinery and components therefor, limited to those specially designed or modified for “development” or for one or more phases of “production”. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 7 9 | “Production facilities” (生產設施) Equipment and specially designed software therefor integrated into installations for “development” or for one or more phases of “production”. | ||
| 1 7 Def. | “Programme” (程式) (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 6 of 2025) A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer. | ||
| ML8 ML18 Def. | “Propellants” (推進劑) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Substances or mixtures that react chemically to produce large volumes of hot gases at controlled rates to perform mechanical work. (L.N. 65 of 2004) | ||
| 6 | “Pulse compression” (脈衝壓縮) The coding and processing of a radar signal pulse of long time duration to one of short time duration, while maintaining the benefits of high pulse energy. | ||
| 6 | “Pulse duration” (脈衝持續時間) Duration of a “laser” pulse is the time between the half-power points on the leading edge and trailing edge of an individual pulse. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 6 | “Pulsed laser” (脈衝式雷射器) A “laser” having a “pulse duration” that is less than or equal to 0.25 seconds. (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| ML4 ML8 | “Pyrotechnics(s)” (煙火劑) Mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which, when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which contain no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on contact with air. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 5 | “Quantum cryptography” (量子密碼技術) A family of techniques for the establishment of a shared key for “cryptography” by measuring the quantum-mechanical properties of a physical system (including those physical properties explicitly governed by quantum optics, quantum field theory, or quantum electrodynamics). (L.N. 95 of 2006) | ||
| 6 | “Radar frequency agility” (雷達頻率跳頻) Any technique which changes, in a pseudo-random sequence, the carrier frequency of a pulsed radar transmitter between pulses or between groups of pulses by an amount equal to or larger than the pulse bandwidth. | ||
| 6 | “Radar spread spectrum” (雷達擴散頻譜) Any modulation technique for spreading energy originating from a signal with a relatively narrow frequency band, over a much wider band of frequencies, by using random or pseudo-random coding. | ||
| 6 | “Radiant sensitivity” (輻射靈敏度) Radiant sensitivity (mA/W) = 0.807 × (wavelength in nm) × Quantum Efficiency (QE) Technical Note: QE is usually expressed as a percentage; however, for the purposes of this formula QE is expressed as a decimal number less than one, e.g. 78% is 0.78. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 6 | “Real time processing” (實時處理) (L.N. 89 of 2021) The processing of data by a computer system providing a required level of service, as a function of available resources, within a guaranteed response time, regardless of the load of the system, when stimulated by an external event. | ||
| 7 | “Repeatability” (重複性) The closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of the same variable under the same operating conditions when changes in conditions or non-operating periods occur between measurements (Reference: IEEE STD 528-2001 (one sigma standard deviation)). (L.N. 254 of 2008) | ||
| GTN 3 5 6 7 9 ML22 | “Required” (所需) (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023) As applied to “technology”, refers to only that portion of “technology” which is peculiarly responsible for achieving or exceeding the controlled performance levels, characteristics or functions. Such “required” “technology” may be shared by different products. | ||
| 1 ML7 | “Riot control agents” (暴動控制劑) (L.N. 85 of 2023) Substances which, under the expected conditions of use for riot control purposes, produce rapidly in humans sensory irritation or disabling physical effects which disappear within a short time following termination of exposure. (Tear gases are a subset of “riot control agents”.) (L.N. 95 of 2006) | ||
| 2 8 ML17 | “Robot” (機械人) A manipulation mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use sensors, and has all of the following characteristics: (L.N. 85 of 2023) (a)Is multifunctional; (b)Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools or special devices through variable movements in three dimensional space; (c)Incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and (d)Has “user accessible programmability” by means of the teach/playback method or by means of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic controller, i.e. without mechanical intervention. (E.R. 6 of 2020; L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) The above definition does not include the following devices: (1)Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/teleoperator controllable; (2)Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms, which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical, electronic or electrical means; (3)Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms, which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are variable within the fixed programmes pattern. Variations or modifications of the programme pattern (e.g. changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations; (4)Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms, which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops; | |||
| (5)Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval. | |||
| 1 | “Rotary atomization” (旋轉霧化) (L.N. 65 of 2004) A process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal to droplets to a diameter of 500 μm or less by centrifugal force. | ||
| 1 | “Roving” (絞線) A bundle (typically 12－120) of approximately parallel ‘strands’. N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of “monofilaments” (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel. | ||
| 2 | “Run out” (out-of-true running) (位置偏擺) Radial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle axis at a point on the external or internal revolving surface to be tested (Reference: ISO 230/1－1986, paragraph 5.61). | ||
| 3 | “Sample Rate” (樣本率) For an Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC), the maximum number of samples that are measured at the analogue input over a period of 1 second, except for oversampling ADCs. For oversampling ADCs, the “sample rate” is taken to be its output word rate. “Sample rate” may also be referred to as sampling rate, usually specified in Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS) or Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS), or conversion rate, usually specified in Hertz (Hz). (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 5 7 ML11 | “Satellite navigation system” (衞星導航系統) (L.N. 85 of 2023) A system consisting of ground stations, a constellation of satellites, and receivers, that enables receiver locations to be calculated on the basis of signals received from the satellites. It includes Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) and Regional Navigation Satellite Systems (RNSS). (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 7 | “Scale factor” (gyro or accelerometer) (尺度因素) (陀螺儀或加速度計) The ratio of change in output to a change in the input intended to be measured. Scale factor is generally evaluated as the slope of the straight line that can be fitted by the method of least squares to input-output data obtained by varying the input cyclically over the input range. | ||
| 6 | “SHPL”— see “Super High Power Laser” | ||
| 3 | “Signal analysers” (訊號分析器) Apparatus capable of measuring and displaying basic properties of the single-frequency components of multi-frequency signals. | ||
| 3 4 5 6 | “Signal processing” (訊號處理) The processing of externally derived information-bearing signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g. fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform). (L.N. 132 of 2001; E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
| NSN GSN GISN All | “Software” (軟件) (L.N. 89 of 2021) A collection of one or more “programmes” or “microprogrammes” fixed in any tangible medium of expression. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 4 6 7 9 | “Source code” (or source language) (原始碼) (或原始語言) (L.N. 226 of 2009) A convenient expression of one or more processes which may be turned by a programming system into equipment executable form (“object code” (or object language)). | ||
| 9 ML11 | “Spacecraft” (太空船) (L.N. 42 of 2017) Active and passive satellites and space probes. | ||
| 9 | “Spacecraft bus” (太空船本體) Equipment that provides support infrastructure for a “spacecraft” and locations for a “spacecraft payload”. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 9 | “Spacecraft payload” (太空船有效負載) Equipment attached to a “spacecraft bus”, designed to perform a mission in space (e.g. communications, observation, science). (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 3 6 7 ML19 | “Space-qualified” (太空級) (L.N. 42 of 2017) Designed, manufactured, or qualified through successful testing, for operation at altitudes greater than 100 km above the surface of the Earth. Note: A determination that a specific item is “space-qualified” by virtue of testing does not mean that other items in the same production run or model series are “space-qualified” if not individually tested. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 0 | “Special fissile material” (特別可裂變物料) Plutonium-239, uranium-233, uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233, and any material containing the foregoing. | ||
| 0 1 9 | “Specific modulus” (比模數) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Young’s modulus in pascals, equivalent to N/m2 divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a temperature of (296 + 2)K ((23 + 2)°C) and a relative humidity of (50 + 5)%. (L.N. 226 of 2009) | ||
| 0 1 9 | “Specific tensile strength” (比抗拉強度) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Ultimate tensile strength in pascals, equivalent to N/m2 divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a temperature of (296 + 2) K ((23 + 2)°C) and a relative humidity of (50 + 5)%. (L.N. 226 of 2009) | ||
| 7 | “Spinning mass gyros” (旋轉物體陀螺儀) Means gyros that use a continually rotating mass to sense angular motion. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 | “Splat quenching” (噴濺急冷) A process to ‘solidify rapidly’ a molten metal stream impinging upon a chilled block, forming a flake-like product. N.B.: ‘Solidify rapidly’: solidification of molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1 000 K/sec. | ||
| 5 | “Spread spectrum” (展頻) The technique whereby energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel is spread over a much wider energy spectrum. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 6 | “Spread spectrum” radar (展頻) 雷達—see “Radar spread spectrum” | ||
| 7 | “Stability” (穩定度) Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of a particular parameter from its calibrated value measured under stable temperature conditions. This can be expressed as a function of time. | ||
| 9 | “Steady State Mode” (穩定狀態模式) Engine operation conditions, where the engine parameters, such as thrust/power, rpm and others, have no appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure at the engine inlet are constant. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 9 | “Sub-orbital craft” (次軌道太空船) A craft having an enclosure designed for the transport of people or cargo which is designed to: (a)Operate above the stratosphere; (b)Perform a non-orbital trajectory; and (c)Land back on Earth with the people or cargo intact. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 3 | “Substrate” (基片) A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection pattern and on which or within which ‘discrete components’ or integrated circuits or both can be located. N.B.: ‘Discrete component’: a separately packaged “circuit element” with its own external connections. | ||
| 3 6 | “Substrate blanks” (基板) Monolithic compounds with dimensions suitable for the production of optical elements such as mirrors or optical windows. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 1 | “Sub-unit of toxin” (毒素子單位) A structurally and functionally discrete component of a whole “toxin”. | ||
| 6 | “Super High Power Laser” (“SHPL”) (超高功率雷射器) A “laser” capable of delivering (the total or any portion of) an output energy exceeding 1 kJ within 50 ms or having an average or CW power exceeding 20 kW. | ||
| 2 9 | “Superalloys” (超合金) Nickel-, cobalt- or iron-base alloys having a stress rupture life greater than 1 000 hours at 400 MPa and an ultimate tensile strength greater than 850 MPa, at 922 K (649°C) or higher. (L.N. 85 of 2023) | ||
| 1 3 5 6 8 ML20 Def. | “Superconductive” (超導體) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Refers to materials, i.e. metals, alloys or compounds, which can lose all electrical resistance, i.e. which can attain infinite electrical conductivity and carry very large electrical currents without Joule heating. (E.R. 6 of 2020) Technical Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) The “superconductive” state of a material is individually characterized by a “critical temperature”, a critical magnetic field, which is a function of temperature, and a critical current density which is, however, a function of both magnetic field and temperature. | ||
| 1 2 | “Superplastic forming” (超塑性成形) A deformation process using heat for metals that are normally characterised by low values of elongation (less than 20%) at the breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile strength testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at least 2 times those values. | ||
| 5 | “Symmetric algorithm” (對稱演算法) (L.N. 89 of 2021) A cryptographic algorithm using an identical key for both encryption and decryption. Technical Note: (L.N. 132 of 2001) A common use of “symmetric algorithms” is confidentiality of data. (L.N. 183 of 1999) | ||
| 4 | “Systolic array computer” (心臟收縮陣列電腦) A computer where the flow and modification of the data is dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by the user. | ||
| 1 | “Tape” (帶狀) A material constructed of interlaced or unidirectional “monofilaments”, ‘strands’, “rovings”, “tows”, or “yarns”, etc., usually preimpregnated with resin. N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of “monofilaments” (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel. | ||
| GTN NTN All | “Technology” (技術) Specific information necessary for the “development”, “production” or “use” of a product. The information takes the form of ‘technical data’ or ‘technical assistance’. Controlled “technology” for the Dual-Use Goods List is defined in the General Technology Note and in the Dual-Use Goods List. Controlled “technology” for the Munitions List is specified in ML22. (L.N. 95 of 2006) Technical Notes: (L.N. 132 of 2001) 1.‘Technical data’ may take forms such as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as disk, tape, read-only memories. 2.‘Technical assistance’ may take forms such as instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services. ‘Technical assistance’ may involve transfer of ‘technical data’. | ||
| 3 | “Three dimensional integrated circuit” (三維集成電路) A collection of semiconductor dies or active device layers, integrated together, and having through semiconductor via connections passing completely through an interposer, substrate, die or layer to establish interconnections between the device layers. An interposer is an interface that enables electrical connections. (L.N. 27 of 2015; L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 2 | “Tilting spindle” (傾斜主軸) A tool-holding spindle which alters, during the machining process, the angular position of its centre line with respect to any other axis. | ||
| 6 | “Time constant” (時間常數) The time taken from the application of a light stimulus for the current increment to reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value (i.e. 63% of the final value). | ||
| 9 | “Tip shroud” (葉尖覆環) A stationary ring component (solid or segmented) attached to the inner surface of the engine turbine casing or a feature at the outer tip of the turbine blade, which primarily provides a gas seal between the stationary and rotating components. (L.N. 161 of 2011) | ||
| 7 | “Total control of flight” (飛行全控) An automated control of “aircraft” state variables and flight path to meet mission objectives responding to real time changes in data regarding objectives, hazards or other “aircraft”. | ||
| 5 | “Total digital transfer rate” (總數字傳送率) The number of bits, including line coding, overhead and so forth per unit time passing between corresponding equipment in a digital transmission system. (See also “digital transfer rate”) | ||
| 1 | “Tow” (纖束) A bundle of “monofilaments”, usually approximately parallel. | ||
| 1 2 | “Toxins” (毒素) Toxins in the form of deliberately isolated preparations or mixtures, no matter how produced, other than toxins present as contaminants of other materials such as pathological specimens, crops, foodstuffs or seed stocks of “microorganisms”. | ||
| 6 | “Transfer laser” (傳送雷射器) A “laser” in which the lasing species is excited through the transfer of energy by collision of a non-lasing atom or molecule with a lasing atom or molecule species. | ||
| 6 | “Tunable” (可調式) The ability of a “laser” to produce a continuous output at all wavelengths over a range of several “laser” transitions. A line selectable “laser” produces discrete wavelengths within one “laser” transition and is not considered “tunable”. | ||
| 2 | “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” (單向定位重複性) The smaller of values R↑(forward) and R↓(backward) of an individual machine tool axis, as defined by paragraph 3.21 of ISO 230/2 (2014) or national equivalents. (L.N. 42 of 2017) | ||
| 1 5 6 7 9 ML10 | “Unmanned aerial vehicles” (“UAVs”) (無人駕駛飛行載具) (L.N. 89 of 2021) Any “aircraft” capable of initiating flight and substaining controlled flight and navigation without any human presence on board. (L.N. 89 of 2013) | ||
| 0 | “Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233” (濃縮同位素235 或 233的鈾) Uranium containing the isotopes 235 or 233, or both, in an amount such that the abundance ratio of the sum of these isotopes to the isotope 238 is more than the ratio of the isotope 235 to the isotope 238 occurring in nature (isotopic ratio 0.71%). (L.N. 161 of 2011; L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| GTN NTN All | “Use” (使用) Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul and refurbishing. | ||
| 6 Def. | “User accessible programmability” (由使用者進行程式更改) (L.N. 89 of 2021; L.N. 85 of 2023) The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace “programmes” by means other than: (a)A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or (b)The setting of function controls including entry of parameters. | ||
| 1 | “Vaccine” (預防疫苗) A medicinal product in a pharmaceutical formulation licensed by, or having marketing or clinical trial authorization from, the regulatory authorities of either the country of manufacture or of use, which is intended to stimulate a protective immunological response in humans or animals in order to prevent disease in those to whom or to which it is administered. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 1 | “Vacuum atomization” (真空霧化) (L.N. 65 of 2004) A process to reduce a molten stream of metal to droplets of a diameter of 500μm or less by the rapid evolution of a dissolved gas upon exposure to a vacuum. | ||
| 3 | “Vacuum electronic devices” (真空電子裝置) Electronic devices based on the interaction of an electron beam with an electromagnetic wave propagating in a vacuum circuit or interacting with radio-frequency vacuum cavity resonators. “Vacuum electronic devices” include klystrons, travelling-wave tubes, and their derivatives. (L.N. 89 of 2021) | ||
| 4 ML21 | “Vulnerability disclosure” (漏洞披露) The process of identifying, reporting or communicating a vulnerability to, or analysing a vulnerability with, individuals or organizations responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation for the purposes of resolving the vulnerability. (L.N. 85 of 2023; L.N. 6 of 2025) | ||
| 1 | “Yarn” (紗線) A bundle of twisted ‘strands’. N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of “monofilaments” (typically over 200) arranged approximately parallel. (E.R. 6 of 2020) | ||
Articles specified under the following items in Schedule 1—
items ML1, ML2, ML3, ML4, ML6, ML7, ML8, ML9, ML10 and ML101 in the Munitions List; (L.N. 85 of 2023)
all of the items in Category 0 of the Dual-use Goods List; and (L.N. 45 of 2010)
(Repealed L.N. 45 of 2010)
items 1A202, 1A225, 1A226, 1A227, 1B201, 1B225, 1B226, 1B227, 1B228, 1B230, 1B231, 1B232, 1B233, 1B234, 1B235, 1C202, 1C210, 1C216, 1C225, 1C226, 1C227, 1C228, 1C229, 1C230, 1C231, 1C232, 1C233, 1C234, 1C235, 1C236, 1C237, 1C238, 1C239, 1C240, 1C241, 1D201, 1E201, 1E202, 1E203, 2A225, 2A226, 2B201, 2B204, 2B206, 2B207, 2B209, 2B219, 2B225, 2B226, 2B227, 2B228, 2B230, 2B231, 2B232, 2B233, 2D201, 2D202, 2E201, 3A201, 3A225, 3A226, 3A227, 3A228, 3A229, 3A230, 3A231, 3A232, 3A233, 3A234, 3D225, 3E201, 3E225, 6A202, 6A203, 6A205, 6A225, 6A226, 6D203, 6E201 and 6E203 in the Dual-use Goods List. (L.N. 183 of 1999; L.N. 132 of 2001; L.N. 89 of 2021)
Documents containing technological information relating to any article specified in paragraph 1.
Any chemical, toxin, micro-organism or other biological agent.
Any vaccine, toxoid, protein, or immunoglobulin, capable of being used for protection against, or treatment of, any harmful effects of any of the articles in item 1.
Any equipment, or computer software, capable of being used in the development, production or storage of any of the articles in item 1 or 2.
Any equipment (including clothing), or computer software, capable of being used in the handling of any of the articles in item 1 or 2 or in the disposal of waste arising out of the development or production of any such article.
Any equipment, or computer software, capable of being used in the detection or identification of any of the articles in item 1 or 2.
Any equipment (including clothing), computer software, or material, capable of being used in the development, production, handling or storage of any nuclear weapon or any missile capable of delivering any nuclear, chemical or biological weapon.
The following activities are specified in relation to articles specified in Schedule 3—
the development, production, handling, detection, identification or storage of—
any chemical or biological weapon; or
any chemical, toxin, micro-organism, or other biological agent, used in the development or production of any such weapon;
the disposal of waste arising out of the development or production of—
any chemical or biological weapon; or
any chemical, toxin, micro-organism, or other biological agent, used in the development or production of any such weapon;
the development, production, handling, detection, identification or storage of any vaccine, toxoid, protein, or immunoglobulin, for protection against, or the treatment of, the harmful effects or any chemical, toxin, micro-organism, or other biological agent, used in any chemical or biological weapon;
the development, production, handling or storage of any nuclear weapon; or
the development, production, handling or storage of any missile capable of delivering any nuclear, chemical or biological weapon.